Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

51st Annual Convention; Washington DC; 2025

Program by Continuing Education Events: Sunday, May 25, 2025


 

Paper Session #158
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis as Field Theory
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:20 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 149 AB
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.49 years teaching behavior analysis in an ABAI accredited doctoral program (e.g., conceptual foundations, behavior principles, verbal behavior, history of behavior analysis.
 

Behavior Analysis as Field Theory

Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Bryan D. Midgley (McPherson College)
 
Abstract:

We argue that behavior analysis is a field theory. We begin by defining field and theory and then proceed from Skinner. In 1931, he defined behavior as a correlation of classes of Rs and Ss, not causal S?R relations. He also expanded his unit of analysis to R = f(S,A), where A stood for “third variables,” among them, conditioning (behavioral history) and drive (motivational operations). This was a unit of functionally related constituents, but not yet a field of all the necessary ones. In 1936, he discovered the operant and made the three-term contingency his unit of analysis, but again not a field. It did not include context (e.g., third variables) and awaited other constituents: behavior’s form and function, the form’s composition (physical), the media of contact (e.g., visual), and biology (e.g., evolution, physiology). Actually, Skinner did include them, but controlled for (or assumed) them. With all the necessary constituents, behavior analysis became a field theory. If this were explicit internally, other constituents might be controlled (e.g., contingencies) and different relations discovered (e.g., contextual) and, externally, Skinner’s science would not be so badly misunderstood (e.g., for omitting what it controlled), nor would its philosophy (e.g., as elementaristic, instead of holistic).

 
Target Audience:

For the intermediate instruction level, the audience should be Board Certified Behavior Analysts. More specifically, they should have taken and passed courses on the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis (e.g., radical behaviorism) and the experimental analysis of behavior (or behavioral principles) and be conversant in B. F. Skinner's conceptual and empirical contributions to behavior analysis.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #159
CE Offered: BACB
Living a Behavior Analytic Life: Skinner’s Legacy Applied
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: BARBARA ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner left us a legacy of “how to” nuggets across his prolific verbal offerings of publications, interviews, and speeches. It is a luxury to be able to re-visit some of these contributions to ponder the impact of what he said and what it might mean for our own lives, particularly in coping effectively with unexpected or challenging events. In this talk, Dr. Esch shares passages from Skinner that can serve as exemplars to model and support effective verbal and nonverbal behavioral repertoires throughout the life span, thus providing inoculation against spinning our wheels and instead getting on with the business of experiencing a meaningful life. Attendees may wish to refresh their own familiarity with some of Skinner’s rich source material for this topic, in particular Enjoy Old Age (Skinner & Vaughan, 1983), About Behaviorism (1974), Science and Human Behavior (1953), and Contingencies of Reinforcement (1969).
Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. List 3 self-management strategies offered by Skinner.
2. Identify a typical emotion and translate it into behavioral terminology.
3. Discuss Skinner's statement that one must be inclined to act in enjoyable ways.
 
BARBARA ESCH (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC)
Dr. Barbara Esch is a behavior analyst and speech pathologist with extensive experience in behavioral interventions for children and adults. Dr. Esch received her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University under the direction of Dr. Jack Michael and Dr. Jim Carr and her M.A. in Speech Pathology from Michigan State University. She has published research on behavioral treatments for early speech acquisition and aphasia assessment in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and the Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities. She has presented workshops, training symposia, and research in the United States, Canada, Europe, and Australia, focusing on the use of behavioral procedures to improve speech and language skills for individuals of all ages with a wide range of diagnoses. Dr. Esch is the founder of the Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (www.behavioralspeech.com) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. She is the author of the original Early Echoic Skills Assessment, part of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), published by Dr. Mark Sundberg (2008/2014) and the Early Echoic Skills Assessment and Program Planner – Guide and Protocol, 2nd edition (2024).
 
 
Symposium #162
CE Offered: BACB/QABA — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Understanding Stigma and Culturally Responsive Support: The Role of Applied Behavior Analysts in the Neurodivergent and Immigrant Communities
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sho Araiba (Leeward Community College, the University of Hawaii)
CE Instructor: Sho Araiba, Ph.D.
Abstract: Stigma surrounding autism can significantly impact families, particularly in immigrant communities where cultural norms may exacerbate the feeling of isolation. This symposium will explore the role of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) practitioners in fostering understanding and providing support for families with an autistic member who experience stigma, with a focus on immigrant populations, including those from Japan and China. Cultural perspectives on disability, parenting, and behavior intervention vary widely across these communities, often complicating the reception of autism diagnoses and ABA-based treatments. In Japan and China, traditional beliefs may stigmatize developmental disabilities, creating additional barriers for families seeking help. Three presenters will discuss various aspects of stigma. Marija Colic will talk about how to assess the stigma of neurodivergent individuals and their family members with a particular focus on immigrant families during the ABA service delivery. Sakurako Tanaka will discuss the stigma of Japanese neurodivergent individuals and their families with a focus on autism. Mei-Hua Li will discuss ABA practitioners' competency in cultural responsiveness in relation to Chinese and Chinese American clients and their families.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Diversity, Immigrant family, Stigma
Target Audience: The target audience of this symposium is ABA practitioners at all levels. This symposium does not require prerequisite skills and competencies to participate in and benefit from.
Learning Objectives: 1. define stigma concepts in relation to neurodivergent individuals and their families
2. assess stigma experienced by neurodivergent individuals and their family members using the assessment provided in the talk
3. provide compassionate ABA service to neurodivergent individuals and their families of Japanese origin
4. provide culturally sensitive treatment plans to meet the needs of neurodivergent individuals and their families of Chinese origin
 
Diversity submission 

Assessing the Stigma Experienced by Consumers: Towards Stigma-Informed Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice

MARIJA ČOLIĆ (University of Hawai‘i at Mānoa)
Abstract:

The phenomenon of stigma has been widely studied in the mental health field, yet research on the stigma experienced by neurodivergent individuals and their family members has been overlooked in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Previous research has shown that experiences of stigma negatively impact the mental health and quality of life of those subjected to it. Furthermore, stigma often prevents individuals from seeking necessary support for themselves or their children and from following intervention recommendations. Since many ABA practitioners serve neurodivergent individuals and their families, who frequently encounter stigma, understanding this phenomenon is crucial for providing effective and ethical ABA services. Stigma is a complex issue, and several types have been identified and studied within the mental health field. In this presentation, I will share how ABA practitioners can assess consumers’ experiences by (a) providing a set of questions, (b) discussing considerations for assessment, and (c) outlining how to interpret and use assessment data.

 
Diversity submission 

Providing Diversify Care to Chinese/Chinese American Families Seeking Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services

MEI-HUA LI (MGH Institute of Health Professions, Simmons University)
Abstract:

The diverse pool of clients who are seeking Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services in the United States is rapidly growing. Clinicians will provide care for clients that are different in their own culture, beliefs, and customs. Beaulieu et al. (2019) highlighted the importance of clinicians to receive training to serve diverse populations. Cultural competency is an ongoing learning process that requires the clinician to shape and refine these skills in their practice. In some cultures, seeking care might be perceived as a stigma (Liu, 2001), if the service provider is not culturally sensitive, they could be providing treatment that is not culturally accepted by families and may experience resistance. Therefore, providing culturally sensitive treatment plans to meet the needs of linguistically and culturally diverse populations is of great importance. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss how to identify cultural stigmas and provide practical recommendations for delivering diversified care to Chinese/Chinese American families through a behavioral perspective lens.

 
Diversity submission 

A Pledge for Tsunageru (Connecting) Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Confronting and Overcoming Autism Stigma in Japan

SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Asia-Pacific ABA Network)
Abstract:

It is said that the term stigma originated in ancient Greece, where it referred to symbols burned into the skin of enslaved people and people judged as criminals or traitors. Goffman reinvented the term to mean “a general aspect of social life that complicates everyday micro level interactions.” Such custom led to alienation and discrimination of the persons stigmatized. Whether visible or not, stigma is within and without all of us today, in every culture and nation. Persons with autism and other neurodiversity in Japan are stigmatized in multiple ways as the collectivist social norms make them difficult to conform. Their parents and siblings too, internalize their perceived stigmas to the extent that they avoid engaging in public social activities with their autistic family members. This presentation explores how compassionate ABA is the solution to overcome such stigma in Japan, to combat discrimination, gender inequity, and social exclusion. It is not just ABA, but it must be Tsunageru (connecting) ABA, in which one reaches out to the deepest sorrows and desperations of those children and families quietly oppressed and ostracized.

 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Therapeutic Orphans of Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: JOe Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 1965, Harry Shirkey coined term “therapeutic orphans” in reference to drug development for children in the wake of the thalidomide tragedy. Federal amendments resulted in orphaning clauses (e.g. “not to be used in children”) which curtailed the use and development of novel therapeutics for children and other groups. For people with severe problem behaviors, behavior analysis historically was the orphanage; providing and developing treatment for those who did not benefit from traditional therapies. Currently, several orphaning factors are at work limiting individualized treatment and creating therapeutic orphans of applied behavior analysis. Here we discuss orphaning factors related to the uncompromising promotion of assent above all factors; regulatory and research trends that move patients away from behavioral treatments and towards psychiatric care and criminal justice; and other practice trends that subordinate the needs of individual patients. We illustrate the phenomenon of therapeutic orphaning by summarizing real world cases; reviewing regulatory situations in the United States and Canada; and present data regarding an assessment tool to aid behavior analysts in balancing various factors in treatment decision making.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assent, regulations, therapeutic orphans
Target Audience: Attendees should have a working knowledge of the factors to consider in risk/benefit analysis and a comprehensive understanding of the BACB ethics code. The BATS tool is designed to help practitioners make informed decisions. Additionally, attendees should have a general sense of the research conducted recent journals and those that receive behavioral services.
Learning Objectives: 1. List and describe the factors associated with the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (e.g. safety, risk/benefit analysis, behavioral dimensions, socially significant goals, essential/nonessential treatment progress, and legal/ethical obligations).
2. Describe the participants of research described in behavior analytic journals over the last 5 years.
3. Compare and contrast the concept of therapeutic orphans and medicine with orphans of behavior analysis.
 
Therapeutic Orphans of Applied Behavior Analysis
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: In 1965, Harry Shirkey coined term “therapeutic orphans” in reference to drug development for children in the wake of the thalidomide tragedy. Federal amendments resulted in orphaning clauses (e.g. “not to be used in children”) which curtailed the use and development of novel therapeutics for children and other groups. For people with severe problem behaviors, behavior analysis historically was the orphanage; providing and developing treatment for those who did not benefit from traditional therapies. Behavior analysts composed statements preserving treatment rights, labored to distinguish between patients based on problem behavior severity and chronicity, and provided treatments that were preferable to the standard interventions of the time. Examples of current orphaning factors including state regulations that prohibit basic behavioral procedures; lack of research devoted to or acknowledgement of treatment refractory cases; expelling, refusing to treat, or deferring to criminal justice or psychiatric treatments; and policies that subordinate the needs of individual patients. Here, real world data regarding treatment orphans and factors leading to orphaning are presented. Orphaning factors are contrasted with factors promoting individualized treatment based on the individual needs of the patient.
 
The Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale
HALLE APELGREN (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are obligated to consider “obtaining assent from clients when applicable” as dictated by the ethics code (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). Since this addition, there has been an increased interest in assent within the field of behavior analysis. While considering assent is undoubtedly an important practice, prioritizing assent over all other ethical obligations (e.g., providing effective treatment, minimizing risk, consent etc.) can be dangerous and have deleterious effects on treatment progress and quality of life. Additionally, this prioritization has the potential to restrict clinicians’ ability to make individualized treatment decisions, which decreases the effectiveness of ABA, which in turn leads to negative outcomes for our clients and the field. When we are uncompromising in the promotion of assent, we run the risk of delivering ineffective services and abandoning vulnerable individuals who desperately need ABA treatment. To aid clinicians in making this distinction and individualized treatment decisions, an assessment tool called the Behavioral Assent to Treatment Scale (BATS), will be presented that weighs factors such as safety, risk/benefit analysis, behavioral dimensions, socially significant goals, essential/nonessential treatment progress, and legal/ethical obligations. Data for a sample of individuals in residential treatment will be provided as preliminary construct validation for the BATS.
 
Research as an Orphaning Factor
RAJVINDER SINGH (McMaster University)
Abstract: In medicine, people with rare diseases were therapeutic orphans in the 1970’s because commercial interests did not align with conducting research and developing treatments for such conditions (Swann, 2018). To remedy the situation, the Orphan Drug Act, passed in 1983, created incentives for the development of treatments for rare diseases. An analogous situation exists today in behavior analysis. That is, the field is focused a young children with autism and the argument can be made that older, stronger, and treatment refractory patients are therapeutic orphans. In 2003, Foxx noted that patients with dangerous behaviors were historically undertreated and their conditions under researched. Here, it is argued that patients with treatment refractory aggression and self-injury remain under served and few publications are devoted to patients with treatment refractory problem behaviors. A cursory review of published research shows much attention devoted to outpatient children with less research devoted to young adult or adult clients treated in residential or inpatient hospital settings.
 
 
Symposium #164
CE Offered: BACB
Low-Intensity Interventions and Antecedent-Based Strategies to Address Feeding Challenges
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittney Lazor (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Lisa Guerrero, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Approximately 25-35% of typically developing children and up to 80-90% of children with autism may experience persistent feeding difficulties which require intensive feeding interventions (Sharp et al., 2017). Research on treatments of feeding difficulties has a high focus on consequence-based interventions and the use of extinction-based procedures (Berth et al., 2019). This symposium will focus on recent research on low-intensity and antecedent-based strategies to address feeding problems in children. The first presentation will focus on replicating and extending a choice-based intervention (Crowley et al., 2020) adapted to a lower level of intensity of procedures with the goal of increasing consumption of a variety of foods for individuals displaying resistance to change around feeding behaviors. The second presentation will focus on the use of a mealtime-structure protocol to increase consumption of foods and systematically increase the bite size of foods presented at a time. The third presentation will review the feasibility of measuring child behavior during daily transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services. Overall, these talks will provide the audience with examples of lower intensive and antecedent-based interventions for treating children with feeding difficulties. Findings and implications will also be discussed for practicing behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): feeding, low-intensity
Target Audience:

Target audience should be practicing BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand the social validity of intervening on food selectivity.
2. Participants will learn different examples of interventions for feeding difficulties that are low-intensity or use antecedent-based strategies.
3. Participants will understand the importance and practicality of assessing transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services.
 
Low-Intensity Intervention for Change-Resistant Feeding Behavior
TIMOTHY MORRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Severe Behavior Department), Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Halle Norris (New Jersey Autism Center of Excellence), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract: Resistance to change can be defined as emotional responses caused by changes in routines, changes in the environment, or exposure to novel stimuli (Joseph et al., 2013; Richler et al., 2010). The purpose of this experiment was to replicate and extend the findings of Crowley et. al (2020). This choice-based intervention was adapted to a lower level of intensity of procedures with the goal of increasing the consumption of a variety of foods for individuals displaying change-resistant feeding behaviors. An intervention evaluation was conducted across the following conditions: structured baseline, free choice, asymmetrical choice, single choice. Results indicated that the structured baseline condition was effective in increasing consumption for 4 of the 6 target foods. The single choice condition was effective at increasing consumption for the two remaining foods. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed. Keywords: resistance to change, feeding disorder, choice-based treatment, inappropriate mealtime behavior, food refusal, low-intensity
 

Assessing Daily Transitions Within a Feeding Clinic

RONALD J. CLARK (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Transitioning between activities is an inevitable part of daily life (i.e., driving to and from work) as well as within structured contexts (i.e., going from your desk to a meeting room; Sterling-Turner & Jordan, 2007). Transitioning between activities is a crucial skill for children to learn as they spend 25% of their time transitioning between activities and places (Schmit et al., 2000; Schmit et al. 2000), and having difficulties with transitions may evoke disruptive behavior (Sainato et al., 1987). Previous studies have found that resistance with transitions occurs when the upcoming component following the transition includes a possibly undesirable or novel event or activity (Jessel et al., 2016). In the current study, we investigated the feasibility of measuring child behavior during daily transitions into clinic while receiving behavioral feeding services. So far, results indicate that our measurement strategy is practical, reliable, and sheds light on how successful transitions impact social validity.

 

Manipulating Mealtime Structure: The Early Intervention for Feeding Treatment?

LISA GUERRERO (Little Leaves)
Abstract:

Fisher et al. (2011) describes food selectivity to be a common feature among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For instance, food selectivity can be observed as rigidity around what foods one eats or the location of mealtime, and sensitivity to textures, amongst other things (Peterson & Ibañez, 2018). To treat individuals with ASD with feeding difficulties, practitioners typically use methods such as escape extinction (Ibañez et al., 2022). Before using escape extinction to treat food selectivity, clinicians should assess whether the conditions call for such an intrusive intervention (Peterson & Ibañez, 2018). Being that the intensity of food selectivity can vary amongst the ASD population, some individuals may respond to less intrusive treatments; however, there is limited research to evaluate this. Ibañez et al. (2022) introduced the idea of mealtime structure manipulations and implemented a procedure where the size of the target food gradually increased as mastery criteria were met during sessions. In this project, we evaluated the addition of mealtime structure as a less intrusive treatment for food selectivity. We used mealtime structure with a child with ASD and food selectivity to investigate if his acceptance of food and volume of food consumed increased. We found that sessions with mealtime structure increased acceptance of bites and volume of food consumed, versus sessions where he was presented with his whole portion of food in a typical format. Additionally, we systematically manipulated the bite size and amount of food presented at a time, until we were able to present the child’s full portion in a typical format. It was concluded that the manipulation of mealtime structure played a significant role in increasing the volume of food consumed during mealtime. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #165
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Implementing the Risk Driven Approach: Practical Strategies in Action
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA/LBD; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Ethics Code mandates that behavior analysts prioritize clients’ best interests by actively working to maximize desired outcomes while minimizing risk (BACB, 2020, p. 5). The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA), developed by Taylor and colleagues (2023), offers a structured framework for case conceptualization that focuses on enhancing quality of life by maximizing individualized outcomes and minimizing risks. The Risk-Driven Approach evaluates risk across four key domains: health and safety, available resources, individual and stakeholder characteristics, and intervention efficacy. This symposium will introduce the Questions About Risk Level (QARL), an indirect assessment designed to measure risk across these domains and present its development and evaluation. In addition, clinical applications of the QARL tool utilized in conjunction with the RDA will be presented to demonstrate its utility in socially meaningful case conceptualization across multiple settings. The symposium will also review broader implications for the RDA as well as future research directions.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Case Conceptualization, Ethics, Risk-Driven Approach, Socially Meaningful
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills and competencies comprise (1) understanding the BACB ethics codes, (2) assessment of dangerous interfering behaviors, (3) treatment of dangerous interfering behaviors, and (4) the Risk Driven Approach
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify the four Risk Driven Approach domains with regard to ethical obligations to identifying risks and developing risk mitigation strategies.
2. Participants will be able to describe how they can implement the Questions About Risk Level in practice.
3. Participants will be able to describe the Risk Driven Approach to case conceptualization.
 
A Tool for Measuring Risks in the Risk Driven Approach: Developing the Questions About Risk Level
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (California State University Los Angeles), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA), Rick Colombo (University of Washington)
Abstract: The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA) is a structured approach to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery that ensures clients’ rights to effective services towards an improved quality of life by identifying and mitigating the impact of risks (Taylor et al., 2023). The purpose of this research was to develop a standardized assessment tool for identifying and quantifying levels of risk across health and safety, available resources, characteristics of individuals and stakeholders, and efficacy of interventions to support clinicians in service delivery and case management. The Questions About Risk Level (QARL) is a 20-question indirect assessment that assesses and quantifies risk factors to identify risk levels (High, Moderate, Low). We examined the reliability of the tool by having practitioners conduct the assessment with two informants and then comparing the results with respect to individual questions and overall domain scores. In addition, we assessed the social validity of the QARL by asking practitioners (N = 18) how helpful conducting the QARL was in consultation with caregivers and with respect to case conceptualization and programming. Results demonstrated that the scores across the two informants were moderately reliable across all domains and overall scores (R = 61% - 74 %) and that practitioners found it help during consultation with caregivers (89%) and case conceptualization (89%). Directions for clinical dissemination and future research will be discussed.
 
Treating Severe Interfering Behaviors: Clinical Applications of the Questions About Risk Level
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Taylor Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an ethical responsibility to maximize desired outcomes while minimizing risks (BACB, 2020). The Risk-Driven Approach, developed by Taylor and colleagues (2023), offers the only structured framework for conceptualizing risks that can impact an individual’s quality of life. By identifying and categorizing risks across various domains, this approach enables practitioners to develop a socially meaningful case conceptualization with tailored risk-reduction strategies to meet each client’s unique needs. In this way, clinicians using the Risk Driven Approach can deliver services in a manner that reduces risks to the consumer achieving an improved quality of life. This presentation provides clinical examples modeling the utility of the Questions About Risk Level, an indirect assessment tool designed to quantify risks systematically to permit development of related risk reduction strategies. Attendees will gain practical insights through case studies demonstrating the use of the Risk-Driven Approach and the Questions About Risk Level to address severe interfering behaviors in community-based settings. In addition, attendees will be equipped with essential knowledge to enhance their practice and improve client outcomes.
 
Supporting Adults in Community-Based Residential Care Settings: Integration of the Risk Driven Approach
ASTRID YESEBEL LA CRUZ MONTILLA (BCBA), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Ashley Avalos (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: California was among the first states to move toward de-institutionalization with the passage of the Lanterman Act (Lanterman Developmental Disabilities Services Act, 1977). Since the enactment, California has seen an exponential increase in adults needing residential support and has consequently opened different types of community-based group homes to answer this need. While the shift to community-based residential settings partially mitigated risks inherent to institutions, practitioners are now faced with a different set of risks not only with the residents, but with the community at large. These residential-care homes pose unique challenges that require specialized approaches to case conceptualization, particularly concerning clients’ rights, federal regulations, and conservatorship. The Risk-Driven Approach (RDA) provides a framework for practitioners to develop a socially meaningful case conceptualization that focuses on maximizing individualized outcomes while mitigating risk. This presentation will walk the audience through direct examples of how to utilize the RDA when working with adults in community-based residential care, emphasizing its alignment with the specific demands of these settings.
 
 
Panel #168
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Bringing Behavior Analysis Into the Juvenile Justice and Child Welfare Systems: Academic, Government, and Private Practice Perspectives
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A.
Chair: Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC; The OBSI Project)
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida)
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice)
SAMANTHA FUESY (The OBSI Project; Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC)
Abstract:

There is immense potential for behavior analysis to improve outcomes for at-risk youth, including youth in child welfare and juvenile justice-involved youth. This potential includes direct services to address behavior issues but also includes working with staff and leadership to improve the operations of youth serving facilities, and advocate for changes in surrounding systems (policing, courts) and other youth serving systems (schools). To do so requires more behavior analysts with the passion to work with these populations, but who also have the experiences and expertise necessary to successfully serve vulnerable populations within historically underfunded and broken systems. Our panel of expert behavior analysts from academia, state government administration, and private practice will take audience questions and discuss i) what behavior analysis services look like in these spaces, ii) what strategies improve access to behavior analysis interventions for this population, iii) what training is needed for current and future behavior analysts to successfully serve this population, and iv) how to successfully navigate contingencies within juvenile justice and other child-serving systems. Finally the panel will end with a discussion of the mission and goals of a potential new Special Interest Group dedicated to working with child welfare and juvenile justice-involved youth.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience members should work with, or have an interest in working with, at-risk youth populations in child welfare or juvenile justice systems. Alternatively, audience members should be familiar with principles of behavior analysis and have knowledge of the logistics of providing behavior analysis services for their service population in order to understand and appreciate the differences in how behavior analysis services for juvenile justice and child welfare populations needs to be organized, funded, and the necessary training.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe common barriers to providing behavior analysis service for juvenile justice-involved youth
2. Describe common barriers to providing behavior analysis service for youth in child welfare systems
3. Describe common barriers to carrying out research with child welfare and juvenile-justice populations
Keyword(s): Behavior Systems, Child Welfare, Juvenile Justice, Public Policy
 
 
Panel #169
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Questionable Ethical Practices: Ways to Solve Them and Get Back on the Ethical Path
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University, Ret.)
YULEMA CRUZ (Rutgers University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
Abstract: The ethical practice of behavior analysts remains a very high concern in our field. Although identifying a situation as potentially unethical is relatively straightforward, the more important issue is exactly how a behavior analyst solves unethical situations. That is, what exactly is the strategy and skill sets needed for a behavior analyst to approach a colleague who may be behaving unethically and assist that person in stopping the unethical behavior and getting back to behaving within our field's ethical guidelines. The panelists will present a series of unethical situations in service delivery, and then discuss different ways of solving these dilemmas. The audience will hear how there are different ways of thinking about ethical problems and will hear different ways of solving these issues. The results should be the audience understanding that there may be more than one strategy or approach to solve ethical situations in which they are involved.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: All levels - new and veteran behavior analysts confront ethical dilemmas frequently. Our talk should be useful for both new and senior behavior analysts
Learning Objectives: 1. orally state the importance of ethical service delivery
2. when given an ethical dilemma, orally state the code section(s) that apply
3. when given an unethical situation, will orally describe at least one strategy to resolve it
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, ethics
 
 
Invited Paper Session #170
CE Offered: PSY
Paying Attention (or Not) to What You Are Doing: Goal Direction, Inhibition, and Habit in Operant Learning
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont)
Abstract: This talk will merge two threads of research that begin to suggest that attention to one's behavior may be an important (though usually overlooked) dimension of operant learning. In one thread, we studied how operants can transition from goal-directed to habitual after extended training and practice. The results suggest that the conversion to habit is not permanent, and that habit develops under conditions that theories of associative learning suggest might encourage the animal to pay less attention to the response. In another thread, we studied several discriminated operant paradigms in which organisms learn to stop performing the response. In extinction and punishment, the animal learns to stop performing the specific response; inhibition does not generalize to other behaviors. In contrast, in feature-negative learning, the organism learns a type of inhibition that generalizes across different responses. Consistent again with theories of attention and associative learning, there may be more reason to pay attention to the response in extinction and punishment than in feature-negative learning. Attention to a behavior may be driven by prior learning and recent prediction error.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers and professionals interested in learning, the development of habits, and response inhibition.

Learning Objectives: 1. Distinguish between operants that are goal directed vs. habitual
2. Distinguish between situations in which inhibition is response-specific vs. response-general
3. Think about the role of one's attention to behavior during operant learning
 
MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont)

Mark E. Bouton received his BA from Williams College and his PhD from the University of Washington (Seattle). He is currently University Distinguished Professor and Robert B. Lawson Green and Gold Professor of Psychology Emeritus at the University of Vermont, where he has held appointments since 1980. He has done research on the effects of context on conditioning and learning, with an emphasis on behavior change (including extinction, punishment, and the transition of operant behavior from goal-directed to habitual), for over four decades. His research was continuously funded by grants from NSF or NIH between 1981 and 2023. He has received a number of awards, including the Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society and the Quad-L Award from the University of New Mexico, and he is a Fellow of several organizations, including the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and the Eastern Psychological Association, of which he is a past president. He is the author of a textbook on learning and behavior theory [Learning and behavior: A contemporary synthesis (2nd ed.)], published in 2016 by Sinauer Associates, an imprint of Oxford University Press.

 
 
Symposium #171
CE Offered: BACB
Establishing Emerging and Complex Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
Discussant: Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers)
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Social communication deficits are common among autistic people; approximately 63% of autistic children present with language deficits, and language development may be delayed or difficult. Deficits in communicative repertoires may affect other important areas of skill development, including social skills and skills affecting independence. Verbal behavior may be established through a variety of instructional methods, which vary depending on the targets and complexity of the verbal response, and the verbal repertoire of the individual. The current symposium will highlight three different methods to establish emerging and complex verbal behavior. The first presentation will review stimulus-stimulus pairing to establish vocal approximations, the second presentation will review the effects of listener- and tact-training on emergent intraverbal behavior, and the third presentation will review variables affecting autoclitic behavior. The final presentation will review criteria-based planning and readiness behaviors associated with transitioning from intensive early intervention to less restrictive settings. Lastly, implications for training verbal behavior and the role of verbal behavior in transition planning will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autoclitic Behavior, Criteria-Based Transitions, Intraverbal Behavior, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience: BCBA BCBA-D Graduate students RBT
Learning Objectives: 1. State the effects of stimulus-stimulus pairing on vocal verbal approximations, as described in the literature
2. Identify possible factors affecting emergent intraverbal behavior following listener- and tact-training
3. Identify possible factors affecting the development of intraverbal tacting following autoclitic frame training
 

An Update on Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing to Increase Vocalizations in Children With Language Delays

SHARIQ ULLAH KHAN (Endicott College), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Rebecca Jane Barall (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract:

Stimulus-stimulus pairing is a procedure in which specific vocalizations are paired with the delivery of conditioned stimuli or unconditioned stimuli (i.e., reinforcers), and stimulus-stimulus pairing has been used to increase vocalizations in participants with language delays. Overall, stimulus-stimulus pairing has produced mixed outcomes across studies. Some studies demonstrate an increase in participants’ vocalizations, while other studies demonstrate a partial increase or zero increase in participant’s vocalizations. To clarify these findings, the current study replicates the systematic literature review conducted by Shillingsburg et al. (2015). We included 12 experimental studies, including published peer-reviewed studies, theses, and dissertations, from 2015 and 2024 that investigated stimulus-stimulus pairing to increase vocalizations in participants with language delays. The studies were analyzed according to participants’ characteristics and specific features of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures. An effect size estimate (nonoverlap of all pairs) was calculated for a portion of the studies reviewed. Directions for future research are discussed.

 
Analyzing the Emergence of Intraverbal Behavior Through Listener and Tact Training
DOMINIQUE COUNOS (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) defined many verbal operants that conceptualize our learning of language and communication. These operants were defined as functionally independent, insinuating that direct training in each operant is required for acquisition. Previous research has challenged Skinner’s notion of functional independence in demonstrating that responses trained in one operant can appear as emergent responses in another operant (e.g., Almås et al., 2022; Smith et al., 2016; Conine et al., 2021). The currect study replicated procedures described by Conine et al. (2021), and analyzed emergent intraverbal responding following Listener and Tact Training conditions. Findings of the study showed an increase in responding across operants for training conditions, as well as some emergent intraverbal relations that appeared after Listener and Tact Training. Ultimately, direct intraverbal training was used to strengthen intraverbal responding to meet mastery criteria, further supporting Skinner’s (1957) notion of functional independence. Tact Training conditions were only implemented after the Listener Training condition; therefore, responding during Tact Training may have depended on acquisition in Listener Training. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed.
 

The Effects of Autoclitic Frames on Intraverbal Tacting for Children With Autism

Kennedy Baca (Simmons University), GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulty discriminating which aspect of a complex nonverbal stimulus they are being questioned about. The inability to discriminate means interventions are needed to help establish intraverbal tacts to questions that are multiple controlled. The current study replicated degli Espinosa et al. 2021 who used Autoclitic Frame Training to establish intraverbal tacting. In the current study, a 3-year-old girl with ASD was taught to answer questions about complex stimuli by responding within the autoclitic frame. Following Autoclitic Frame Training, discrimination and Generalization Probes were conducted to evaluate the effects of Autoclitic Frame Training on the accuracy of intraverbal tacting and the use of autoclitic frames within responses. The intervention resulted in accurate intraverbal tacting across three complex stimulus sets, and within set generalization to new stimuli. This adds support to the external validity of Autoclitic Frame Training as an intervention to teach intraverbal tacting in learners with ASD. Limitations, future research, and clinical recommendations are discussed.

 

Criteria-Based Transitions: How do you know when your client with autism is ready for a less restrictive setting?

KATIE COLE STRATHMANN (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Ashley Ahlers (Bierman ABA Autism Center), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have the responsibility to appropriately transition services. This includes collaborating with other professionals, properly communicating outcomes, and monitoring all aspects of the transition. But how to determine if a child with autism is ready to transition from comprehensive treatment into a less restrictive environment, preferably a school environment, can be somewhat complex and the criteria aren’t always clear. A transition readiness assessment process is hypothesized to inform more clinically appropriate transitions and assist in the appropriate skill planning to prepare a child to learn and maintain skills in the proposed less restrictive settings. Regularly assessing for critical readiness skills regardless of time in services or age, and programming towards those skills, better positions children with autism for smoother and more successful transitions. The purpose of this study was to assess feasibility and effectiveness of training BCBAs on implementing a transition readiness assessment tool used to predict clinically appropriate transition timelines and inform programming for readiness skills within those timelines. The goal was to increase the percentage of appropriate client transitions to less restrictive settings as children age out of early intervention settings. Preliminary results indicate an increase in appropriate transitions from center-based ABA to general education settings.

 
 
Symposium #172
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Competing Stimulus Assessments
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicholas Migliaccio (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey)
Discussant: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Migliaccio, M.A.
Abstract:

Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) are frequently used to identify items associated with high engagement and reduce automatically maintained challenging behavior. The present symposium will explore four studies evaluating novel modifications and their impact on challenging behavior in adults, adolescents, and children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first two studies evaluate adaptions to traditional CSA methods. One explores the use of clothing items to compete with subtype one and three automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) and provides preliminary evidence of clothing effectively competing with self-injury. Another study compares the effectiveness of a latency-based CSA to traditional CSA methods and discusses the limited agreement between the two methodologies. The second two studies evaluate modifications to augmented CSA (A-CSA). One study evaluates the utility A-CSA for respondent biting and inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) and discusses the maintenance of A-CSA findings outside of the intensive clinical context. The last study explores subtyping stereotypy based on functional analysis results as well as A-CSA procedures across training and generalization stimuli to determine maintenance effects. Overall, these studies highlight the importance of evaluating methodological adaptations to CSAs to ultimately enhance clinical practice and research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Automatic Reinforcement, Competing Stimuli, Self-injurious Behavior, Stereotypic Behavior
Target Audience: Audience should be familiar with the design and implementation of competing stimulus assessments and the functional assessment of automatically maintained behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. Design assessments to identify competing stimuli that reduce challenging behavior
2. Utilize methodological adaptions to competing stimulus assessments
3. Identify methodological adaptations not associated with treatment benefits
 

Clothing Competing Stimulus Assessment in Adults With Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury

NICHOLAS MIGLIACCIO (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Brittany Repak (Rutgers University), Matthew L. Lucciola (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Previous research establishes competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) as effective tools to identify stimuli associated with a reduction in challenging behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and related disabilities (Haddock & Hagopian, 2020). Research on CSAs, however, is limited within (1) the adult population and (2) subtype three automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB). The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the use of a competing stimulus assessment of clothing items to decrease automatically maintained self-injury in three applications. Two applications were conducted with a 27-year-old male, Myles, diagnosed with ASD demonstrating two separate topographies of subtype three automatically reinforced SIB. One application was conducted with a 24-year-old male, Tucker, diagnosed with ASD demonstrating subtype one automatically reinforced SIB. A CSA was conducted for each application in which levels of SIB, self-restraint, item engagement, and item avoidance were tracked when wearing various clothing items. Overall, at least one effective competing stimulus (defined by an 80% reduction from baseline) was identified for two of the three applications. Future researchers should continue to evaluate the efficacy of clothing items as competing stimuli for individuals demonstrating automatically reinforced SIB.

 
A Retrospective Evaluation of Latency to Challenging Behavior in Competing Stimulus Assessments
SAVANNAH TATE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), sabrina olivera (University of Florida), Zhibo Rong (UF; UMBC; KKI), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments are used to identify stimuli that, when delivered noncontingently, compete with the reinforcer that maintains challenging behavior. Most competing stimulus assessments employ a frequency or a duration to measure challenging behavior. Recently, Imler and Weyman (2024) and Frank-Crawford et al. (2024) evaluated latency to challenging behavior as the primary measure in their competing stimulus assessments. Although the assessments did successfully identify stimuli that competed with challenging behavior, neither of these studies compared the latency to challenging behavior to the actual response measures yielded in traditional competing stimulus assessment methods. Thus, the degree to which the same competing stimuli would be nominated from these two types of competing stimulus assessments is unclear. Therefore, we conducted a retrospective consecutive controlled case series of competing stimulus assessments implemented on an inpatient behavioral treatment unit to evaluate correspondence between the high-competition stimuli identified from the traditional competing stimulus assessment to those derived from the latency to the first response of that same assessment. Preliminary results indicate that latency to the first instance of challenging behavior does not correspond with the extent to which competing stimuli are effective. Thus, further analysis, such as an evaluation of whether latency to second or third responses correspond better, should be conducted. Implications and future directions will be discussed.
 

CANCELLED: Adaptations of an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment

REBECCA MCCARTNEY (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas), Isaiah Salazar (76201), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas), Lauren Plewes (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Hagopian et al. (2020) demonstrated the application of the augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) to treat automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB). This procedure may be effective for other forms of challenging behavior; however, when integrating the A-CSA with treatments for socially maintained challenging behavior, items are removed, which interacts with complex, operant and respondent biting, and items may not match stimulation produced by less common challenging behavior, such as inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB). Therefore, we adapted A-CSA, to limit removal in the treatment of operant and respondent biting and to compare matched and unmatched stimulation in the treatment of ISB. Using the adapted A-CSA, we identified four competing stimuli that effectively reduced biting. In the comparison of matched and unmatched stimuli, we identified one, matched stimulus, that reduced ISB. Interestingly, with both participants, we observed clinically significant reductions in challenging behavior even when engagement was not continuous, suggesting a potential for maintenance outside of an intensive clinical context. We will discuss implications of adapting the A-CSA for a variety of challenging behavior.

 

Generalized Item Engagement and Maintenance of Effects Following an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment Sequence

SAMANTHA BREEMAN (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy)
Abstract:

Competing stimulus assessments are one technology that aids in developing treatment for behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, these assessments do not always yield robust results. Stereotypic behaviors of different subtypes may require particular procedural modifications to identify competing items successfully. The current investigation recruited children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and included functional analyses to determine whether participant responding aligned with proposed stereotypy subtypes. Next, we implemented augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) procedures across training and generalization stimuli to determine whether (a) responding across either subtype was more likely to require intensive modifications and (b) the A-CSA procedures promoted generalized item engagement within a stimulus class. Lastly, an extended treatment evaluation was conducted to determine the durability of these findings and the generalization of the reduced target behavior to other settings. While participant responding fell into two subtype patterns, the general applicability of the subtyping model remains unclear. Generalized item engagement within stimulus classes was observed across participants, as well as maintenance of target behavior reductions across locations.

 
 
Symposium #173
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chelsea R. Fleck (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Mindy Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Chelsea R. Fleck, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Automatically maintained behaviors, which persist in the absence of socially-mediated consequences, present a significant challenge in applied behavior analysis. Historically, these behaviors have been misunderstood and misclassified, leading to ineffective interventions. The complexity of identifying their functions complicates both assessment and treatment. This symposium will discuss recent advancements in functional analysis methodologies and evidence-based interventions aimed at more effectively addressing these persistent behaviors. Aaron Sanchez will present a study which compared functional communication training and time-based reinforcement to reduce operant and respondent biting. Kira Flynn will present a study which evaluated the use of haptic feedback delivered via a bracelet to reduce idiopathic toe walking across two individuals. Kayleigh Norton will present a study which analyzed the effect of session duration on the detection of automatically maintained behavior during repeated alone or no-interaction screens. Last, Brittany Repak will describe the results of a study which compared the effects of blocking and self-restraint on the occurrence of self-injurious behavior in a functional analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, biting, functional analysis, idiopathic toe-walking
Target Audience:

Presentations in this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should have education in behavioral interventions for learners with autism and other developmental disabilities to maximize learning during this symposium.

Learning Objectives: 1. evaluate the efficacy of functional communication training and time-based reinforcement in the treatment of operant and respondent biting
2. describe contributions of technology in the treatment of automatically maintained idiopathic toe walking
3. assess the effects of session duration on the detection of automatically maintained behavior when conducting alone screens
4. summarize the comparative effects of blocking and self-restrain on self-injurious behaviors in a functional analysis
 

CANCELLED: An Evaluation of Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Time-Based Reinforcement in the Treatment of Operant and Respondent Biting

AARON JOSEPH SANCHEZ (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas), Natalee Foster (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Isaiah Salazar (76201)
Abstract:

Function-based treatments can produce meaningful, long-term reductions in challenging behavior and, most importantly, increases in desirable behavior. These treatments generally fall into two categories: differential reinforcement for behavior maintained by social reinforcement, and time-based reinforcement for behavior maintained by non-social reinforcement. However, challenging behavior, such as biting, may both be operant and respondent (e.g., elicited by aversive stimulation or removal of preferred items). To date, there has been limited applied research on function-based approaches to the treatment of respondent challenging behavior. In this study, we compared the two most common function-based treatments, functional communication training (FCT), and time-based reinforcement, in the treatment of complex, operant and respondent biting. During time-based reinforcement evaluations, we observed near elimination of biting. However, even when alternating time-based sessions and FCT, we continued to observe elicited biting. These results suggest additional research is needed to investigate the integration of respondent-based conditioning procedures with common function-based treatments.

 

An Evaluation of Haptic Feedback to Reduce Idiopathic Toe Walking

KIRA ELIZABETH FLYNN (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Franchesca Izquierdo (Florida Institute of Technology), Christina Marie Sheppard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Haptic feedback involves the delivery of a vibratory stimulus contingent upon a target behavior. Among other applications, it has been used to prompt initiation of social interactions and increase on-task time in children with disabilities. In the current study, we used a combination reversal and nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate haptic feedback delivered via a bracelet to reduce idiopathic toe walking exhibited by an adolescent male with autism and a typically developing young adult woman. After informing participants about the device and the feedback it produced, the experimenter delivered private haptic feedback contingent upon each participants’ steps on toes. The feedback was effective to reduce toe walking to low levels for both participants. In addition, in a social validity measure, participants reported that the bracelet was helpful to improve their gait. Participants also noted that they would be willing to wear the device outside of research sessions. The authors also discuss the use of technology to address challenging behaviors.

 

Do Session Durations Matter When Conducting Alone Screens to Detect Automatically Reinforced Behavior?

KAYLEIGH NORTON (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; University of Georgia), Chelsea R. Fleck (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Repeated alone or no-interaction screens may be used to rule out the possibility that behavior is maintained by socially mediated consequences (Querim et al., 2013; Slanzi et al., 2022; Vollmer et al., 1995). Previous studies have used blocks of three 5-min sessions or a single 15-min session plotted as fifteen 1-min bins. Our goal is to minimize a client’s time in austere environments while still maintaining the informative value of the alone screen. In the present paper, we re-analyzed data from multiple datasets of previously conducted alone or no-interaction screens to determine whether session duration impacts the interpretability of the data. Participants engaged in disruptive behavior, self-injurious behavior, or destruction. Initial analyses were conducted using 5- or 10-min sessions and were re-analyzed using 5-, 2.5-, and 1-min bins, and data were summarized as responses per min. Data from a single participant are included in this abstract, and data collection is ongoing. Additional data analysis, such as the presence or absence of renewal marked by social breaks in or out of the session room, will also be included. An independent observer collected data for at least 30% of sessions with at least 80% reliability for all target responses.

 

Comparative Effects of Blocking and Allowing Self-Restraint in Ignore Pairwise Functional Analysis

BRITTANY REPAK (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services; Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Matthew L. Lucciola (Rutgers University), Nicholas Migliaccio (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) has previously been delineated into three subtypes established by the pattern of responding and presence of self-restraint in the ignore/alone and toy play conditions of the traditional functional analysis. Subtype three is classified by the presence of self-restraint; however, recent research questions whether subtype three is a distinct subtype or rather a variant of subtype one or two (Hagopian et al., 2015). Furthermore, it has been suggested that different patterns of responding may occur when self-restraint is blocked compared to when it is allowed. The purpose of the current study was to (1) compare functional analysis results when SIB is blocked to when SIB is allowed and (2) utilize a pairwise functional analysis methodology to determine if responding is more characteristic of subtype one or subtype two in cases of subtype three automatically reinforced SIB demonstrated by two adults with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicated differentiated responding when self-restraint was allowed compared to when it was blocked. Future research should explore similar techniques to determine if subtype three is a unique subtype of automatically reinforced behavior or if it can resemble subtype one or two.

 
 
Symposium #175
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Applications of Relational Frame Theory and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Toward Greater Social Impact
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 156
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Shaianne Kealoha (Emergent Learning Centers: Hawaii)
Discussant: Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Shaianne Kealoha, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium examines the pivotal role of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)  in promoting cognitive, social, and behavioral growth across a range of populations and contexts. Presentations in this symposium explore how utilization of RFT can promote derived relational responding and expanding linguistic and cognitive abilities, while the application of ACT establishes the necessary psychological flexibility in these relational processes profoundly impacting individuals served. First, we explore how developing these frameworks in the youngest of learners can have life-changing impacts on cognition and language and follow this trajectory throughout childhood, adolescence, and adulthood as prosocial behaviors are established and strengthened by application of these advanced behavior analytic principles. Furthermore, the relationship between developing an appreciation of the arts through advancing repertoires of relational responding is explored and the resulting social impacts. The implications of art education and how it may foster advanced language capabilities is discussed.  Finally, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is showcased in correctional rehabilitation, demonstrating how relational processes can facilitate lasting behavioral change and reduce recidivism. Together, these talks provide valuable perspectives on how RFT and ACT can be leveraged to enhance learning, social interaction, and affect impactful behavioral change.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ACT, DRR, RFT
Target Audience:

The target audience has an understanding of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and derived relational responding, knowledge of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and psychological flexibility, and experience implementing individualized assessments.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe how enhancing relational skills can impact engagement with abstract art.
2. identify key strategies for developing early relational responding in children with autism.
3. identify strategies for teaching cooperation and psychological flexibility in individuals with developmental disabilities.
4. describe how Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) uses relational processes like acceptance and defusion to promote behavioral change and reduce recidivism in correctional settings.
 
Exploring the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Art Appreciation
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Understanding how individuals appreciate and engage with the arts involves both cognitive and linguistic processes to interpret visual stimuli. Derived relational responding (DRR) refers to the ability to infer relationships between stimuli based on previously learned associations. Given that abstract art often requires higher-level interpretation, this study explores whether advanced DRR abilities correlate with a preference for abstract art. In this study, participants completed a survey about their free time spent on art-related activities and their agreement with values-based statements regarding art. Participants also participated in a series of tasks designed to measure their ability to engage in derived relational responding. They were then presented with sets of five images that shared a common theme but varied in their level of abstractness and were asked to select their preferred image. This task was repeated across 20 sets of stimuli. This talk will explore these findings and discuss the implications for art education, specifically how increasing exposure to abstract art might enhance complex language and conversely, how strengthening complex language skills may deepen appreciation for the arts.
 

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in Correctional Rehabilitation: Promoting Behavioral Change Through Contextual Flexibility

KAITLIN M. PRECIADO (Emergent Learning Hawaii Center), Shaianne Kealoha (Emergent Learning Centers: Hawaii), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Emergent Learning Centers)
Abstract:

Recent research underscores the need for correctional rehabilitation programs to adopt therapeutic models that extend beyond traditional behavior-analytic interventions. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), as conceptualized by Hayes et al. (2019), offers a framework centered on psychological flexibility and contextual behavioral change, particularly suited for populations with high recidivism rates. In the Hawai‘i correctional system, we are implementing ACT principles through individual and group interventions aimed at promoting short-term behavioral compliance and long-term rehabilitation and reintegration. The program seeks to foster adaptive functioning during incarceration and support sustained behavioral change post-release by utilizing key ACT processes such as acceptance, defusion, and committed action. Studies such as Zarling et al. (2019) highlight the potential for ACT to reduce aggressive behaviors and recidivism, forming the foundation of our approach. Our program’s design integrates a culturally responsive framework tailored to the needs of diverse populations, including Native Hawaiian individuals, to enhance engagement and relevance. This presentation will provide an overview of the program’s theoretical basis and practical application, with a focus on how these elements can contribute to reducing recidivism and fostering meaningful, sustained behavioral transformation within correctional populations.

 

A Relational Framework to Build Language and Cognition for Children With Zero Scores on Verbal Behavior (VB) Assessments

MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Centers: California), Lindsey Nicole Holtsman (Emergent Learning Centers: St. Louis), Aletha Sutton (Hawaii Department of Education)
Abstract:

This talk will introduce a comprehensive set of methods aimed at building foundational cognitive and language abilities in infants and young children with autism. Topics include procedures for teaching simple and conditional discriminations, developing delay to reinforcement tolerance, understanding cause and effect, identifying preferences, and encouraging non-arbitrary stimulus relations through play. Additionally, key strategies will be presented for fostering social attention and teaching chained task performance through derived stimulus relations. A unique feature includes a structured play-based assessment, which evaluates each child’s current abilities within the contexts common to the childhood experience thus determining the appropriate level of intervention. This assessment ensures individualized planning for learners at every level, providing an essential first step for children on the path to more advanced relational training. Ideal for clinicians and educators, this talk lays the groundwork for early developmental interventions and sets the stage for greater gains in relational repertoires to impact socially significant outcomes.

 
How the EvoSci and Prosocial Frameworks Can Inform Social Skills Instruction
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Emergent Learning Centers)
Abstract: This presentation will highlight how recent research on evolutionary science and prosocial behavior, as synthesized within Contextual Behavior Science, can inform the conceptualization and implementation of social skills instruction. The presentation will share perspectives on the need for social community from evolutionary science, and discuss barriers experienced by autistic individuals and individuals with other developmental disabilities to contributing to and benefitting from social community with others. The presentation will further explore the necessity of teaching prosocial behavior as a part of educational curricula, and the role of verbal contingencies in supporting and maintaining this essential repertoire. The ramifications of failing to do so on both the individual and society as a whole will be highlighted. Recommendations will be made for the instruction of basic prosocial skills such as cooperation and collaboration with others, and expanding more complex repertoires of prosocial behavior by targeting psychological flexibility as it pertains to social relationships with others.
 
 
Symposium #176
CE Offered: BACB
Bridging Gaps in Health Care: Exploring Service Delivery, Caregiver Engagement, and Health Advocacy
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patricia El Horr de Moraes (Purdue University)
Discussant: Ivy M Chong (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Juliana Aguilar, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium brings together four research studies aimed at enhancing the quality of care and support for individuals with developmental disabilities. The first presentation analyzes Medicaid member demographics and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery patterns in Indiana, highlighting disparities and underutilization in certain services. The second study focuses on caregiver acceptability of a multidisciplinary treatment for encopresis in children with ASD, offering insights into practical, non-invasive interventions that improve continence and quality of life. The third presentation addresses healthcare disparities faced by individuals with developmental disabilities, exploring how collaborative approaches between healthcare providers and support systems can create more inclusive and effective health care encounters. Finally, the symposium closes with an exploration of strategies to increase caregiver engagement on a parenting website, emphasizing the importance of proactive, data-driven interventions to reduce waitlist times and improve child outcomes. Together, these studies explore the importance of integrating evidence-based practices, policy change, and collaborative care models to bridge gaps in service delivery, enhance caregiver support, and improve the overall well-being of individuals with developmental disabilities.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBAs, Special Education Professionals, Healthcare Providers, Policymakers and Advocates
Learning Objectives: 1. Explore strategies to address underutilization of group therapy and other services
2. Understand the effectiveness and caregiver acceptability of a multidisciplinary treatment
3. Recognize healthcare disparities faced by individuals with developmental disabilities
 

Medicaid Member Demographics and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery Patterns in Indiana

JULIANA AGUILAR (Purdue University), Patricia El Horr de Moraes (Purdue University), Yuanfang Liu (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is a developmental condition characterized by challenges in social interaction, communication, and repetitive behaviors. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services are a recognized and effective intervention for individuals with autism. In the U.S., Medicaid plays a crucial role in providing access to ABA services for many families, ensuring that children with autism receive necessary support regardless of their financial situation. However, there remains a lack of research on client demographics and service delivery patterns for ASD. Our study sought to address this gap by analyzing data on Indiana Medicaid members to better understand ASD service delivery patterns. Demographic data from 2019-2020 were analyzed using sample size proportions for race, gender, and age. We then examined the percentage under each category across four selected ABA services (assessment, individual therapy, group therapy, and family guidance). Our results indicated that individuals with different demographic characteristics were consistently billed across all service models. However, certain services, such as group therapy, were underutilized despite their potential positive outcomes, possibly due to lower reimbursement rates. These findings highlight the potential for significant improvement in the delivery of ABA services through policy-level changes.

 

Caregiver Acceptability of a Multidisciplinary Treatment for Encopresis for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

COURTNEY HANNULA (Marcus Autism Center), Jessica Herrod (Marcus Autism Center), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Toilet training is a common challenge for caregivers, particularly for caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Incontinence can negatively impact the hygiene, physical comfort, independence, and quality of life for children with ASD. Encopresis, or incontinent bowel movements, is typically caused by constipation for most children. Children with ASD are 3.8 times more likely to have constipation than their typically developing peers. Recurring bouts of incontinence and constipation can also negatively impact caregivers in the child’s life. We conducted a randomized clinical trial with a treatment as usual group and one intervention group, receiving the Multidisciplinary Intervention for Encopresis (MIE) which involved both medical and behavioral approaches for treating encopresis without the use of laxatives, enemas, and punishment procedures. In addition to these treatments, we conducted the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form-Revised with caregivers to assess the acceptability of the treatment recommendations. Results indicate that the MIE resulted in statistically significant changes in independent continence with a for participants completing the MIE with high acceptability scores from caregivers. Additionally, participants in the MIE group continued to improve post-treatment in follow up. The presentation discusses practical significance and impact for children, caregivers, and practitioners in the treatment of encopresis.

 
Enhancing Health Care Encounters Through Collaboration With Individuals Who Experience Developmental Disabilities and Their Companions
MARISOL LOZA HERNANDEZ (University of Nebraska Medical Center: Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Guangyi Lin (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Maryjan Fiala (University of Nebraska), Jessica Gormley (University of Nebraska)
Abstract: Individuals who experience developmental disabilities, such as autism spectrum disorder, cerebral palsy, or intellectual disability, may face pervasive health disparities and limited access to quality healthcare services. This symposium outlines insights from a recent community research project aimed at identifying the needs of individuals with disabilities as they prepare for and attend healthcare visits. Through a comprehensive survey and in-depth semi-structured interviews, we gathered critical data to support the development of an asynchronous online course designed to enhance healthcare professionals' knowledge and skills in addressing the unique needs of individuals with disabilities and their support systems. The purpose of this talk is to raise awareness about the healthcare disparities experienced by these populations and to explore actionable advocacy strategies. The current survey results indicate that 47 percent of individuals would like providers or healthcare staff to explain procedures to facilitate smoother appointments. Our qualitative analysis revealed preliminary themes related to disparities in healthcare access, the need for patient-centered communication, and the importance of compassionate advocacy. By sharing our findings, we aim to empower healthcare professionals and caregivers to provide better support, fostering a more inclusive and equitable healthcare environment for individuals with developmental disabilities.
 

Increasing Caregiver Engagement on a Parenting Website

JACQUELINE MERY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Steven Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Families may face long waitlists for behavior analytic services due to high demands and limited resources. Referrals for therapeutic services also vary in intensity and severity, where some families may greatly benefit learning about validated parenting strategies as they wait for their first appointment. To help caregivers begin to address behavioral concerns at home, a parenting website was developed by a team of behavior analysts and psychologists at Kennedy Krieger Institute. Waitlist families (independent users) who were initially offered access to the website showed low engagement with content on the site. As a result, a contingency program was implemented to evaluate the effects between engagement time and frequency of challenging behavior. Thirteen waitlist families were recruited and offered the opportunity to bypass the waitlist contingent on providing daily data, reviewing tutorials on the website, and attending weekly check-ins for a month. Results showed higher engagement for caregivers in the program compared to independent users. Additionally, all caregivers who completed the program reported a substantial decrease in their child’s challenging behavior.

 
 
Symposium #177
CE Offered: BACB
Investigations of Bidirectional Naming and Equivalence Relations Across the Translational Spectrum
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 150 AB
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Discussant: Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Juliana Oliveira, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Numerous research studies have investigated teaching methods and potential prerequisite skills that lead to generative learning across different populations. The current symposium includes basic, translational, and applied studies related to bidirectional naming and equivalence relations, with adults and children with autism as participants. The first presentation evaluates whether cover, copy, and compare study strategy could be used to teach equivalence relations to undergraduate students and whether drawing could occur as a form of mediating response in testing. The second presentation assesses the effects of multiple exemplar training on both the development of bidirectional naming and stimulus generalization in children with autism. The third presentation discusses two experiments that examined whether intraverbal bidirectional naming facilitated the formation of generalized equivalence classes with adults. Finally, the fourth study is an applied study that assesses class expansion and transfer of function after instructive feedback training with children with autism. The symposium concludes with thoughtful comments from the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bidirectional naming, equivalence relations, MET
Target Audience:

Participants should be able to define and describe stimulus equivalence relations. Participants should be able to define and describe verbal operants.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the steps to complete copy, cover, and compare.
2. Describe intraverbal bidirectional naming as mediating skills
3. Define class expansion and transfer of function
 

Intraverbal bidirectional naming on the influence the formation of generalized equivalence classes

(Basic Research)
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

The present study is an extension of Jennings and Miguel (2017) by investigating whether intraverbal bidirectional naming (I-BiN) facilitated the formation of generalized equivalence classes. This study includes two experiments (E1 and E2), four adults participated in each. Both experiments used a one-to-many training structure, matching-to-sample (MTS) tests, I-BiN tests, post-sorting tests, and social-validity survey. Stimulus generalization was measured across four novel stimulus sets. Pre-MTS test, tact test- and training followed by listener test, intraverbal training, (A´B’ and A´C’) were completed similarly in E1 and E2. After mastery of the training conditions, two different test sequences were introduced: In E1, successive blocks of post-MTS tests of across baseline, symmetry and equivalence relations and I-BiN tests was divided, while in E2, tests were merged into one block I-BiN and MTS-test, respectively. Then, both experiments exposed the participants to sorting tests. The results demonstrated that the establishment of few intraverbals led to correct responding during I-BiN and MTS tests, and the result was confirmed by the sorting tests, as well as all eight participants achieved mastery during the generalization tests. Vocal MTS-test and a post-experimental interview confirmed the use of tacts and I-BiN during MTS-tests.

 

Teaching Undergraduates to Solve Equivalence Problems by Using Copy, Cover, and Compare

(Basic Research)
KY JACKSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah Elizabeth Vesely (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe Meyer Institute), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Abstract:

Cover, Copy, and Compare (CCC) is a study strategy in which students cover their notes, attempt to copy them, and then compare for accuracy. This translational study evaluated whether CCC could be used to teach equivalence relations to undergraduate students and whether drawing may occur as a form of mediating response in testing. A video training package and experimenter feedback was used to teach participants to engage in CCC with notes in the form of a graphic organizer (GO). During the CCC condition, participants constructed GOs depicting the relations among the three equivalence classes, each consisting of three familiar stimuli. After completing CCC, six of the seven participants scored over 90% on their first matching-to-sample (MTS) posttest. We evaluated generalization of the CCC strategy with a three five-member classes of all abstract stimuli. All participants utilized the CCC strategy, constructed GOs with fidelity, and scored over 90% on the first posttest. Social validity data indicated participants found the approach highly acceptable. These findings provide additional evidence of the benefits of teaching mediating responses to produce high equivalence yields, particularly visual bidirectional naming (V-BiN; Miguel, 2018) as participants visualized the images then reacted to them by drawing them on their GO.

 

An Evaluation of the Effect on Multiple Exemplar Training on Emergent and Generalized Behavior

(Basic Research)
HERDÍS ÁSTA PÁLSDÓTTIR (California State University), Danielle LaFrance (ABA Technologies), Chad Favre (Northshore Autism Center/Endicott College), Joanna Christine Barney (Kadiant), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

In the past several years, verbal behavior research has focused on teaching methods that lead to generative learning so not every single operant needs to be taught. One of these strategies, multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) is said to lead to the transfer between speaker and listener repertoires consistent with bidirectional naming (BiN). However, MEI is often confused with Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) which has previously been shown to lead to stimulus generalization. As an attempt to distinguish between the kind of generativity obtained with each procedure, a recent study with preschool children diagnosed with autism has demonstrated that MEI produces responding consistent with BiN, but not stimulus generalization. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of MET, rather than MEI, on both the development of bidirectional naming (BiN) and stimulus generalization with children with autism. So far results show that MET leads to the development of stimulus generalization, but it is inconsistent in the development BiN for targeted sets, supporting the functional distinction between MEI and MET.

 
Assessing Class Expansion and Transfer of Function Following Instructive Feedback Teaching
(Applied Research)
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Ky Jackson (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah C Connolly (Munroe Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract: The current study examined a procedure to teach children with autism to form stimulus classes for nine age-appropriate categories consisting of 4 stimuli each, and to assess class expansion and transfer of function. The participants were three children with autism. Participants were directly taught the tact for one stimulus in each class and were exposed to the name of the class and to two other stimuli that also pertained to the class. Then, tact, intraverbal, and listener probes were conducted. As a result, participants acquired the directly taught tact relations and some of the tacts taught by exposure only. Additionally, most of the relations taught during tact training emerged during intraverbal and listener probes. We exposed participants to two relations between stimuli in each class (e.g., harp-accordion) and to function of a stimulus in each category (e.g., “we use the harp to play music with”). This study suggests a potential assessment that could be conducted in a clinical setting to investigate class expansion and transfer of function when teaching categories to children with autism.
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB
High Resolution Behavior Analysis: Cutting-Edge Applications of Artificial Intelligence in Recording and Analyzing Animal and Human Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana)
CE Instructor: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The rapid advancement of computer technology, artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning, deep learning, and machine vision has created unprecedented opportunities in the study of animal and human behavior. These tools enhance the precision and speed, of behavior data collection and analysis. AI-based systems, particularly those using machine learning and deep learning, automate complex tasks like behavior recognition and movement analysis, reducing human error. Machine vision and pose estimation provide detailed insights into the spatiotemporal dynamics of behavior, allowing for a deeper understanding of both individual actions and broader patterns. This symposium presents four studies demonstrating cutting-edge AI applications in behavior analysis. The first applies real-time tracking, machine vision, and a closed-loop system to develop spatial contingent schedules of reinforcement. The second uses pose estimation to analyze and identify behavioral schedules in rats. The third study compares the accuracy of human observers and AI systems in recording gross motor movements and topography. The fourth introduces machine learning models that automatically measure vocal stereotypy in children with autism and examines the correlation between values measured by machine learning and those recorded by a human observer. Together, these studies show AI’s role in advancing research and applied practices in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, Machine Vision, Pose Estimation
Target Audience:

Audience members interested in artificial intelligence applications in the science of behavior will benefit from a basic understanding of computer-related terminology. This includes those seeking insights into integrating AI technologies for enhanced data collection and analysis in behavioral research and practice.

Learning Objectives: 1. evaluate the effectiveness of AI in accurately collecting behavioral data compared to human observers in recognizing gross motor movements
2. describe machine learning techniques for automating vocal stereotypy measurements in children with autism, emphasizing efficiency and resource reduction
3. understand the use of pose estimation technologies to analyze spatiotemporal dynamics in animal behavior
4. understand how computational applications could broaden Behavior Analysis with new methods and findings
 

Findings on Spacing Under Contingent Spatial Schedules in Rats From Computational Experimental Analysis of Behavior

(Basic Research)
ALEJANDRO LEON (Universidad Veracruzana), Joao Alexis Santibáñez Armenta (Universidad Veracruzana), José Abraham Rivera Uribe (Universidad Veracruzana), Maria Martínez (Universidad Veracruzana), Isiris Guzmán (Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

The Computational Experimental Analysis of Behavior (CEAB) is an emerging field that implements Computational Intelligence in methods and data analysis to understand behavioral phenomena. We implemented a novel Reinforcement Schedule (RS), based on real-time tracking with Machine Vision and a closed-loop system, called Spatial Contingent Schedules (SCS), in which reinforcement depends on a given spatial feature, i.e., a reached traveled distance. Two experiments were conducted under an A-B-A-C-A-B design, where A = Extinction, B = SCS, and C = JokedRS. We used a Modified Open Field System (1x1 m) with a servo water-dispenser at the center (Coord. .45, .45). In experiment 1, a Fixed Traveled Distance Schedule (FD) was used as SCS, and in experiment 2, a Variable Traveled Distance Schedule (VD). A Spatial Dynamics Behavioral Analysis, using Machine Learning, was conducted. The rats were sensitive to the contingencies for both SCS, and a variable ranking analysis showed that Spatial Anticipation of Reinforcement (SA) and Giving Up Time of the Reinforcement Zone were the most sensitive variables in distinguishing the effects between SCS. It is highlighted that SA was systematically observed under FD. The implications of CEAB and SCS for pushing the methodological and empirical boundaries of EAB are discussed.

 

Effects of Spatiotemporal Contingencies on Organization of Rats' Behavior Analyzed by Pose Estimation

(Basic Research)
PHILIPPE LEROUX (Université de Montréal), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Alejandro Leon (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

Traditional behavior research often focuses on discrete responses, but organisms exhibit a wide range of behaviors in natural settings (Skinner, 1966). Spatiotemporal features of behavior are sensitive to reinforcement contingencies (León et al., 2020). Machine learning, both supervised and unsupervised, can detect behavior patterns in uncontrolled environments (Turgeon & Lanovaz, 2020). This study extends machine learning applications to identify behavior schedules in 12 rats using spatiotemporal data. Twelve three-month-old Wistar rats, individually housed with a 23-hour water restriction, were divided into four groups. They were exposed to fixed time (FT) and variable time (VT) schedules with fixed (FS) or variable space (VS) for water delivery over 30 sessions and 10 sessions without a programmed schedule. We utilized DeepLabCut for pose estimation, refining a pre-trained mouse model with our data. The primary measure was joint positions and skeleton representations from DeepLabCut. SimBA provided additional behavior recognition, and CEBRA offered latent behavior analysis. Results include reduced movement and behaviors under variable space and time contingencies due to environmental variability. This study implies that advanced machine learning can revolutionize behavior analysis, offering a more accurate understanding of animal and human behaviors, thereby better meeting species-specific needs in different natural environments.

 

Comparative Analysis of Human and Artificial Intelligence Data Collection on Discrimination of Motor Movements

(Applied Research)
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc), Michael Gao (Alpaca Health)
Abstract:

Behavior frequency data is collected for individuals with autism to monitor progress and inform decision making by behavior analysts. This data impacts important life decisions, such as restrictive procedures fading, psychotropic medication prescribing, and residential placement (Vollmer et al. 2008). Studies have demonstrated exorbitant training and monitoring hours are required from a behavior analyst to ensure this data collected by direct care staff is accurate (Mozingo et al. 2006; Reis et al. 2013). The current comparative analysis evaluates the effects of human and AI data collectors on the accuracy of human gross motor frequency and topography data collection. Participants to date have consisted of typically developing adults who are prompted to make gross motor movements at latencies which decrease across sessions, and the topography and frequency of the movements are scored by a human data collector, a motion detection camera, and a generative AI system. Preliminary data suggest that the Axis camera system’s ability to discriminate frequency of behaviors decreases as the latency between movements shortens.

 
Machine Learning to Measure Vocal Stereotypy: An Extension
(Applied Research)
Ali Reza Omrani (Institute of Information Science and Technologies; Università Campus Bio-Medico di Roma), MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Davide Moroni (Institute of Information Science and Technologies)
Abstract: Repeated measurement of behavior is a process central to behavior analysis, but its implementation occasionally requires hiring observers dedicated exclusively to data collection, which may increase the cost of providing services and conducting research. One potential solution to reduce resources necessary to conduct behavioral observations involves machine learning. Using data previously published by Dufour et al. (2020), we developed and tested novel models to automatically measure vocal stereotypy in eight children diagnosed with autism. In addition to accuracy, we examined session-by-session correlation between values measured by machine learning and those recorded by a human observer. Nearly all our models produced correlations similar to those between continuous and discontinuous methods of measurements (i.e., .90 or more) and resulted in better metrics than those reported by Dufour et al. (2020). Although practitioners and researchers should continue examining their accuracy in measuring vocal stereotypy, the adoption of the proposed models may prove useful.
 
 
Symposium #179
CE Offered: BACB
Growing With Breadth and Flexibility: Centering Appetitive Functional Relations in Conceptualizations of Teaching and Learning
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Bella Laine Patterson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Victoria Diane Hutchinson (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has much to offer in conceptualizing learning or how repertoires emerge from interactions with context. And yet, many of the most common conceptualizations of learning in the classroom and the clinic tend to be limited by mentalist constructs, cultural insensitivity, and disregard for the interlocking functional relations at play. This symposium will explore the effect of centering appetitive functional relations in behavioral conceptualizations of teaching and learning. The first paper will unpack the mentalist construct of fixed vs. growth mindset regarding learned repertoires and the contexts from which they emerge. The second paper will explore the effects of an All Appetitive All the Time approach to culturally sensitive teaching in the university classroom. The third paper will discuss an alternative to the traditional teacher’s stance, embracing the opportunity for teachers to be learners. The fourth paper will consider the therapist as the learner, and how therapists might resource themselves to best serve their clients. Discussion around fostering growth with breadth and flexibility will follow.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Appetitive Control, Learning, Teaching
Target Audience:

Board-certified behavior analytic professionals working in higher education.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how environmental contingencies, including appetitive and aversive stimuli, shape learner behavior and contribute to developing adaptive or rigid behavioral repertoires.
2. Explain how the “All Appetitive, All the Time” approach can create culturally sensitive environments that enhance engagement and success for students from marginalized communities.
3. Identify strategies for teachers to approach educational contexts with curiosity, humility, and a commitment to learning how to leverage their power to resource their students best.
4. Identify ways in which clinicians can actively learn new skills and behaviors from their work with clients.
 
Context Matters: Influencing “Mindset”
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Abbey Warren (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: The concepts of fixed and growth mindsets have gained widespread attention within educational and psychological fields, often without clear strategies for fostering a 'growth mindset.' While these concepts offer a popular framework for understanding learner behavior, they frequently overlook contextual factors that educators can influence. This paper will reinterpret mindset theory from a behavior-analytic perspective, emphasizing the role of appetitive and aversive stimuli in shaping repertoires. We explore how environments rich in appetitive reinforcement may foster more adaptive, responsive behaviors, resembling what is commonly referred to as a "growth mindset." In contrast, environments dominated by aversive stimuli may produce narrower, more rigid repertoires, akin to a "fixed mindset." By shifting the focus from internal traits to environmental contingencies, this framework offers a behaviorally grounded understanding of mindset. It underscores the importance of creating learning environments abundant in appetitives to promote flexibility, adaptability, and positive responses to challenges and learning opportunities.
 

Teaching With Humility: Positioning Ourselves to Learn From Our Students

JANANI VAIDYA (National Louis University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has focused on effective instructional design and classroom management when addressing the issues with pedagogy (De Souza & Crone-Todd, 2024; Vargas, 2013). From a behavior-analytic perspective, teaching involves the student as a learner, and the same principles used to produce behavior change are applicable in this context (Martens & Kelly, 1993). Every student encountering a learning context has a unique repertoire that likely requires idiosyncratic interventions to foster learning. Ideally, teachers organize the contingencies of the learning context to resource students toward their desired learning outcomes. However, the individual, group, and systemic conditions under which teachers operate create little room to nurture them as learners. An inability to learn from students results in an inability for teachers to meaningfully resource them. The current paper will offer a behavior-analytic conceptual analysis of the conditions under which teachers can be positioned to learn from their students and resource them meaningfully. The conceptualization will discuss the power disparity between teachers and students in a learning context and developing curiosity and humility as aspects of the teacher’s repertoire toward co-creating a socially valid learning context with students. Practical implications of such a perspective and barriers to implementing related practices will be discussed.

 

The Clinician as the Learner: How We Grow Into What Our Clients Need

ABBEY WARREN (Mississippi State University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Both teaching and learning occur in the clinical space. Typically, we think of the clinician as the teacher and the client as the learner, wherein the clinician is a part of the appetitive learning context that fosters growth for the client. Ideally, both are true: the clinician and the client take turns playing the role of teacher and learner. From this perspective, the clinician is learning how to best serve the client. This is not necessarily the case under all conditions, however. Sometimes the conditions in the clinical space instead foster narrowness and rigidity on the part of the clinician, limiting the resources a clinician has access to in order to provide an appetitive learning environment for the client. The current presentation will explore the conditions under which the clinician is able to grow into what the client needs. It will also explore the skills involved in this learning and growth: tracking our own behavior and resourcing ourselves.

 
 
Symposium #180
CE Offered: BACB
Accomplishment-Based Performance Improvement Applications: Bringing Tom Gilbert's Concepts Into Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
Discussant: Tahra Jolene Cessna (F.I.T.)
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since the late 1980s, a methodology that has come to be called Performance Thinking® has evolved among practitioners in the ISPI (International Society for Performance Improvement) and Applied Behavior Analysis communities. Evolving from Tom Gilbert's concepts described in his book, Human Competence, this methodology makes those concepts actionable with two simple visual models plus 21 plain English user-tested words for communicating about the models. Performance Thinking programs and methods have been licensed and applied in large corporations including Amgen, FedEx, Insperity, Anthem, and others, as well as in a growing number of ABA organizations. This symposium brings together users who have applied Performance Thinking in diverse ways and contexts within the ABA community. In juvenile justice facilities, ABAI editorial processes, a university, and an ABA program, presenters will describe both formal projects and informal, ad hoc applications of accomplishment-based performance analysis and performance improvement using the models and logic of Performance Thinking. The Discussant, a seasoned executive and BCBA, who has led growth of two of the larger ABA companies, will reflect on those applications from the perspective of a senior leader, focused on improving productivity, service quality, and culture in a growing enterprise.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): accomplishment based, performance improvement, performance thinking, Tom Gilbert
Target Audience:

Those who will benefit most from this symposium have worked in organizations, either as an individual contributor, a manager/leader, or a talent management/development staffer to appreciate how clear definition and documentation of processes and roles can make a difference in day-to-day performance. While students and newly graduated professionals will gain benefit, until they've encountered the "real world" of organizational performance, the session might be a bit "academic."

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify accomplishments/work outputs of their jobs or those that they manage.
2. Discuss why defining the outputs of each step in a process enables better measurement, diagnosis, and management of processes.
3. Describe the variables encompassed by the categories of the Six Boxes® Model
4. Discuss possible plications and implications of accomplishment-based performance improvement in their settings
 

Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Company Working in Juvenile Justice Facilities

JASON GUILD (Outcome Based Science Informed (OBSI)), Caleb Deneb Hudgins (Adapt & Transform Behavior), Samantha Fuesy (The OBSI Project)
Abstract:

The potential for applying ABA outside the autism and disabilities communities is enormous, including work with youth involved in the Juvenile Justice system. Working with facilities that serve juvenile offenders involves both direct service to them, as well as re-designing systems and processes in a positive and transformative manner.  At Adapt and Transform Behavior, LLC (ATBx), we have brought accomplishment-based performance improvement to both formal projects and ad hoc performance problem-solving to streamline and improve processes and re-define roles and management practices for treatment of clients. At The OBSI Project (Outcome Based Science Informed), a newly formed not-for-profit organization, we have begun to apply performance improvement to juvenile justice facilities, implementing evidence-based educational approaches (e.g., The Morningside Model) and best practices management strategies based on the models and logic of Performance Thinking. This presentation outlines a project aimed at defining and improving our initial consultation and assessment processes. It details how our consultants will conduct initial assessments to inform our strategic implementation blueprint. We emphasize the importance of gathering necessary information during these assessments to ensure successful implementation planning and high customer satisfaction.

 

Accomplishment Based Role Definition and Support in a University-Based Autism Center

STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), Ali Schroeder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In most organizations, whether corporate, academic, or in ABA services, job descriptions are mostly marketing documents to attract and set high level expectations for job applicants. Typical job descriptions list strengths, competencies, accountabilities, and so forth, at a relatively high level of abstraction. This presentation illustrates how we can use accomplishments at the level of an Individual Performance Map to fully define jobs by listing the valuable work outputs they produce. With such an accomplishment-based job profile, it is possible to recruit and hire with greater precision -- focused on the specific contributions expected from the role. And by identifying the behavior needed to produce those contributions (AKA work outputs), we can better develop and support the performance of people in the role. An Associate Dean, responsible in both the College of Arts and Sciences, and for the operation of an ABA service affiliated with a major University, has approached job definition and support with a focus on accomplishments. She and her clinical director will share an example, discussing the implications and applications, as well as next steps.

 

Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement for Processes in an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Center

ALI SCHROEDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In organizations of all kinds, including those that deliver Applied Behavior Analysis services, most value is delivered to clients or customers by means of processes, to which multiple people contribute. If those processes are efficient and effective, the return on investment for those processes is positive. However, in so many organizations both business and clinical educational processes are not even identified, let alone documented or improved. This presentation describes how an accomplishment-based approach to performance analysis can help to clarify process descriptions and documents, because it explicitly identifies the accomplishments (AKA work outputs) produced by each contributor at each step of the process. In addition to work done to define and support processes in the organization, this presentation will mention other ad hoc applications where the elements of accomplishment-based performance improvement are making an impact. Overall, the presentation should make obvious how identifying what Gilbert called the “valuable accomplishments” produced and passed on by each step in a process can improve our ability to diagnose and suggest improvements, as well as to measure performance and identify where things went wrong.

 
Applications of Accomplishment Based Performance Improvement to Streamline and Standardize the Editorial Process
TRACI M. CIHON (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This presentation will describe how we applied Performance Thinking®, an accomplishment-based methodology, to standardize and streamline editorial processes for the collection of ABAI journals. It will then summarize how we identified the clusters of behavior influences that comprise an interdependent system of factors, that should be designed to work together. We began by developing a detailed map of the editorial process, and we will describe how doing so supported the identification of improved workflows and new work outputs. Next, we’ll explain how we determined and re-configured the behavior influences needed for each cluster of behavior that support a work output, using the Six Boxes® Model. We’ll include examples of the existing and new tools and resources (e.g., job aids, a standard set of editorial decision categories) we adopted and created to support exemplary performance. Finally, we’ll discuss our next steps, plans and current state, as we implement the changes across the collection of ABAI journals.
 
 
Paper Session #182
Virtual Reality to Address Social Skills: A Two Part Study Using Qualitative and Quantitative Methods
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:20 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara )
 

Virtual Reality to Address Social Skills: A Two Part Study Using Qualitative and Quantitative Methods

Domain: Applied Research
SUNNY KIM (University of California, Santa Barbara)
 
Abstract:

Many autistic individuals may desire support and services primarily in the areas of adaptive functioning and social well-being throughout their lifetime. There is a need for community-informed and person-centered social programs targeted for autistic adolescents and adults. New technology, such as virtual reality (VR), is being researched to assess the feasibility of providing therapeutic services to autistic individuals. In this two part study, both qualitative and quantitative methods were utilized to: (1) better understand and explore the perceptions of parents and autistic adolescents regarding social development and thoughts around social skills interventions delivered through technologies such as VR; and (2) investigate the more effective telehealth platform for delivering social skills intervention. The results of the qualitative study provide guidance to the research community on investigating different innovative approaches for offering a social program that is supported by autistic individuals. The preliminary results of the quantitative study provide evidence that VR may be more effective at addressing certain social skills for autistic adolescents. The results of both studies are discussed for future implications regarding social programs for the autism community.

 
 
 
Symposium #183
CE Offered: BACB
Part 1: Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Student Grant Winners Present Their Findings
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amelia Skye Nelson (Florida Tech)
CE Instructor: Skye Nelson, M.S.
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of three recent winners of the VB SIG student research grant competition. Grace Lafo will present on recent training research in augmentative and alternative communication. Grace’s presentation will highlight the efficacy of behavioral skills training to teach speech language pathologists to conduct augmentative and alternative communication modality assessments. Michelle Castillo will present recent research in conversation skills. Specifically, Michelle will present a descriptive assessment of topic shifts during conversations with neurotypical adults and conversations with adults with autism. Finally, Karina Zhelezoglo will report on recent research of a novel bidirectional naming assessment. In addition to introducing the novel “Box Exposure” assessment, Karina will present data comparing the rate of acquisition of incidental speaker and listener responses after exposure to the novel assessment to typical matching-to-sample assessment.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, bidirectional naming, conversation skills, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Gradaute students, BCBAs
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify effective training methodologies for communication modality selection
2. Participants will be able to describe typical topic shift patterns observed in conversations of neurotypical and neurodiverse individuals
3. Participants will be able to identify effective assessments for bidirectional naming
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Train Clinicians to Conduct Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Modality Assessments

GRACE LAFO (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) is a method for supplementing, enhancing, and sometimes replacing vocal-verbal behavior for populations that present with complex communication needs (CCN), helping individuals potentially contact reinforcement for verbal behavior. Collaboration between speech-language pathologists (SLPs) and behavior analysts can facilitate AAC assessment within the context of mand modality training and preference assessment for individuals with CCN. The current study examined the effects of a telehealth behavioral skills training (BST) intervention on the accurate administration of an AAC assessment methodology incorporating objective measures of independent mands, consideration of challenging behavior, social validity, and preference assessment. Participants included two SLP graduate students, who attended a virtual training with instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback components, in a multiple baseline across participants design. BST resulted in increased performance during administration of the mand training and AAC assessment with both participants, suggesting that virtual BST may be an effective method for disseminating standard practices for AAC assessment to SLPs and other clinicians. Procedures will be replicated with a third participant to further demonstrate experimental control and treatment efficacy.

 

Investigating the Role of Topic Shifts in the Analysis of Conversation Skills Among Adults With Autism

MICHELLE VICTORIA CASTILLO (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Adults with autism often experience challenges in developing social skills, which can result in limited friendships relative to their neurotypical peers. Conversational skills, particularly topic shift strategies, play a crucial role in shaping social interactions. However, lacking essential skills like topic shift strategies can lead adults with autism to persistently experience negative social encounters. Behavior-analytic research suggests effective interventions for improving conversation skills, but areas such as topic shift strategies remain under-researched and has been limited to investigating one type of topic shift – shifting to a new topic when someone is uninterested. Additionally, while conversational analyses have been performed with neurotypical individuals and those with other diagnoses, there is uncertainty regarding whether topic shift behaviors differ among neurotypical individuals and those with autism. The purpose of this study was to conduct as descriptive assessment with neurotypical adults and adults with autism. Participants were instructed to engage in a 30-minute conversation with a novel conversation partner and then were asked to complete a social validity questionnaire regarding their partner’s conversational skills. Conversations were transcribed and coded by antecedent and behavior topographies of topic shifts. Results suggest that adults may response to various topographies of antecedent events and subsequently engage in various topographies of topic shift behaviors, extending beyond what existing literature suggests. These results further inform clinical benchmarks of conversation skills and potential interventions that may be utilized with aduts with autism.

 
Towards the Functional Analysis of Bidirectional Naming and Other Symbolic Behavior
KARINA ZHELEZOGLO (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is a cusp in which speaker and listener responses to stimuli are acquired without direct instruction. Currently, there is no standard assessment for BiN and its corresponding prerequisite skills (Sivaraman et al., 2023). In Experiment 1, four neurotypical 5-7 year olds will be exposed to a novel BiN assessment (i.e., Box Exposure), in a multiple probe experimental design. The participant will initiate tact exposure trials for three stimuli. Frequency of echoics during tact exposure will be recorded for each stimulus. Immediately after, speaker and listener probes will be conducted with the three stimuli. Accurate responding on speaker and listener probes following at least one day after the Box Exposure protocol may indicate the Box Exposure assessment is a sensitive measure of a BiN repertoire. In Experiment 2, an adapted-alternating treatment desing will be used to compare rate of acquisition of incidental speaker and listener responses following the Box Exposure protocol to the rate of acquisition of speaker and listener responses following a standard matching-to-sample BiN exposure (e.g., Gilic & Greer, 2011).
 
 
Panel #184
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Speaking Up: Autistic Voices Leading the Way in Promoting Self-Advocacy
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Anika Hoybjerg, Ph.D.
Chair: Anika Hoybjerg (Autism & Behavioral Intervention)
KAELYNN PARTLOW (Project Hope; Netflix Love on the Spectrum)
BRIELLE WILLIAMS (Autism & Behavioral Intervention)
AUDREY VOGEL (The Hangout Spot LLC)
Abstract: Self-advocacy is a crucial skill for helping individuals develop confidence, increase independence, maintain safety, create boundaries, enhance opportunities, and build relationships. As autistic women, these presenters will share their unique experience of working in and advocating for themselves within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Each speaker will bring their own perspective for approaches in increasing self-advocacy for individuals working in the field and for those receiving services. This presentation examines the critical role of self-advocacy in the lives of autistic individuals, highlighting its impact on personal empowerment. Drawing from recent research, case studies, and personal experiences, this session will explore effective strategies for fostering self-advocacy skills for those within the autistic community. Presenters will also share insights into ways to successfully navigate societal barriers, and discuss the importance of community support and mentorship in this process. This presentation will also address the unique challenges faced by autistic women, including gender-specific issues and societal expectations, showcasing a broader understanding of autism. This session aims to inspire attendees to promote self-advocacy initiatives, ensuring that autistic voices are respected, recognized, and empowered.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Target audience should be professionals working within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis who support autistic clients and coworkers and can promote self-advocacy in their practice.
Learning Objectives: 1. Select, identify, and describe individualized goals for clients based on self-advocacy and meaningful outcomes for increased future independence, employment, and social interactions.
2. Be able to identify and describe more ways to include autistic voices in treatment, therapy, and ABA practice.
3. Describe, identify, and operationally define components of self-advocacy in therapeutic ABA settings.
Keyword(s): Autism, Mentorship, Self-Advocacy
 
 
Symposium #185
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Preference and Reinforcer Assessments for Video Content
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kyle Visitacion (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Hugo Curiel, Ph.D.
Abstract: Technological devices have played an important role in the identification of preferred stimuli and their reinforcing effects. This symposium presents three experimental evaluations that used preference and reinforcer assessment methodologies to assess video content. The speaker for the first study will present a systematic replication of a web-based stimulus preference assessment that was used to identify video preferences for children diagnosed with autism. The identified preferences were also assessed for their reinforcing effects with socially valid behaviors that are common in early intervention and educational settings. The speaker for the second talk will present a study in which two direct preference assessments were compared for the identification of video content with school-age children. The free-operant and the MSWO were first used to identify video preferences. Reinforcer assessments ensued to determine which assessment identified the videos that functioned as reinforcers. The speaker for the third talk will present data for a study that evaluated a novel web-based paired stimulus preference assessment program with college-age participants. Following the identification of video preferences, the researchers used a web-based reinforcer assessment program with capabilities of arranging synchronous schedules of reinforcement to determine whether the highly preferred videos functioned as reinforcers. These studies, collectively, will showcase how technological devices have been used to assess preferences and reinforcing effects of videos.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: The audience will benefit from the presentation if they have an understanding of stimulus preference assessments, specifically if they know the steps involved in the free-operant, paried stimulus, and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify benefits of using technology to identify video preferences and reinforcers.
2. describe how different stimulus preference assessment procedures can be arranged to identify preferences for video content.
3. describe how to arrange reinforcer assessments to test the predictive validity of preference assessments.
 

The Use of a Preference Assessment Tool With Young Children Diagnosed With Autism

EMILY CURIEL (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Identifying reinforcers is crucial for many evidence-based behavior change programs. Videos may be a type of reinforcer worth considering given the accessibility of small electronic devices and the rates at which children watch and enjoy screen time. The multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment has been used numerous times to successfully identify preferred stimuli that subsequently function as reinforcers for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, we used the Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment Tool (MSWO PAT) to identify high- and low-preferred videos for three children diagnosed with ASD. We then evaluated the predictive validity of the MSWO PAT by arranging a concurrent-operants reinforcer assessment for puzzle and sorting tasks. The results show that the high-preferred video maintained higher levels of responding for puzzle and sorting tasks for two of the three children. One participant engaged in higher levels of responding to access their low preferred video. Implications for using videos as reinforcers for children with ASD, limitations, and areas for future research are also discussed.

 
A Comparison of Two Stimulus Preference Assessment Procedures for the Identification of Videos Preferences
Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University), JOSEPH WILLIAM RYAN (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the free-operant and the multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) assessment to determine which procedure had greater predictive validity for identifying reinforcers with school-age children. The preference assessments were conducted sequentially and then were followed by a reinforcer assessment. For the reinforcer assessments, we tested one of two video pairs and a control. If both preference assessments identified the same highly preferred video, we tested the relative reinforcing effects of the high- and low-preferred videos on the completion of academic tasks. If the assessments identified different highly preferred videos, we tested the relative reinforcing effects of both highly preferred videos. The results show that on occasions in which both preference assessments identified the same highly preferred video, it functioned as a reinforcer. However, on occasions in which the assessments were discrepant, the free-operant had greater predictive validity. Implications for using videos as reinforcers for children with disabilities, limitations, and areas for future research are also discussed.
 
Evaluation of a Web-Based Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment
HUGO CURIEL (Western Michigan University), Joseph William Ryan (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University), Hannah Gripp (Department of Psychology, Western Michigan University), Hoping Raising (Department of Computer Science, Western Michigan University), Sathyanarayana Ramesh (Department of Computer Science, Western Michigan University), Alexander S. Cadigan (Madison, Wisconsin)
Abstract: The advancement of digital technologies and their accessibility creates an opportunity for behavioral researchers to develop tools for research and practice. We developed and evaluated a novel web-based stimulus preference assessment program. The program was designed with the paired-stimulus (PS) assessment methodology and specifically built with the capabilities to assess preferences for video content. We assessed the program with 15 college-age participants. The program identified robust preference hierarchies for 14 of 15 participants. We then used a web-based reinforcer assessment program to determine the predictive validity of the PS program. The reinforcer assessment program displayed three video options (high preferred, low preferred, control) in a concurrent-chains arrangement, and video access was programmed using independent synchronous schedules of reinforcement. Thirteen of 15 participants allocated their responses to access their high-preferred videos during the assessment, providing support for the predictive value of the PS program. We discuss the progression of PS assessments and technology, limitations, and areas for future research.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #186
CE Offered: BACB
The Pillars of Effective Clinical Service Delivery: Research, Training, and Care (and a Few Well-Considered Logistics, too)
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth J. Preas (Austin College)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth J. Preas, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JESSICA THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The increasing availability of behavior analytic services for individuals with autism is addressing a critical service gap, yet a significant portion of providers are relatively new to the practice, presenting unique challenges and opportunities for the field. Each service delivery model, whether a school, clinic, or consultancy, needs mechanisms to ensure that providers are relying on best practice informed by research, teaching socially relevant and important skills to learners, and contributing to the growth and development of its service providers along the way. This presentation explores the pillars of a strong clinical service delivery model situated in a school for learners with autism. Those pillars include an ecosystem for professional development and research, both of which then offer the opportunity for continuous program improvement; a system for identifying and teaching important skills that relies on the principles of behavior analysis; and a well-considered set of logistical practices that are specifically designed to meet the needs of learners with autism. This presentation highlights NECC's commitment to evidence-based practices and its ongoing contributions to advancing autism education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. (1) identify ways to integrate research into practice
2. (2) describe important factors contributing to continuous program improvement
3. (3) offers examples of 2 "logisitical" practices that will support learners with autism
 
JESSICA THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children)

Dr. Jessica Sassi is President and Chief Executive Officer at the New England Center for Children, a school committed to transforming the lives of children with autism through education, research, and technology.  Dr. Sassi’s professional interests include the functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior disorders, education and support for those with autism, and public policy advocacy for those most severely affected by autism. Dr. Sassi graduated with her doctorate in Behavior Analysis from the University of Florida in 2007. She taught and mentored master’s and doctoral students as faculty in the Western New England University programs in Behavior Analysis, and served as guest Action Editor and Reviewer for several journals, including the Journals of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavioral Interventions.  Dr. Sassi is a board member of the Massachusetts Association of Private Special Education Schools and serves as Non-Legislative Member of the Massachusetts Autism Commission.

 
 
Panel #187
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Trauma-Informed Care for Feeding Problems
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ashley Andersen-Weber, Ph.D.
Chair: Ashley Andersen-Weber (Clinic 4 Kidz)
MEETA R. PATEL (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine)
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College)
PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children can develop pediatric medical traumatic stress (PMTS) as a result of various medical procedures that have been paired with negativity. To provide treatment for feeding problems, trauma-informed care practices are warranted. However, very little is known about how to incorporate trauma-informed care in the treatment of feeding problems (Gover et al., 2024). Rajaraman et al. (2022) compiled four tenants of trauma-informed care that can be applied to behavior analytic practice: (1) acknowledge trauma and its potential impact, (2) ensure safety and trust, (3) promote choice and shared governance, and (4) emphasize skill building. Our expert panel will engage in a comprehensive discussion of these tenants and share insights into how behavior analysts can apply them effectively. This session aims to guide behavior analysts, researchers, and practitioners through incorporating trauma-informed care practices into their clinical practice while maintaining evidence-based practices. In addition, this session seeks to facilitate open discussions while exploring emerging trends in research and practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of the assessment and treatment of feeding problems.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify the four tenants of trauma-informed care
2. describe how behavior analysts can apply these tenants to treating feeding problems
3. state strategies for navigating trauma-informed care and evidence-based practice
Keyword(s): ARFID, feeding disorders, trauma-informed care
 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Application of Behavioral Interventions in Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
CE Instructor: Chris M. Schaub, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Meta-analyses of single case design research have demonstrated that interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) have indicated clinically significant improvements in treating maladaptive behavior in individuals with acquired brain injury (ABI) (Heinicke & Carr, 2014).  Despite the demonstrated efficacy of these interventions and high need of clinical support in this population, only 0.1% of behavior analysts reported brain injury rehabilitation as their primary area of professional emphasis (BACB, 2024), and the total amount of published research is a correspondingly small portion of the behavior analytic knowledge base. Furthermore, there are unique challenges that exist for behavior analysts working with this population such as ensuring treatment fidelity, implementing data collection systems, and lack of resources for conducting functional assessments. This presentation will showcase further research on behavioral interventions in ABI and a variety of case studies discussing clinical implementation in both acute and post-acute ABI rehabilitation settings. Presenters will focus on how the philosophical assumptions of ABA can guide the pathway to patient success on an interdisciplinary team, and illustrate barriers and potential solutions to effective replication of behavior analytic literature.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Brain Injury, interdisciplinary collaboration, neurorehabilitation
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify areas of growth and opportunity in research in acquired brain injury
2. Identify barriers and potential solutions to applying behavior analytic research in acquired brain injury settings
3. identify barriers and potential solutions to increase treatment fidelity and data collection through interdisciplinary collaboration
 

Meta-Analysis of Function-Based Behavioral Treatment Outcomes in Acquired Brain Injury Rehabilitation

KELSEY BURREN (Craig Hospital; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior observed following acquired brain injuries (ABIs) can prevent productive engagement in therapies, create social barriers, interfere with medical treatments, and put the safety of both survivors and care providers at risk. This meta-analysis assessed the use of functional behavioral assessments (FBAs) in the treatment of challenging behavior following ABI and the extent to which function-based treatments contributed to relative differences in treatment effect sizes. Three databases were searched for studies focusing on brain injury and behavioral interventions. Studies meeting criteria for inclusion were categorized by their use of FBA procedures and function-based treatments. The results of each behavior reduction intervention were evaluated using two different measures of effect size. In the majority of cases, interventions produced large or medium treatment effects, indicating clinically significant improvements in behavior. The results of both visual analysis and statistical effect size measures indicated that treatments based on functional analysis outcomes produced the highest proportion of clinically significant improvements. These findings provide further support for the use of behavioral interventions in ABI rehabilitation and illustrate that the use of treatments developed with a functional understanding of behavior informed by an FBA contributes to clinically significant improvements in challenging behavior.

 
Staying True to the Science: Overcoming Challenges in Interdisciplinary Collaboration
OLIVIA CRIDDLE (Craig Hospital), Whitney Ann Eigner (Craig Hospital)
Abstract: This presentation will review single case studies within an acute brain injury rehabilitation hospital that focus on effective treatment planning within an interdisciplinary team to reduce maladaptive behaviors such as lack of safety awareness, lack of insight into deficits, physical or verbal aggression, and decreased attention. Behavior analysts in this setting sit at the round table with clinicians from a variety of fields with a shared goal of patient progress, including the reduction of neurobehavioral challenges that interfere with the ability to participate in an acute rehabilitation program. Successful interdisciplinary collaboration does not come without its own set of barriers that require flexibility to maintain consistency in our approach to increase treatment fidelity, and enhance data collection methods. Within each case study, we will focus on the challenges to the application of behavior interventions as well as how the philosophical assumptions of ABA can be used to overcome adversity and stay true to our science. Authors will highlight interdisciplinary barriers present in the acute setting, successful strategies for integrating behavioral principles, and key pieces of feedback that have allowed for programmatic growth.
 

Shaping Recovery After a Brain Injury: The Use of a Behavior Analytic Framework in Post-Acute Rehabilitation Settings

MARLA BALTAZAR-MARS (Collage Rehabilitation Partners; University of North Texas), Chris M. Schaub (ReMed)
Abstract:

Individuals enter post-acute brain injury rehabilitation programs at various points in their recovery, and those involved (e.g. clients, families, and funders) frequently pose critical questions. These can include; whether/when a person can return home or move to a more independent setting, how much support is needed, and/or what resources are necessary for a successful transition? Neurobehavioral complications such as impaired awareness, verbal behavior deficits, and challenging behavior, combined with other factors such as funding, resources, and available discharge options, complicate answering these questions (Schaub, Peters, Peters, 2012). Conceptualizing and integrating treatment plan elements requires consideration of time and readiness. This presentation will focus on a model comprised of phases (i.e. level system) that organizes the goals of the interdisciplinary team, and focuses on shaping the behavior(s) through a variety of behavioral techniques, e.g. behavioral contract, differential reinforcement, token economy (Bauer, Shea, Keppler, 1989). Behavior analysts can utilize this model to target behaviors across treatment areas (e.g. adhering to mobility guidelines, completing activities of daily living, and utilizing coping strategies) in a concurrent manner. Authors will present tools demonstrating this framework, how behavior and progress is monitored, description of key behavior analytic underpinnings, and the challenges associated with implementation.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #189
CE Offered: BACB
On the Predictive Utility of Discounting Models
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: EAB/SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DAVID J. COX (Endicott College; RethinkFirst)
Abstract: The traditional process of conducting quantitative analytics in discounting research involves fitting one or more mathematical models of choice to the indifference points obtained for each participant, often using monetary outcomes. Here, the empirical goal is often to see how well the model fits the data and what the interpreted parameters might mean for the basic or theoretical question under study. In contrast, quantitative analytics in other scientific domains involves fitting one or more mathematical models to only a portion of obtained data to see how well the model can predict data unavailable during model building. This approach is particularly useful when the model is deployed in everyday situations where predictions about choice are needed across many unique decision contexts. In this presentation, we review a series of human operant experiments and computer simulations that robustly test the ability of discounting models to predict participant choices outside of the task from which the participant discounting rates were derived. This approach to testing the predictive utility of quantitative analytics in discounting research offers an alternative method whereby translational researchers can continue developing methods that make discounting models more useful for predicting human choice in socially significant situations.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a basic understanding of what discounting is. The presentation will briefly review the basics of model fitting in discounting so not a pre-requisite per se. But, having some familiarity with how this process currently works will be useful.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the traditional, descriptive methods for fitting discounting models.
2. Describe one alternative, predictive method for using discounting data.
3. Understand the benefits and limitations of each approach for the predictive utility of discounting models.
 
DAVID J. COX (Endicott College; RethinkFirst)
Dr. David J. Cox has formal educational training in psychology (B.S.), bioethics (M.S.), behavior analysis (Ph.D.), behavioral pharmacology (post-doc), and data science (post-doc). For the past 12 years, his research methods and tools have focused on quantitative analyses of choice, spanning basic research in human operant experiments to artificial intelligence research using big data. His research goals have aimed at using mathematical models of choice to describe, predict, and improve humans' daily decisions. This work has led to the publication of 60+ peer-reviewed manuscripts and seven books.
 
 
Panel #190
CE Offered: BACB
Professional Networks to Support Research Literacy Skills for School-Based Behavior Analysts
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D.
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences)
KRISTY PARK (George Mason University)
ELIZABETH BOYNTON (Stafford County Public Schools (VA))
TARYN TRAYLOR (Virginia Commonwealth University Rehabilitation Research and Training Center)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are tasked with maintaining competence by reading relevant research to promote the use of evidence-based practices for clinical decision making (BACB, 2020). Keeping up with published research requires active involvement and systematic planning to identify barriers and then, arrange antecedent and consequent strategies to support regular contact with the evolving scholarly literature base (Briggs & Mitteer, 2021). The transfer of research-based interventions to actual implementation procedures is more complex, expanding beyond individual research skill sets to environmental variables in the workplace setting (Bank & Ingvarsson, 2024). Although research is valued highly, the majority of behavior analysts in the field have not had the opportunity to engage in research activities in their current work setting (Valentino & Juanico, 2020). This research-to-practice gap may be more prevalent for school-based behavior analysts working in public schools who experience high-demand work settings with little or no expectation to engage in research activities (Layden, 2022). The purpose of this panel is to describe the research literacy activities conducted within a statewide professional network specifically for school-based behavior analysts. At the systems-level, panel members will provide an overview of the statewide network, membership within the research professional learning group, and monthly research skill development activities. At the individual level, school-based behavior analysts will describe their learning experiences to conduct a systematic literature review.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

School-based behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify and address the barriers that prevent behavior analysts from engaging in research activities
2. Develop antecedent and consequent strategies to support active involvement with research literature
3. Support behavior analysts in maintaining professional competence through systematic planning for research engagement
Keyword(s): Professional network, Public schools, Research literacy, School-based
 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Building Fluency With New Skills Using Goal Setting and Mastery Criteria
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium explores innovative goal-setting strategies in skill acquisition and fluency training across diverse populations, learning tasks, and instructional settings. The first presentation examines fluency versus percentage-based mastery criteria in training simple response chains to college students, providing insights into maintenance and generalization of skills. The study has broader implications for behavior-analytic supervision and client outcomes. The second presentation focuses on goal-setting strategies during math fluency interventions in elementary schools, comparing three approaches: "Beat Your Personal Best," the "x2 Minimum Celeration Line," and a no-goal control condition. There were benefits of shaping strategies that emphasized progressive performance goals. The third presentation investigates effects of different reinforcement densities through percentile schedules during math frequency-building interventions. By systematically varying reinforcement density, the study identifies optimal conditions for maximizing performance, though results indicate that individual factors may influence the effectiveness of goal-setting strategies. Taken together, these studies contribute to a nuanced understanding of how varied goal-setting parameters impact training outcomes, maintenance, and generalization, offering practical recommendations for behavior analysts seeking to refine instructional practices and enhance skill acquisition, retention, and fluency.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Fluency, Goal setting, Reinforcement density, Skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Intermediate Knowledge of Behavior Analysis: Familiarity with fundamental concepts in behavior analysis, including mastery criteria, fluency training, reinforcement schedules, and procedural fidelity. Understanding of Experimental Design: Awareness of common experimental designs used in behavior-analytic research, such as adapted alternating treatments designs and systematic replications, as these will be referenced throughout the presentations. Experience with Skill Acquisition Programs: Practical experience in implementing or supervising skill acquisition programs, particularly those involving chaining, fluency-based instruction, or other goal-setting strategies. Competence in Data Interpretation: Ability to understand and interpret graphical data, as findings will be presented using visual data displays (e.g., correct responses per minute across sessions). Interest in Applied Research: A keen interest in applied research that seeks to enhance training methods, retention, and generalization of skills across educational and therapeutic settings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how fluency-based and percentage-based mastery criteria impact the maintenance and generalization of skills, highlighting implications for behavior-analytic supervision and client training.
2. Compare and contrast different goal-setting strategies, such as "Beat Your Personal Best," "x2 Minimum Celeration Line," and no-goal conditions, and discuss their effectiveness in promoting skill acquisition in educational settings.
3. Evaluate effects of varying reinforcement densities, using percentile schedules, on the effectiveness of skill acquisition and fluency training, considering how individual factors may influence outcomes.
 
Effects of Different Mastery Criteria on Training Chained Responses
(Basic Research)
MARISELA ALICIA AGUILAR (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: In behavior analysis, individuals are often trained to a percentage-based criteria to demonstrate that they have mastered a skill. However, percentage-based mastery criteria may not result in long-term retention of the skill. In other areas of instruction, training to fluency resulted in multiple positive outcomes such as retention, endurance, and application of the skill beyond the training context. It is unclear the extent to which Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) train their supervisees to fluency, however it is known that majority of BCBAs train their clients to mastery using a percentage-based accuracy criterion. It seems logical that BCBAs would apply these same criteria to their supervisees. We evaluated the extent to which training individuals to a fluency or percentage-based accuracy criterion resulted in maintenance and generalization of completion of simple response chains. Individuals from a community sample learned to complete two arbitrary response chains in an adapted alternating treatments design. Implications for training to a fluency or percentage-based accuracy criterion when teaching behavior-analytic skills will be discussed.
 
Comparing Three Approaches to Shape Performance During Daily Math Fluency Building for Urban Public Elementary School Students
(Applied Research)
ELIJAH RICHARDSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington; May Institute), Sarah Woodward (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Precision teaching presently lacks a standard practice for setting daily performance goals. Vostanis et al. (2023) compared two common goal-setting approaches (Beat Your Personal Best and x2 Minimum Celeration Line) for building math fluency with autistic children and found both were similarly effective, but more effective than a control condition. However, their control condition differed from the others in multiple ways. The current experiment was a systematic replication of Vostanis et al. with a different population (urban public elementary school students), academic skill (addition and subtraction facts), and control condition modified to isolate the goal setting variable. Each day, students completed untimed practice, timed practice, and feedback. Using an adapted alternating treatments design, we compared three goal setting (shaping) conditions. In the Beat Your Personal Best condition, we set goals each day based on surpassing scores from the previous five timings. In the x2 Minimum Celeration Line condition, we set each goal based on the score that would be required to double performance each week. In the Control condition, we provided the same instruction, practice, and timings, but told participants to “do their best”, in place of a specific goal. All conditions, including the no-goal control, promoted fluency.
 
A Parametric Analysis of Percentile Schedule Parameters for Daily Goal Setting Procedures During Math Frequency Building
(Applied Research)
SARAH WOODWARD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington; May Institute)
Abstract: We extended the literature on different percentile schedules parameters to evaluate effects of reinforcement density in a math fluency building intervention. We recruited three 2nd graders who had below grade level math scores at an urban public school. During baseline, participants received no instruction, feedback, or goal. During intervention, participants completed untimed and timed practice with corrective feedback. Timed practice ended after five timings, or they met their goal in that condition. We used an adapted alternating treatment design to compare setting the goal using three percentile schedules with a no-goal control condition. Percentile schedules generally defined by the formula of k=(m+1)(1-w), where m represents the reinforcement criterion, and w represents the reinforcement density. We evaluated three w-parameter values (w=.5, .3, and .1) with a m-value of 10. We measured correct responses per minute and cumulative goals met across sessions. Results generally showed that lower w values (higher reinforcement density) were more effective than a higher value (lower reinforcement density), although the optimal value and effect size were idiosyncratic. The no-goal control conditions tended to be just as effective or better than the other conditions but setting a goal can increase exposure to extinction when not met.
 
 
Symposium #192
CE Offered: BACB
Public Speaking for Behavior Analysts: Advancements in Applied and Translational Public Speaking Research
Sunday, May 25, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Matthew M Laske (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Matthew M Laske, Ph.D.Ph.D. and Assistant Professor
Abstract:

This symposium includes three talks exploring interventions and analyses aimed at improving public speaking performance and understanding the variables that contribute to effective communication. Goben will describe the effects of remotely delivered group training, which included video-based behavioral skills, training on professional conference presentation behaviors. This study will highlight improvements in public speaking skills and the generalization of those skills to larger audiences and longer presentations. Fu will describe the results of an establishing operation analysis that identifies contextual variables influencing the use of speech disfluencies (e.g., um, ah, er) during public speaking. These variables include audience size, audience type, and the difficulty of the topic. Lastly, Laske will share experimental findings from a parametric evaluation of speech disfluencies, investigating how varying rates of filler sounds (e.g., um, er, ah) and words (e.g., like, so, you know) impact perceived speaker effectiveness. Together, these talks will provide valuable insights into effective public speaking training methods and the influence of different contextual factors on communication success.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): filler sounds, group-based training, public speaking, speech disfluencies
Target Audience: Prerequisite experience attendees should have are an understanding of single-case design, consequence-based interventions, and conditioned motivating operations.
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the effects of remote group-based training and video-based BST on public speaking performance and generalization to professional conference settings
2. Discuss how audience size, audience type, and topic difficulty can function as antecedents influencing speech disfluency rates
3. Describe how varying rates of filler sounds and words impact perceptions of public speaking effectiveness and discuss acceptable thresholds for disfluencies in speeches
 
The Effects of Remote Group Training and Video-Based Training on Professional Conference Presenting Behaviors
(Applied Research)
Matthew M Laske (University of North Texas), ELIZA GOBEN (University of Kansas), Grace Elizabeth Bartle (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of remote group training and video-based behavioral skills training (BST) on conference presentation behaviors across five graduate students. A concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants was used to systematically evaluate training effects. The results demonstrated clear improvements in public speaking behaviors following the remote group training sessions, with all participants achieving high levels of performance during follow-up presentations. Additionally, the generalization of these newly acquired skills to larger audiences and presentations of longer duration was observed during post-training assessments. Social validity measures indicated further benefits of the training package. Participants reported satisfaction with the training and particularly reported value with the group format of the training. Participants reported improved self-efficacy of public speaking skills, reduced self-reported public speaking anxiety, and expressed a high likelihood of using the trained behaviors in future professional presentations. The findings support the efficacy of remote group-based BST for improving public speaking performance for professional presentations.
 
An Establishing Operation Analysis of Speech Disfluencies in College Students
(Basic Research)
Carolina Hernandez Arevalo (California State University, Sacramento), MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Past research has shown that speakers are perceived as less credible if they emit high levels of speech disfluencies. Recently, researchers have replicated the effects of simplified habit reversal to treat speech disfluencies for adults. To our knowledge, an antecedent analysis has not been conducted to identify the public speaking conditions that might influence disfluency rates. Therefore, we piloted an establishing operation analysis for idiosyncratic speech disfluencies emitted by five college students by manipulating common stimulus dimensions — audience size, audience type, and topic difficulty — in mock public speaking scenarios. We used a pairwise design and measured speech disfluencies, silent pauses, covariation, and speech rate. The results indicated that a larger audience and an audience including an authority figure functioned as reflexive conditioned motivating operations (CMO-Rs) that increased the reinforcing value of avoiding or escaping silence for most participants, and presenting on academic topics functioned as a CMO-R for one participant.
 
Um, So, Like, Do Speech Disfluencies Matter? A Parametric Evaluation of Filler Sounds and Words
(Basic Research)
MATTHEW M LASKE (University of North Texas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: This study evaluated how varying levels of speech disfluencies, specifically filler sounds (e.g., um, er, ah) and filler words (e.g., like, so, you know), affect perceived speaker effectiveness. Speeches with differing rates of disfluencies—0, 2, 5, and 12 per minute—were created and evaluated by participants recruited through a crowdsourcing service for survey research. These participants provided ratings on various aspects of the speaker’s public speaking performance. The findings indicated that as the rate of disfluencies, particularly filler sounds, increased, perceptions of the speaker’s effectiveness declined significantly across most rating categories. Notably, the speech containing 12 filler sounds per minute resulted in the most negative ratings compared to a fluent speech with 0 filler sounds per minute. A low, but nonzero, rate of disfluencies, such as 5 per minute, did not adversely affect perceived effectiveness when compared to a fluent speech, suggesting that a small number of disfluencies may be tolerable to an audience. These findings suggest that although reducing filler sounds is crucial for optimizing perceived speaking effectiveness, a rate of five or fewer disfluencies per minute may be acceptable.
 
 
Paper Session #196
CE Offered: BACB
An Overview of Reviews of Fluency Building Research
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:20 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Martin Rasmi Krippendorf, M.S.
 
A Systematic Overview of Precision Teaching
Domain: Theory
MARTIN RASMI KRIPPENDORF (Oslo Metropolitan College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Børge Strømgren (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Magnus Starbrink (SWABA)
 
Abstract:

This overview outlines the present status of research into the efficiency of Fluency Building and related methods like Precision Teaching and Frequency Based Instruction. The efficacy of these methods has been demonstrated in multiple papers, covering multiple subjects, curricula and settings (Martinho, Booth, Attard & Dillenburger, 2022). Reviews have, however, been largely anecdotal (ex. White, 1986), not processed numerical data from the primary studies (ex. Doughty, Chase & O'Shields, 2004), or included primary studies with warranting or lacking scientific rigor in the statistical exposition (ex. Ramey, Lydon, Healy, McCoy, Holloway & Mulhern, 2016), all of which may have led to confusion as to actual effect sizes, and thus the status of the methods for educational purposes. In this paper, reviews with relevant, numerical data are included and analyzed as to their scientific rigor and risk of bias (as according to criteria for overviews described by Pollock, Fernandes & Hartling, 2017). Findings from primary studies that are found scientifically valid in the included reviews, are presented.

 
Target Audience:

BCBAs working in education, Precision teachers and policymakers

 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB
Building Skills Through Peer-Mediated Instruction and Peer Monitoring
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Courtney Kenney, M.S.
Abstract:

Peer-mediated interventions are evidence-based practices in which neurotypical peers are trained to provide instruction to individuals with ASD or other disabilities. Peer-mediated interventions might entail the peer serving as a model, teaching the peer to manage contingencies (e.g., deliver a reinforcer), or training the peer to initiate with another learner to increase the number of opportunities for peer interactions. This symposium will review peer-mediated interventions used to teach job interview skills to autistic college students and interactive play skills to a young child with ASD, where the peer interventionist was another young child with ASD. The results indicated both peer-mediated interventions were effective and there were benefits for the interventionist and the target peer. However, peer-mediated intervention may not be effective if the target peer does not attend to the behavior of the peer model. The last presentation reviews peer-monitoring, which involves teaching an individual to attend to and imitate behavior of a model, which in turn could facilitate observational learning (Taylor et al, 2012). Three young children with ASD were taught peer monitoring responses and results indicated an increase in observing responses for all participants along with an increase in new operants.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, imitation, observational learning, peer-mediated
Target Audience:

Participants should have a foundational understanding of behavioral assessments and methods of increasing socially appropriate behaviors and decreasing maladaptive behaviors. Participants should have a general knowledge of imitation skills and the methods of behavior skills training.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the efficacy of teaching interview skills using BST and will explain the impact that teaching has on the teacher.
2. Participants will describe how to implement peer-mediated interventions with an autistic child serving as the model.
3. Participants will explain peer monitoring interventions and describe why they are important to learners with limited imitation or observational learning skills.
 
Peer Mediated Instruction for Teaching College Autistic Students Job Interview Skills: Benefits to the Peer Instructor
NICOLE PODLOG (Rutgers University), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Despite the growing literature base evaluating the interview skills of neurotypical individuals (Wirantana et al., 2020), few studies focus on teaching interview skills to individuals with disabilities. Kahng et al. (2023) used behavioral skills training to teach autistic college students to successfully complete job interviews. Although their intervention was effective, it required well-trained experimenters to implement; thus, limiting the scalability of the intervention. One variation may be to teach neurotypical peers to teach autistic college students job interview skills using a pyramidal training method, which may increase resources. Additionally, there may be a secondary benefit to the peer trainers; they may improve their own job interview skills. Research has demonstrated that peer teaching is an effective learning model (Saville et al, 2006) and suggests that teaching someone a particular concept may improve one’s own ability to understand and master a concept. A multiple baseline across participants design was implemented and preliminary data were collected. Following the teaching series there was an improvement in interview skills when pre- and post-teaching probes were compared for peer instructors. The current study will further evaluate if teaching is an effective learning model for neurotypical college students regarding interview skills. We predict an increase in performance when comparing pre- to post-teaching probes.
 

The Effects of a Training Package on the Correct Implementation of a Peer-Mediated Intervention Using a Preschool-Aged Model With Autism

SCOTT WESLEY THOMAS (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College and Bay Path University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

As children enter preschool, their peers play an important role in learning social communication and play skills. Typically developing children generally acquire these skills while interacting with their peers in the natural environment. However, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require explicit instruction to learn skills in these areas. Peer-Mediated Interventions (PMIs) is an evidence-based based teaching approach that trains neurotypical peers how to teach children with ASD new behavior, communication, and social skills. Yet, the research on PMIs with preschool-aged children is limited, and all studies have included neurotypical peers as the peer interventionist. The present study evaluated the effects of a training package on the correct implementation of the procedural steps of a PMI with a preschool-aged peer model with ASD and its effects on interactive play with a target participant with ASD. A combined noncurrent and concurrent multiple probe design across activities was utilized. Results demonstrated that the training package was functionally related to the peer models correct implementation of the procedural steps and the percentage of intervals in which the target participant engaged in interactive play.

 

Increasing Observing Behavior In Young Children With Autism Through Teaching Peer Monitoring

AMY MUEHLBERGER (Beacon ABA Services), Daniel Almeida (Cambridge College and Bay Path University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current literature focuses on teaching the components of observational learning utilizing peer or adult models. Keohane, Luke, and Greer (2008) examined attending to specific components of social behavior such as responding to voices and faces that may enhance social relationships for children on the spectrum. The current research question addressed is: Can we extend the research by teaching children with autism peer monitoring to increase observing behaviors and develop key components of observational learning in three students utilizing the teaching strategies addressed in Taylor et al. (2012). A non-concurrent multiple probe across behaviors design was used to assess the effectiveness of the peer monitoring treatment on observing responses. The results demonstrated an increase in observing responses across all participants after acquiring three new operants through peer monitoring training and generalization of three more operants with a novel peer. Future research would examine what components of the peer monitoring treatment may be sufficient to increase observing responses in young children with autism.

 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Analyzing Procedural Fidelity in Practice: Insights From Research
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Walberto Resendez (Child Study Center, Cook Children’s Health Care System; University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Walberto Resendez, M.S.
Abstract:

Evaluating procedural fidelity—the extent to which procedures are carried out as designed—is essential to providing training and supervision to behavior-change agents and monitoring the quality of behavior-analytic services. Nevertheless, there are barriers to collecting procedural-fidelity data in practice, so more research is needed to enhance our understanding of procedural-fidelity measurement in real-world settings. This symposium presents three studies addressing this topic. First, Resendez et al. will discuss a study examining the use of multiple measurement systems to assess procedural fidelity of discrete-trial instruction procedures, highlighting the differences observed with each system. Next, Blackman et al. will present findings from procedural-fidelity data collection by providers at 29 organizations, providing an overview of the current state of procedural fidelity in ABA services and its implications. Finally, Echeveria et al. will review a study examining an assessment-based intervention designed to increase the frequency with which behavior analysts measure procedural fidelity in practice. These studies collectively offer valuable insights for supervisors to improve fidelity measurement to support staff in providing high-quality services.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): data collection, procedural fidelity, supervision, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

supervising BCBAs and behavior-analytic researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Define procedural fidelity
2. Describe various measurement systems for procedural-fidelity assessment
3. Describe how the PDC-HS can be used to increase the frequency of procedural-fidelity assessment
 

Assessing Procedural Fidelity With Multiple Measurement Systems During Simulated Live Sessions

WALBERTO RESENDEZ (Child Study Center, Cook Children’s Health Care System; University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Brandon Navarro (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (Action Behavior Centers), Setareh Dehghani-Moslemi (University of North Texas), Kaylee Shields (University of North Texas), Joel Craig Rogers (University of North Texas), Monica Ontiveros (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Assessing procedural fidelity is essential for evaluating staff performance and treatment effectiveness, yet research comparing different measurement methods remains limited. To address this gap, we systematically replicated Bergmann et al. (2023), which explored how procedural fidelity in discrete-trial-instruction (DTI) sessions varies based on the measurement system and calculation method. In contrast to their approach, our study simulated real-time conditions by viewing recorded sessions without pausing or rewinding, making the process more representative of actual practice. Interobserver agreement was calculated across studies to make conclusions about the reliability of each measurement system in real-time conditions. We will discuss the key differences observed between the systems, with particular emphasis on connecting our findings to the utility of procedural-fidelity assessment in practice. This study highlights the importance of selecting the appropriate measurement system based on the specific goals and needs of the evaluation, ensuring more accurate and meaningful fidelity assessments during supervision sessions.

 

Industry Fidelity Data as an Indicator of Quality Service Delivery

ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (Behavior Science Technology), Tricia Glick (Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract:

In the pursuit of excellence, understanding and implementing treatment fidelity (Gresham, 1989) is paramount. Treatment fidelity serves as the backbone of quality service delivery in applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy, directly impacting client outcomes (e.g., DiGennaro et al., 2007) and organizational standards. Despite its importance, many in the industry face considerable challenges in effectively collecting, tracking, and analyzing fidelity data (Colon et al., 2024). This presentation aims to bridge that gap by offering an overview of aggregated fidelity data from across the industry and highlighting its profound implications. We will discuss findings from an extensive analysis of de-identified fidelity data collected from 29 different organizations, showcasing the real-world state of treatment fidelity in ABA (Blackman et al., under review). These data reveal significant gaps in protocol adherence, and these shortcomings have a direct impact on both the quality of services delivered to consumers and the turnover rates among service providers.

 
 
Panel #199
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Interdisciplinary Collaboration: The Ethics and Efficacy of Emerging Technologies to Reduce Burnout and Enhance Efficiency
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jessica L Becraft, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
MICHAEL GAO (Alpaca Health)
ELLIE KAZEMI (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & California State University-Northridge)
LAURIE BONAVITA (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation; Bay Path University)
Abstract:

In this presentation, we will explore the importance of collaboration between researchers, clinicians, and technologists in developing and implementing clinical technology tools aimed at reducing clinician burnout, increasing efficiency, and improving service delivery. The discussion will highlight how interdisciplinary partnerships are essential to designing solutions that are ethical, transparent, and meet the needs of clinicians and clients alike. Key topics will include strategies for fostering meaningful collaborations, ensuring that clinical tools are grounded in evidence-based research, and addressing ethical concerns related to data privacy and transparency. By combining the expertise of researchers who understand behavioral principles, clinicians who navigate daily workflow challenges, and technologists who build solutions, this approach ensures the development of tools that truly support clinician well-being, improve patient outcomes, and have a clear impact on service delivery. The session will provide actionable insights on fostering productive partnerships that drive innovation in the healthcare space while maintaining ethical integrity and transparency.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Audience members should be generally aware of ABA service delivery models and conducting common ABA assessments and interventions for reducing challenging behavior or teaching skills.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify key reasons for clinician burnout in service delivery
2. Discuss ways that technology can improve clinician well-being
3. Describe at least one ethical concern with using technology, and discuss ways to remediate the concern
Keyword(s): burnout, ethics, technology
 
 
Symposium #200
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
“Yes. No. Maybe.”: Identifying and Navigating the Continuum of Ethical Issues and Responses
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Schreck, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Delivering high-quality treatment requires practicing behavior analysts to identify, evaluate, and respond to a variety of different ethical challenges. Balancing ethical expectations within regulatory requirements while protecting themselves, clients, supervisees, employers, and the field can create daily tensions. Balancing organization’s needs and deadlines, individual compensation and work-life balance needs, and clients’ needs can lead practitioners to ethical questions and dilemmas - how many clients can one ethically serve and still remain effective and individually healthy? Balancing behavioral treatment recommendations with those of team members from other professional disciplines can lead to additional ethical questions and dilemmas - how can I best collaborate with other professionals’ theoretical positions or clinical priorities while still ensuring effective and ethical treatment for clients? Balancing organizational financial needs with caseloads and ethical requirements can create contention or incongruity between organizations and behavior analysts’ ethical requirements - how can behavior analysts adapt to organizational needs while ensuring quality client services? Decisions need to be made for when to say “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.” within these types of situations. This symposium addresses identifying and matching ethical issues with ethical codes, and developing strategies for responding to personal, collaborative, and organizational situations.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): burnout, caseloads, collaboration, ethics
Target Audience:

We submitted within the advanced level as we believed that targeting both BCBA and BCBA-D level candidates would be acceptable. Any certified behavior analyst from junior to the most seasoned would be appropriate for this symposium. Competencies would only require knowledge of the Ethics Code (BACB, 2020) and clinical practice necessities.

Learning Objectives: 1. identify ethical issues related to personal, collaborative, or organizational decision making
2. match ethical issues to relevant Ethical codes (BACB, 2020)
3. develop implementation strategies for identifying and responding to these ethical situations.
 

“No. No Thank You. Heck No.”: When “No” is More Ethical Than “Yes”

KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (Vista Autism Services), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

In today’s service delivery environment, the demand for behavior analysts far exceeds the supply. Most behavior analysts routinely feel pressure to say “yes” for the many requests they receive to take on additional clients or tasks in the frame of being a helpful team player. However, this practice often disrupts the work/life balance needed by behavior analysts to sustain their well-being and effectiveness within their role. Over time, this pressure and taking on of additional work may lead to high levels of physical and mental stress and burn-out, resulting in problems with service delivery, supervision, personal health, and attrition of behavior analysts from the field. This presentation addresses these ethical issues and provides methods for how to prevent, assess, and adjust workloads for practicing behavior analysts. Decisions need to be made for when to say “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.” related to caseloads and work requirements. This presentation addresses identifying and matching ethical issues with ethical codes and developing strategies for responding to personal work-related situations.

 

“Sure. No Way. Are You Kidding Me.”: Ethical Responding in Collaborative, Multidisciplinary Situations

JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Tim Caldwell (Vista Autism Services), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Collaboration among behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines (e.g., Speech and Language Pathologists, Nutritionists, and Psychiatrists) offers the potential for optimal clinical outcomes through comprehensive assessments and interventions. However, differences in theoretical orientations, methodologies, and treatment recommendations can make collaboration challenging. In part, these challenges have resulted in behavior analysts gaining a reputation for being difficult to work with in collaborative situations. Ethical dilemmas often arise when professionals from other disciplines propose interventions that are ineffective, lack empirical support, or do not contain reasonable behavior change mechanisms (e.g., differential reinforcement). These situations often necessitate a nuanced ethical decision-making process and response. This presentation explores some of the ethical issues inherent in multidisciplinary collaboration. We will evaluate common scenarios where professional disagreements occur and provide practical suggestions for ethical responding within a collaborative context. Attendees will learn strategies to assess and navigate these situations effectively, determining when to say "Yes." "No." or "Maybe." while maintaining professional integrity and promoting the best interests of clients.

 

“That’s Helpful. That’s Harmful.”: Ethical Practice Within an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Organizational Business Model

TIM CALDWELL (Vista Autism Services), Ji Young Kim (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract:

ABA-based service delivery represents the practical extension of applied behavior analysis as the socially significant research arm of behavior analysis. Practitioners of ABA-based service delivery work within organizations that establish policies and practices that may involve more business models than practice models. Organizational business mandates may help or harm behavior analysts’ ability to provide high-quality behavior analytic services. Behavior analysts must balance financial, regulatory, and clinical needs at the organizational level. However, they must also follow ethical requirements to ensure that client’s needs remain at the forefront of clinical decision-making. This presentation discusses the balance between organizational needs, practitioner needs, and client needs. We will include a review of policies and systems which can be helpful to ethical and effective delivery of treatment as well as those that can be harmful. Methods for assessment of needs, resource management, and problem-solving will be described in order to better prepare practicing behavior analysts to know when to ethically respond with, “Yes.” “No.” or “Maybe.”

 
 
Paper Session #201
Shaping the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Minimizing Ableism and Enhancing Practice With Augmented Intelligence
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty I-K
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Cas Breaux (University of West Florida)
 

Minimizing Ableism in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Strategies and Reflections

Domain: Service Delivery
CAS BREAUX (University of West Florida)
 
Abstract:

Ableism is a global and systemic issue that impacts all fields and cultures. Ableism is the discrimination of and social prejudice against people with disabilities based on the unconscious or conscious belief that typical abilities are superior. In Applied Behavior Analysis, ableism often manifests through practices prioritizing compliance over autonomy and treating neurodivergent behaviors as deficits to be corrected. This presentation explores how ableism can be minimized in ABA by adopting a neurodiversity-affirming, assent-based approach. Drawing on the neurodiversity paradigm and emphasizing client dignity, this session will define ableism in ABA, offer strategies to recognize and counteract ableist practices, and present methods for promoting client autonomy and choice. Participants will learn strategies for honoring client agency and apply actionable steps to ensure their ABA practice fosters respect for neurodivergent identities. Through case studies and practical tools, attendees will leave with at least five strategies for minimizing ableism within applied behavior analysis and will be equipped to integrate these principles into their everyday practice, thereby fostering more ethical and inclusive ABA services.

 

Augmented Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis: Ethically Integrating Artificial Intelligence (AI) to Elevate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice

Domain: Service Delivery
ADAM E VENTURA (Intraverbal AI)
 
Abstract:

As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues to evolve, the role of technology has become increasingly central to practice. While artificial intelligence (AI) is often viewed as a tool for automation, this presentation introduces a conceptual framework for understanding AI in ABA as “augmented intelligence”, emphasizing its potential to support, rather than replace, behavior analysts. Augmented intelligence refers to AI systems designed to enhance human decision-making, enabling behavior analysts to leverage vast amounts of data and research to inform treatment planning and service delivery. This presentation will explore how AI can improve efficiency in clinical processes such as Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs), data analysis, and intervention recommendations, while allowing behavior analysts to retain control of clinical judgment. Key ethical considerations will be addressed, including maintaining professional integrity, ensuring data privacy, and managing the human-AI interaction to prevent over-reliance on technology. Practical examples will be drawn from existing AI tools used in ABA, demonstrating their ability to assist clinicians in making informed, research-backed decisions that lead to better client outcomes. By reframing AI as augmented intelligence, this presentation will provide behavior analysts with a new perspective on how to integrate technology into their practice in a way that enhances human expertise, rather than supplanting it. The goal is to promote a balanced, ethical, and effective use of AI, positioning it as a valuable tool for behavior analysts in the future of clinical practice.

 
 
 
Panel #202
CE Offered: BACB
Can I See Your Notes?: Exploring Perspectives on Data Collection and Note Taking across Contexts
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D.
Chair: Abbey Warren (Mississippi State University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
MICHAEL C MAY (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Mandala House, LLC)
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
MEGAN ELLSWORTH (Salve Regina University)
Abstract:

Data collection is a cornerstone in the field of behavior analysis, and this is especially true in the applied and clinical settings (Wolf, 1978). Behavior analysts must choose between numerous data collection and note taking methods in order to find one that works best for their purposes and practice (Taubman et al., 2013; Wiarda et al., 2014). The current literature suggests that a clinician’s notes may directly impact the therapeutic process (Taubman et al., 2013), and new efforts in this area have begun exploring how note taking and data collection tools function for the clinician’s behaviors when working with clients (Warren, 2023). This panel discussion, led by behavior analysts with expertise in applied and clinical settings, will explore the ways in which clinicians use note taking and data collection in their work. Topics will center around how a clinician’s note taking and data collection processes orient them to client behavior, clinician choices, and moment-to-moment processes of treatment. We will also discuss the pitfalls, contingencies, and harsh realities of what it means to rely on data collection and progress notes to maintain a successful practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Some applied experience with clinical or applied behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe different approaches to data collection and note taking
2. Identify different clinician repertoires that may be examined through note taking and data collection
3. Expand on the use and function of note taking and data collection in applied and clinical practices
Keyword(s): Clinical-Behavior Analysis, Data Collection, Note Taking
 
 
Symposium #203
CE Offered: PSY
Diversity submission Inspiration in the Eastern Cape, South African Schools: Starts With One & Grows to Sixty
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 156
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kelsia Lauren King (Prospect Academy; PEER International)
Discussant: Joanne K. Robbins (PEER International; Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D.Ph.D.
Abstract:

The revival of a collaboration between colleagues in Gqeberha, South Africa and PEER, Intl (Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) evolved after the pandemic. Our 20-year history of success gave us the courage to experiment with video conferencing. Lead teacher from Charles Duna Primary School invited PEER, Intl to specifically assist in improving the teaching and learning of maths instruction. The school was equipped with internet and a large classroom monitor. Slide presentations functioned as teacher guides; additional material was shared via email and no-cost messaging. Online sessions were followed by one in-person visit which included PEER members assessing learners Grade 4-7 in a 1:1 format. Unlike all prior experiences, an administrator from the Department of Education actively sanctioned our work. A paper-and-pencil assessment was designed by PEER to inform future instruction which then became a tool for 60 schools. The formation and maintenance of Professional Learning Communities are key to these changes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, collaboration
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, graduate students

Learning Objectives: 1. Define a Diagnostic Prescriptive approach
2. Define the function of a Professional Learning Community
3. State the difference between the Eastern Cape's assessments previously used and the newly designed DMAs
 
Diversity submission Breaking Molds to Change the Maths Education of Primary School Children in South Africa
JARREN GANGIAH (Charles Duna Primary School; PEER International)
Abstract: With the focus on the journey of the child from cradle to the world, a catalytic moment of an educator being identified as “Underperforming” is changing the course of Maths instruction. This very local feedback received in a township school in New Brighton, South Africa, led to a collaboration with twelve other primary schools and the formation of a Maths Professional Learning Community (PLC). In a historically broken post-apartheid system, educators discovered the PLC functioned as a beacon of hope, transformation and empowerment. Maintaining the motivation to go above and beyond was one responsibility of this presenter, the PLC Organizer. This presentation will describe how dedicated and driven educators, including Department of Education officials who are willing to break the mold, began addressing teaching and learning in new ways. PEER, International Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) unapologetically addressed the call for support and led weekly video conference sessions shortly after the PLC was formed. PEER methodology relies on assessment, and employs analysis and design of efficient and effective instruction ensuring respect for the context and local educational standards. With the leadership and faculty from Charles Duna Primary, and Department of Education officials the new Maths journey will be shared.
 
 
Panel #204
CE Offered: BACB
Navigating Change: Empowering Behavior Analysts in Public Policy Advocacy
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Deborah A. Napolitano, Ph.D.
Chair: Emma Preston (Utah State University)
MARIEL C. FERNANDEZ (Council of Autism Service Providers)
DEBORAH A. NAPOLITANO (Daemen University)
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
Abstract:

There has been a growing interest among behavior analysts in promoting large scale social change by influencing behavior and practices that impact the communities they serve. While many may recognize the importance of affecting policies at local, state, national, and international levels to facilitate change and promote cultural selection, they often lack training in navigating the world of public policy. This panel aims to highlight the significance of public policy work for behavior analysts while providing opportunities for those new to this area to obtain essential information and tools to effectively navigate policy change. Panelists Christy Evanko, Richard Rakos, and Deborah Napolitano will share their insights and experiences, as well as offer practical strategies for engagement. Through discussion and a question-and-answer session, the panelists aim to support behavior analysts in contributing to the creation of environments that promote meaningful change in behavior and practices, ultimately driving large scale societal transformation.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Basic understanding and interest in public policy and ABA.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify key players in public policy relevant to behavior analysis, enabling them to build effective advocacy networks.
2. Participants will articulate essential tools and resources for navigating the public policy landscape, thereby enhancing their advocacy efforts.
3. Participants will identify practical strategies for integrating behavior analytic principles into public policy initiatives, fostering meaningful change on a larger scale
 
 
Symposium #205
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting Caregiver Involvement in Research and Exploring Perspectives on Barriers to Caregiver Adherence to Behavioral Recommendations
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration)
CE Instructor: Sacha T. Pence, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in several challenging behavior often require intensive services to help address and manage their behavioral needs. A key factor in long-term positive outcomes for individuals with IDDs and challenging behavior is caregiver adherence to behavioral recommendations following intensive services. This symposium will discuss the importance of actively engaging caregivers at different levels in our research, including as members of the research team. The symposium will review a model to evaluate research questions that directly involve caregivers who have children with IDDs and severe problem behavior. The symposium will discuss factors that can impact caregiver adherence to behavioral recommendations by summarizing common themes reported through interviews with professionals and caregivers. The symposium will also discuss data collected on caregivers’ views of their behavioral recommendations as well as the extent to which professionals are monitoring caregiver adherence. The symposium will discuss areas of future research on caregiver adherence.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, caregiver adherence, caregiver perspectives, severe behavior
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with interventions to address severe problem behavior (e.g., FCT, DRO, DRA, schedule thinning). Audience members should be familiar with procedures to train caregivers (e.g., behavior skills training, in-situ feedback, coaching).
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss at least three ways to incorporate caregivers into research.
2. Summarize common themes on barriers to caregiver adherence.
3. Describe potential mitigation strategies to address barriers to caregiver adherence.
4. Define adherence.
 
Engaging Caregivers to Conduct Patient-Centered Research
SACHA T. PENCE (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Maria Diaz-Myers (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration; Solidarity Parent to Parent), Jim Corbin (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration)
Abstract: Creating sustainable behavioral health outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in severe challenging behavior is important. To achieve this, it is important to consider the perspectives of caregivers of individuals with IDDs who balance caregiving challenges, responsibilities in their everyday life, and implementation of behavior interventions in the home and community. Unfortunately, caregivers and patients in the IDD community have not historically been incorporated and shared in the development and identification of research priorities or implementation of research. This is problematic given engaging stakeholders (e.g., professionals, caregivers) to inform patient-centered research can result in greater understanding of the area of study and lead to the development of higher quality research focused that is most relevant for those in the IDD community. We outline a method our research team has used to successfully engage stakeholders in the IDD community at various levels in the research process. We share data on stakeholders’ willingness and interest to participant in patient-centered research, satisfaction following key events (e.g., trainings, activities), and resources on how researchers can support and engage caregivers’ involvement in research in the IDD community.
 
Exploring Behavior-Analytic Professionals Perspectives on Barriers to Caregiver Adherence
ALYSSA HURD (Utah State University), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Abby Lavin (Utah State University)
Abstract: Caregiver adherence with behavioral recommendations is necessary to achieve positive outcomes for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior. Several functional (related to the behavioral recommendations) and contextual (related to the environment) variables may impact caregiver adherence. The purpose of the current study was to gain insight into the variables that can impact caregiver adherence from the perspective of behavior-analytic professionals. Individual interviews were conducted with 24 professionals. Professionals reported that caregiver adherence was impacted by a number of functional variables (e.g., ongoing professional support, treatment alignment, treatment procedures and complexity) and contextual variables (e.g., social support, caregiver mental and physical health, social-economic status). Professionals provided their perspectives on how to promote caregiver adherence. We also gathered data on the extent to which professionals do or do not monitor adherence and strategies to monitor adherence (e.g., verbal report, data-collection systems). The presentation will discuss how these insights can help inform areas of future research on caregiver adherence.
 

An Examination of Caregivers’ Perspectives on Barriers to Adherence With Behavioral Recommendations

SHARRUKINA TAMRAZI (Western Michigan University), Sacha T. Pence (Stakeholder Partnership for Adherence Research and Collaboration), Katie Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Caregiver adherence with behavioral recommendations is vital to long-term positive outcomes for their children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and severe challenging behavior. Several variables may impact caregiver adherence, including factors related to the behavioral recommendations (functional variables) and the environmental (contextual variables). The purpose of the current study was to explore caregivers’ perspectives on behavioral recommendations and the variables that can impact their ability to adhere to behavioral recommendations. Individual interviews were conducted with 16 parents of children with IDD and severe challenging behavior. Caregivers discussed the extent to which they do or do not implement behavioral recommendations. Caregivers reported that adherence to behavioral recommendations was impacted by a number of variables related to the recommendations (e.g., treatment procedures and complexity, access to ongoing services) and their personal life (e.g., family and work responsibilities, social supports). We collected data on the caregivers’ reports of the feasibility of the recommendations, the extent to which they thought the recommendations changed their child’s behavior, and if the recommendations aligned with their cultural and community beliefs. The presentation will summarize common themes across caregiver interviews and provide suggestions on areas of future research.

 
 
Paper Session #208
Harnessing Artificial Intelligence (AI) for Skill Development: Innovations in Behavior Technician Training and Employment Support for Autistic Job Seekers
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Kaori G. Nepo (NeurAbilities)
 

The Use of AI-Based Training to Improve Documentation Skills of Behavior Technicians

Domain: Service Delivery
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities)
 
Abstract:

The Advancement of technology has provided more options to support the application of behavior-analytic techniques. This presentation explores the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into behavior analytic service delivery, focusing on its application in training behavior technicians. Cox and Jenning (2024) underscored the potential benefits AI for customizing services to address the unique needs of clients, increased efficiency in administrative tasks, enhanced decision-making through the synthesis of relevant research, and improved client outcomes through optimized resource allocation. The literature has demonstrated the potential of AI to enhance training within the behavior analytic field (Clark, 2020; Griffen et al., 2024; Huang et al., 2021). In last year’s convention, the presenter shared the results of AI-based training to improve compassionate care skills of BCBAs. This presentation is the extension of the previous study in which the AI-based training will be implemented for behavior technicians. The presentation will discuss innovative AI-driven training methodologies designed to improve the competency of behavior technicians in completing session notes with precision and consistency. Preliminary data from the ongoing study will be presented, providing insights into the effectiveness of AI-enhanced training for behavior technicians. Additionally, the presentation will explore the broader implications of incorporating AI in this capacity, including potential scalability, adoption in clinical settings, and avenues for future research and development. Clark, D. (2020). Artificial intelligence for learning: How to use AI to support employee development. Kogan Page Publishers. Cox, D. J., & Jennings, A. M. (2024). The promises and possibilities of artificial intelligence in the delivery of behavior analytic services. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 17(1), 123-136. Griffen, B., Lorah, E. R., Caldwell, N., Hantula, D. A., Nosek, J., Tincani, M., & Lemley, S. (2024). The effects of artificial intelligence on implementors’ fidelity of instructional strategies during handwashing acquisition in children with autism. Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, 36(5), 793-819. Huang, J., Saleh, S., & Liu, Y. (2021). A review on artificial intelligence in education. Academic Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 10(3).

 

Designing an Artificial Intelligence Interview Coach for Autistic Job Seekers: Stakeholder Considerations and Evaluation

Domain: Applied Research
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Elizabeth Garrison (Temple University), Stephen MacNeil (Temple University), Ray Hong (George Mason University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University)
 
Abstract:

Job interviews are intimidating to most job seekers, but for autistic job seekers, the interview process can be especially challenging due to difficulties they may face with social interaction and communication. Some of these difficulties may be addressed with coaching and training, however this approach is limited as coaching and training are resource-intensive and do not scale. An artificial intelligence (AI) based solution does not suffer these limitations and may also be adapted to the individual needs and preferences of the job seeker. To learn how job seekers and job coaches view such an AI tool, we conducted an exploratory study to learn more about these employment interview challenges, conducting structured interviews with five autistic job seekers and five vocational coaches. During the structured interviews, participants interacted with a prototype of an intelligent employment interview coach chatbot to share their perspectives about using a chatbot to prepare for behavioral interview questions. From the themes uncovered in our structured interviews, we provide insight into the unique challenges that autistic job seekers face while interviewing, and the interview preparation support given by vocational coaches. We discuss the potential of an intelligent interview coach chatbot to assist autistic job seekers during the interview preparation process, and also share suggestions for future design considerations of intelligent interview coaches as collaborative assistants for autistic job seekers and vocational coaches. An AI based employment interview coach is well accepted by both the job seekers and job coaches.

 
 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: PSY
Role of Language in the Analysis of Culture and Beyond
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.Holds a doctorate and has substantial formal training in behavior analysis.
Abstract:

Culture is a multifaceted concept that has been the subject of scientific explorations in various fields, including anthropology, biology, psychology, and philosophy, over the centuries. More recently, scientific literature in Cultural Behavior Analysis has provided conceptual and research contributions to the understanding of language in relation to developed concepts in this area of study within behavior analysis. This symposium aims to discuss how behavior analytic explanations of language may impact the expansion of scientific understanding of complex cultural phenomena. By drawing upon the relevant literature, presenters will offer conceptual discussions on how advancements in this area may enhance interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary collaboration between behavior analysis and other scientific disciplines. Thus, it will be emphasized that language is a particularly important factor to consider in our discussion of culture and associated concepts, and this focus may facilitate collaborative efforts pertaining to the analysis of culture and related concepts across various fields.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with basic knowledge in Cultural Behavior Analysis and RFT
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe concepts in behavior analytic accounts of culture and language that offer potential points of entry to alter contextual factors and change cultural practices
2. The participants will be aware of the foundation of how culture is worked on Anthropology and Biology
3. Describe the foundation of rule-governed behavior and how use this concept to work with culture
 
The Behavioral Analytic Account of Verbal Repertories and Symbolic Behavior in Cultural Behavior Analysis
MIGUEL ABDALA MACIEL (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Culture has been the subject of studies across different scientific fields for centuries, drawing attention from many fields. In Behavior Analysis, culture is commonly defined as 1) set of social contingencies, 2) set of cultural practices and 3) environment that interact with cultural practices. In anthropology, the closest to a consensus on the definition of culture might include: 1) the symbolic aspect present in human behavior, 2) related issues about meaning, 3) the necessity of cultural learning, 4) culture as a unit, 5) behavior as a component of culture; and 6) culture as a symbolic system. In Biology, 3 definitions of culture are common in recent research: 1) information or behavior acquired through social learning, 2) one or more socially learned behaviors shared by the members of a group, 3) socially learned behaviors that are shared by members of a group and improved over successive episodes of social learning. The distinction regarding what constitutes culture between social sciences and biology involves the variety of definitions of culture. This presentation provides a review of how culture is defined in Behavior Analysis and ways this concept is discussed in Anthropology and Biology. We highlight the main points of these definitions to provide an understanding of the concept of culture across different domains. This discussion also accounts for the symbolic behaviors of verbally sophisticated communities interacting with the cultural objects as well as the verbal contexts within which members of cultural groups operate.
 

Experimental Analysis of Rule-Governed Behavior and Culturo-Behavioral Science: Where is the Link?

JESÚS ALONSO-VEGA (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Amalie Hylland (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Abstract:

Despite the concern about this topic on traditional works on Behavior Analysis, rule-governed behavior is a cornerstone of cultural contexts, and its experimental analysis is key to understanding this complex behavioral phenomenon. This type of behavior allows individuals to bypass the control of immediate contingencies in favor of delayed ones, and/or facilitates the establishment of contextual control over specific behaviors. It can be observed in various social contexts such as education, healthcare, and law, as well as in applied settings like organizational, sports, and environmental domains. This oral presentation has two main objectives: first, to discuss the relevance of the experimental analysis of rule-governed behavior for culturo-behavioral science; and second, to introduce an experimental paradigm designed to aid in the analysis of variables that may influence this behavior. Thus, it is stressed that the experimental analysis of rule-governed behavior is crucial for advancing culturo-behavioral science, as it helps explain how individuals relate with complex social environments.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #210
CE Offered: BACB
Mostrose Wolf/Don Baer Lecture: On the Breadth and Limitations of Behavioral Skills Training: Lessons Learned From 40 Years of Research
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Raymond Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This talk tells my story as an applied researcher in behavior analysis for the last 40 years, with an emphasis on evaluations of behavioral skills training (BST) and its variants. My research on BST has been applied to several different target behaviors, often chosen as opportunities arose at different times in my career. I conducted early work in behavioral interview skills training as these were important skills in my work as a clinical behavior analyst with outpatient clients. Also early in my career, I because interested in safety skills such as sexual abuse prevention, abduction prevention, and firearm injury prevention and evaluated BST for the acquisition and generalization of these skills. In this research, I discovered the importance of in situ assessments to measure the generalization of skills to natural settings. Due to my consultation in agencies serving persons with disabilities, I became interested in staff training and management and again evaluated BST interventions for promoting the acquisition and generalization of skills exhibited by staff and teachers. This research also emphasized the importance of in situ assessments to measure generalization to natural settings when a supervisor was not present. Finally, my more recent research, fueled by student athletes with whom I worked, has evaluated BST and other feedback approaches for enhancing athletic performance across a variety of sports. The presentation ends with a review of lessons learned from my research on BST.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience consists of applied behavior analysis researchers, behavior analysts in practice, and graduate students in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe behavioral skills training applied to several target behaviors.
2. describe strategies to promote generalization with behavioral skills training.
3. describe in situ assessment to measure generalization following behavioral skills training.
 
RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is a Professor of Child and Family Studies and the Director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the University of South Florida. He received his PhD in Clinical Psychology from Western Michigan University. He is a Fellow and Past President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and a Fellow of the American Association for Advancement of Science. His research focuses on behavioral approaches for teaching safety skills, increasing physical activity, and enhancing sports performance. He has published over 280 journal articles and chapters and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its 7th edition and published in six languages. Dr. Miltenberger has received numerous teaching and research awards including the APA Division 25 Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research, the ABAI Outstanding Mentorship Award, and the FABA Award for Outstanding Contributions to Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #211
CE Offered: PSY
Video Games as the New “Virtual” Skinner Box
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University)
Abstract: The ubiquitous “Skinner box” (i.e., operant conditioning chamber) has been in use for nearly 100 years. Evolutions of the box have included new response mechanisms, advances in stimulus presentation, and more refined behavioral tracking. Each of these additions has required significant technological innovation. My laboratory has taken a different approach in studying human behavior – creating tasks and environments using video game engines. This approach makes it easier to enrich the stimulus, response, and outcome mechanisms, simplifies behavioral tracking, and improves assessment of the generalizability of established findings to more complex environments. Well-designed tasks can also increase subject engagement – they’re more fun! – although scientific goals sometimes dictate otherwise. I will share concrete examples from 15 years of using games to study human behavior in my laboratory: causal inference, impulsive behavior, resource limitations, foraging, and loot boxes. I will close with encouragement on how others can enter this new frontier of “virtual Skinner boxes.”
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Researchers and professionals interested in human learning using virtual environments.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the types of research questions that can be answered using video games
2. Delineate the strengths and challenges of using video games to study behavior.
3. Understand the limitations of traditional Skinner boxes.
 
MICHAEL YOUNG (Kansas State University)

Dr. Michael Young is a Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University.  He received his Bachelor’s (U. of Illinois) and Master’s (U. of Minnesota) degrees in Computer Science and his Ph.D. in Psychology (U. of Minnesota).  During his 35+ year academic career his research program has included causal learning by humans that was built on the principles of classical and operant conditioning, avian judgment and perception, the integration of reward magnitude, delay, probability, and resource limitations in decision making, and quantitative methods used in data analysis.  For the past 20 years, a large portion of his behavioral data has been collected by architecting research-specific video games.  His research has been funded by the National Science Foundation, National Institute of Mental Health, Air Force Office for Scientific Research, the Hershey Corporation, and RTI International.  He has served as a Graduate Program Director, Department Head, Provost Fellow, and Acting Associate Dean of the Graduate School. 

 
 
Symposium #213
CE Offered: BACB
Remembering Past Events: A Survey of Recent Basic and Applied Behavioral Research in Episodic Reporting
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Reporting on events in the past is ubiquitous in our day to day interactions. Despite the importance of these responses, research in assessing and treating difficulties with these responses has rarely been conducted by behavior analysts. In this symposium, we will present several studies that provide behavioral accounts of memory. First, a series of basic studies will be described that illustrate examples of episodic stimulus control in rats. Second, we will discuss an applied assessment that tests episodic reporting in children without advanced vocal verbal repertoires. Finally, we will discuss two methods that might increase recall responses in children. In one, differential reinforcement alone successfully taught two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder to respond to events in the past. We will discuss the implications of existing repertoires on these results. In the other, neurotypical children were taught a series of tact to evaluate the effects on recalling past events. Throughout we will review previous behavioral research in remembering and how these new studies extend our existing understanding of these complex responses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): episodic memory, Recall, remembering
Target Audience:

Audiences should have knowledge on a behavioral approach to verbal behavior. Audiences should also understand the basic components of an operant chamber for rats.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able define episodic memory.
2. Participants will be able to apply a behavior analytic account to self-reports of past events
3. Participants will be able to describe potential treatments for skill deficits in recalling events in the past.
 

Remembering Past Events: Episodic Stimulus Control in Rats

(Basic Research)
KATHERINE ELY BRUCE (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Reporting about past events and behaviors is an everyday activity for most of us and is critical for normal functioning. Cognitive psychologists have dominated research in what they have called episodic memory which has been considered a uniquely-human process. However, studies using complex conditional discrimination training have demonstrated that animals can learn to respond under the control of particular events, that is, when and where the events occurred. We describe several studies that illustrate examples of this What-Where-When remembering in rats. Rats were trained on an incrementing non-matching to sample task with odor stimuli using a five-term contingency under which responding to odors not previously smelled in a particular context during the current session was required for reinforcement. Accurate performance on such trials was demonstrated in all three rats and demonstrated a form of episodic stimulus control. We provide a behavioral account of such remembering in terms of contextual control of generalized conditional discrimination.

 

An Assessment of Episodic Memory for Children Without Vocal Verbal Repertoires

(Applied Research)
KATE LYNNE PUDPUD (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of North Texas), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The ability to accurately describe personal experiences is socially significant and refers to episodic memory outside of behavior analysis. However, it is only sometimes clear if someone can not report events in the past if it is a memory problem, a skill deficit, or a stimulus control issue. This talk will discuss a method to assess episodic memory skills in autistic children. Six participants played with three different toys in three different contexts. Later, they were asked to answer questions about what they did outside and inside the room they played in. The questions were asked in terms of what they did (the specific event), the toy (the actions of the event), and the event’s context (the specific place). Episodic memory skill levels were individualized for participants. On average, the participants responded to all three questions more accurately when inside the room rather than outside. We will discuss the implications of the results for treatment considerations.

 

Testing the Effects of Differential Reinforcement on the Recall Responses of Children

(Applied Research)
JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of North Texas), Kate Lynne Pudpud (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Ciobha A. McKeown (California State University, Sacramento), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Teaching recall skills to children is a rarely studied subject despite the significance of these skills across several domains of everyday life. This research aims to test the effect differential reinforcement alone has on increasing accurate reporting. Participants in this study were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or Down syndrome and did not reliably report events in the past. We used a modified component analysis to determine the effect simple differential reinforcement has on increasing reporting. Results show variable success with only differential reinforcement. We will also review a series of secondary measures that provide alternative ways to interpret the effects of treatment, such as a description of error patterns. The results provide insight into the necessity of more complex teaching methods like probe fading that are paired with differential reinforcement and provide new insight into methods of teaching children complex verbal behavior skills like answering questions about events in the past.

 

The Effects of Teaching Strategies on Recalling Past Events With Children

(Applied Research)
ANNE COSTA CARNEIRO (Guia AC; UFSCar), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This study aims to evaluate the effects of tact training and tact overtraining on the accuracy of recalling past events. Three neurotypical children (4-5-years-old) participated in the study and a multiple baseline design was implemented. During probes, participants played with different toys and games, including a card game (critical activity) during which the experimenter presented 10 images and the participant looked at them in silence. After 10min, they were asked to answer questions about past events (e.g., What pictures did you see today at the playing room?). Intervention consisted of two phases: In phase 1 the experimenter implemented tact training to assess the number of stimuli participant could recall after 10min. In phase 2 an over training of tact responses was implemented, in which the participant had to emit tact responses 5 times in the presence of each stimulus. Data collection is still in progress and partial results with participant 1 shows that, so far, tact training alone s did not increase recalling contradicting previous research.

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Integrating Practical Functional Assessment/ Skills Based Treatment with the Constructional Approach and Nonlinear Contingency Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sheila Ann Ann Klick (Endicott College)
Discussant: Celia Heyman (Capella University / FTF Behavioral Consulting)
CE Instructor: Awab Abdel-Jalil, M.S.
Abstract:

Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills Based Treatment (SBT) are currently widely used in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Constructional Approach has over 50 years of history in ABA. The two approaches to treatment share certain features implicitly. This symposium aims to make the implicit explicit. The first talk will start with brief historical context of both approaches, and a case example of their integration to produce effective treatment. The second talk will focus specifically on the PFA portion, and how parts of the constructional interview may be integrated to reveal more information that could be utilized within intervention. Further, it will highlight the implications of incorporating a nonlinear contingency analysis – as opposed to a linear one – and a cost/benefit analysis. The third talk will focus specifically on the SBT portion, and how more constructional components can be added to elucidate individualized, socially valid, and ecologically valid goals and interventions. Finally, the fourth talk will present experimental data on choice and assent with rats. It will show how alternative contingencies and the aversiveness of teaching environments may influence choice and assent—and will draw parallels to the Enhanced Choice Model.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Constructional, Nonlinear Analysis, PFA, SBT
Target Audience:

BCBAs and RBTs with basic understanding of ABA.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the relation between the constructional approach and skill-based treatment.
2. Describe how nonlinear contingency analysis can be incorporated into the practical functional assessment.
3. Describe how considering degrees of freedom can be utilized in an enhanced choice model.
 

Thinking Constructionally About the Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior

KATHERINE GIBSON (Monroe Carell Jr. Children's Hospital at Vanderbilt, TRIAD Kennedy Center)
Abstract:

The behavioral technology for eliminating severe problem behavior has evolved and developed over the past decade from the primary use of punishment and extinction based procedures, to traditional analog functional analyses with function based treatments, to the practical functional assessment (PFA) and skills based treatment (SBT). In both research and practice there are still many unanswered questions and needed developments when working with people who have co-occurring severe problem behaviors within their repertoires. For example, at times problem behavior persists throughout treatment despite clean initial analysis, or when behavior cannot be turned off, HRE cannot be established, or when rule governed behavior and emotions seem to be an interfering element, amongst other common clinical problems. This presentation will review complex case examples treating severe problem behavior and how adding a constructional approach to a treatment package and understanding non-linear contingencies can help answer complicated clinical problems in a novel way from current approaches. Goldiamond’s constructional approach and non-linear contingency analysis marry well with key values of current compassionate and asset-based approaches to treating severe problem behavior pioneered by the PFA/SBT community by seeing all behavior as reasonable and rational for all learners (vocal-verbal, verbal, etc.). Non-linear contingency analysis with an understanding that multiple alternative contingencies maintain behavior, as opposed to a singular contingency analysis, provides an additional way of thinking that may add value to current shifts in the field of behavior analysis and push forward ethical and compassionate treatment for those we serve.

 
From Problem Behavior to Constructional Solutions: A Nonlinear Perspective on Functional Behavior Assessments
ANNA LINNEHAN (Endicott College)
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments typically include one or a combination of functional analyses, descriptive assessments and/or indirect assessments. An analog functional analysis may not be practical in many applied settings; therefore, practitioners often rely on descriptive functional assessments, e.g., direct observations, ABC data, and indirect functional assessments, e.g., interviews, checklists, rating scales, and questionnaires. To improve efficiency in analysis, the Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) was developed which combines an open-ended interview and informal observations which informs a test-control functional analysis in which a test condition is synthesized using multiple contingencies operating simultaneously. Shared among all these approaches is the reliance on a linear (as opposed to nonlinear) contingency analysis, and an emphasis on reduction of problem behavior. This talk will discuss how combining these approaches with a nonlinear contingency analysis, in which the problem behavior is seen as rational given the available alternative behaviors and contingencies, and provides a cost/benefit analysis that further informs the assessment and intervention. Additionally, the integration of Goldiamond’s constructional interview which emphasizes ascertaining (1) repertoires the absence of which is the problem, (2) variables maintaining the problem behavior despite their cost, and (3) a starting point and socially valid programs to reach the stated goals. Implications for both verbal and nonverbal clients will be discussed.
 
Blending Skill-Based Treatment and the Constructional Approach
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (Upstate Caring Partners & Endicott College)
Abstract: People usually seek help when they are distressed or suffering from what accompanies the presence or absence of certain repertoires. The Constructional Approach (Goldiamond, 1974) is an orientation which offers solutions to problems based on establishment or reinstatement of repertoires, rather than on their elimination or deceleration. Instead of considering problems in terms of pathologies to be eliminated, it attempts to directly increase options and extend repertoires. This is a direct approach to producing “desirables,” rather than the indirect approach of eliminating or accepting pathology to produce desirables as by-products of the elimination or acceptance. Skill-based treatment (SBT, Hanley et al., 2014) is currently a common approach in ABA which includes constructional components such as building contextually appropriate behaviors (CABs). This talk aims to explore how practitioners can explicitly build constructional components into their SBT programs to enhance interventions. Programming tips and considerations will be presented to aid in individualizing CABs and increasing ecological validity. For example, building on current relevant repertoires, an emphasis on shaping, and maximizing the use of program specific consequences (as opposed to extrinsic ones) will be discussed. This presentation aims to show how SBT and the Constructional Approach can be used simultaneously to improve goal selection, programming, and ultimately, outcomes.
 
Alternative Contingencies, Degrees of Freedom, and Enhanced Choice: An Experimental Analysis of Choice and Assent
HANNAH DAVIS MCGEE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Providing choices and gaining learner assent have become popular goals in applied behavior analysis. When learners initiate teaching sessions, it may appear that they assent or are choosing to participate. However, participation may be coerced when the alternatives available for a critical reinforcer are limited. In this experiment, rats completed a training task to receive pudding. After five repetitions of the task, the session ended, and the rat was returned to the cage. When noncontingent pudding was available, rats continued to complete the task, indicating assent. However, when the option to end sessions was available, rats withdrew assent from the task, revealing that leaving the session was the critical reinforcer. Additionally, when the option to hide in a tunnel was available, rats did not participate in the training task and instead consumed noncontingent pudding. Results showed that choice and assent were directly related to the availability of alternatives for critical reinforcers and were affected by an aversive teaching environment. This suggests that to understand choice and assent, it is essential to analyze both the alternatives available and the potential aversiveness of the teaching environment. Implications will be discussed in the context of the Enhanced Choice Model and degrees of freedom.
 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Promoting and Enhancing Safety While Providing Services to Individuals With Unsafe Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
CE Instructor: Eli T. Newcomb, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Providing services to individuals who engage in self-injurious and aggressive behavior necessitates layered approaches to maintaining safety while function-based treatment is carried out. Approaches must account for the safety of clients, all staff involved in the provision of services, and caregivers at home. Furthermore, they must consider assessment, treatment, and discharge phases of care. Layered approaches must also include risk assessment, application of least-to-most intrusive methods to keep stakeholders safe, and data-based methods for selecting and implementing protective measures. This symposium will illustrate multiple interconnected approaches to promoting and enhancing safety while providing services to individuals presenting with dangerous behavior. It will include a scoping review of protections used while conducting functional analyses of self-injurious behavior, a description of a novel organizational safety assessment, an overview of a data-based procedure for managing aggressive behavior towards staff, and an examination of home-environmental modifications for caregivers during the discharge process. The discussant will identify common themes and offer recommendations about how to integrate multiple safety-focused approaches into a cohesive, organization-wide effort.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): dangerous behavior, employee injuries, protective procedures, safety
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium is BCBAs and BCBA-Ds with experience assessing and treating problem behavior and overseeing staff who provide services to individuals with problem behavior that be pose harm to themselves or others. Attendees should possess an understanding of functional assessment and treatment, behavior-based safety, and distinguish between treatment vs. safety protocols.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify various, contextually relevant protective measures that may be considered for application during a functional analysis of self-injurious behavior.
2. Describe a foundational methodology for analyzing injuries related to the provision of services; and map out future steps to mitigate injuries through data-based decision-making.
3. Arrange conditions to examine efficacy of protective procedures designed to promote safety in service provision.
4. Describe the core elements involved with assessing client and caregiver safety in the home setting.
 
Protective Procedures in Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior: An Updated Scoping Review
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erik Bustamante (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Despite the efficacy of functional analyses in identifying the function of challenging behavior, clinicians report not always using them, partly due to safety concerns. Understanding how researchers employ safeguards to mitigate risks, particularly with dangerous topographies like self-injurious behavior (SIB), is important to guide research and practice. However, results of a scoping review of functional analyses of SIB conducted by Weeden et al. (2010) revealed that only 19.83% of publications included protections. We extended the work of Weeden et al. to determine whether reporting has improved. We observed increases in all but two types of protections reviewed by Weeden et al. Additionally, we included new protections not reported by Weeden et al. In total, 69.52% of the studies included at least one protective procedure and 44.39% specified the protections were used for safety. It appears that reporting has increased since Weeden et al. called for improved descriptions of participant protections.
 
Safety Assessment in a Human Service Organization
KELCIE MCCAFFERTY (University of Florida), Jessica Nastasi (McREL International), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Williams Adolfo Espericueta Luna (University of Florida)
Abstract: In recent years and post-COVID, injuries to human service staff are on an increasing trend (United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2020; United States Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2021). Behavior analysis direct service providers spend a majority of their time working closely with clients. Tasks that human service providers engage in are associated with an increased risk of injury (Thompson, 1998). The present study analyzed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) reportable injuries that were occurring with direct service staff in an Applied Behavior Analysis organization. Existing OSHA-reportable incidents were analyzed and coded by type of injury, the body part injured, and number of resulting absences. A codebook was developed to analyze data by injury type, student involvement, occurrence of challenging behavior, and restraint use. Results indicated that the most common injuries were to the face, head, and neck. Notably, injuries were found to be most likely to occur when clients engaged in challenging behavior. Recommendations were provided to improve the reporting process and decrease injuries.
 
“Aggression – Versatile Response Training” and Managing Unsafe Behavior in Human Service Settings
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), Matthew R Osborne (The Faison Center), Karen Salazar (The Faison Center), Kimberley Roberts (The Faison Center)
Abstract: One noteworthy challenge that arises in the provision of behavior analysis services to individuals presenting with dangerous aggression is that staff directly involved in rendering those services are at risk for injury. Although there are a number of commercially available crisis training programs, there is very little empirical research on behavior management procedures and techniques for staff to use when confronted with aggression that cannot successfully be deescalated or evaded. Further complicating the issue is that a segment of this service recipient demographic requires staff to be in close proximity due to needs surrounding daily living skills and other problem behavior such as elopement or wandering. This produces greater risk in that when aggression occurs, staff may be within arm’s length. This presentation will provide further rationale for empirical research in this area, overview a brief procedure referred to as “aggression – versatile response training,” share related data from between and within-subjects research, and provide a demonstration and practical recommendations for practitioners serving individuals with dangerous aggressive behavior.
 

Improving Safety for Children and Their Caregivers: Examining Home Environmental Modifications

SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Dorian Lanni (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aila K. Dommestrup (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Brittney Nicole Workman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Amigo Care ABA), Trey Ximenez (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities have an increased risk of developing challenging behaviors such as self-injury and aggression (Mazurek et al., 2013). Some forms of challenging behavior (e.g., elopement) can be so dangerous that it can lead to injury or even death (Anderson et al., 2012). Caregivers may also have an increased likelihood for injury; however, there is little research on safety concerns of families in the home setting (Sahin & Colak, 2023). On an individual level, identifying and ameliorating risk factors in the home environment can ensure children remain in the least restrictive setting and safely under parental care. Collectively, these data can identify frequently encountered safety concerns which can be used to inform advocacy efforts. This study aimed to assess the home safety needs of families following their child’s discharge from an intensive behavioral program. Data were collected on environmental modifications, use of personal protective equipment, and costs associated with recommendations. In an effort to help providers identify the needs of their clients, pertinent patient demographic information (i.e., topographies and function of challenging behaviors, age and size) will also be shared. Implications will be discussed for funding sources and state regulators.

 
 
Symposium #217
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Effects of Reinforcer Dimensions on Resurgence
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 151 AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida)
Discussant: Michael Kranak (Oakland University)
CE Instructor: Michael Kranak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Resurgence is the re-emergence of a previously extinguished behavior when reinforcement conditions for an alternative response worsen. This phenomenon highlights factors influencing dynamic behavior change and behavioral flexibility, playing a role in adaptive patterns like foraging and problem-solving, along with contributing to relapse in clinical interventions. In this symposium, presenters explore the effects of various reinforcer dimensions contributing to resurgence. The first presentation investigates whether delays to reinforcement alone are sufficient to produce resurgence with rats, clarifying previous findings that did not directly control for decreases in reinforcer rate with increasing delays. The second presentation examines the impact of increases in alternative reinforcer delay or decreases in alternative reinforcer rate on resurgence, providing insights into the effects of reinforcer thinning and informing practical applications. The third presentation evaluates the influence of delivering two qualitatively distinct reinforcers simultaneously versus delivering a single reinforcer on resurgence, discussing implications of the findings for future translational and applied research. The final presentation addresses how physical effort associated with accessing alternative reinforcement affects resurgence in a preclinical arrangement with humans. Collectively, these studies offer important theoretical and practical implications for the development of more robust behavioral interventions aimed at mitigating relapse or promoting behavioral flexibility.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Reinforcer dimensions, Relapse, Resurgence
Target Audience:

This symposium is most suited for individuals who are currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. (1) describe how downshifts in alternative reinforcer magnitude contribute to resurgence
2. (2) describe how increases in delay to alternative reinforcement influence resurgence
3. (3) describe how increased physical effort associated with accessing alternative reinforcement affects resurgence
 
Isolating the Effect of Delay on Resurgence: A Replication of Jarmolowicz & Lattal
(Basic Research)
JULIAN CAMILO VELASQUEZ (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Everardo Enrique Durán (Universidad de Guadalajara), Ana Sofia Flores (Universidad de Guadalajara), Eduardo Meza (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos de Anda (Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Resurgence of a previously extinguished response is said to occur when alternative conditions are worsened. Jarmolowicz and Lattal (2014) showed that delayed alternative reinforcement could serve as a worsening condition to produce resurgence, but it is unclear if the recurrence obtained was solely an effect of delay or both increase of delay and decrease of reinforcement rate. The aim of this study was to explore resurgence under delayed reinforcement without affecting the reinforcement rate. The Replication group experienced worsening with increasing delays (FT-Xs) across sessions added to the unchanged schedule of alternative reinforcement (IV-30s). The Only Delay group experienced both increasing delays and adjustments to frequency of alternative reinforcement (IV-Xs + FT-Xs) across sessions to equally maintain the reinforcement rate across sessions. Resurgence was observed in both groups. The present findings suggest that delay of reinforcement is a sufficient condition for developing resurgence, clarifying previous findings that did not directly control the decrease in rate of reinforcement yielded with increasing delays.
 
A Comparison of Resurgence Following Shifts in Alternative Reinforcer Magnitude and Delay in Rats
(Basic Research)
RUSTY NALL (Jacksonville State University), Allison Collins (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is relapse induced by a worsening of reinforcement for alternative behaviors and represents a pervasive problem for otherwise-effective behavioral treatments to reduce undesirable behavior. Resurgence can occur when reinforcement for alternative behaviors are removed entirely following treatment or when reinforcement is reduced (e.g., reinforcer thinning). According to current theories of resurgence, any reduction in alternative reinforcement value should precipitate resurgence. Resurgence effects following some reductions to alternative reinforcement are well-studied (i.e., rate, magnitude). However, resurgence following delays to alternative reinforcement is relatively understudied. Thus, we compared resurgence induced by four-fold decreases in alternative reinforcement via decreased alternative reinforcer rate or increases in delays to alternative reinforcement. Rats first received reinforcement for pressing a target lever. Then, target behavior was extinguished while alternative lever pressing was reinforced according to a VI 15 s schedule and pellets were delivered after a 0.5 s delay. Across groups, alternative reinforcement was then reduced by decreasing rate (i.e. VI 60 s; Rate group), increasing delay (2 s; Delay group), or extinction (Extinction group). Finally, alternative reinforcement was removed entirely. Results and implications for reinforcer thinning in practice and theories of resurgence will be discussed.
 
Downshifts in Synthesized Alternative Reinforcement and Resurgence
(Basic Research)
SEAN SMITH (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Courtney Mauzy (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Jacqueline D DeBartelo (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Thanh Nguyen (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Leondra Tyler (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Pediatrics and the Golisano Center for Special Needs), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Synthesized reinforcement (i.e., delivering two qualitatively different reinforcers simultaneously) for alternative responses during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior suppresses target behavior more rapidly than isolated reinforcement (i.e., delivering a single reinforcer); however, suspending synthesized alternative reinforcement produces more resurgence than suspending isolated reinforcement. Downshifts in alternative reinforcement also produce resurgence, so we evaluated the effects of downshifts in synthesized alternative reinforcement across three groups of rats. Rats in the synthesized group experienced synthesized reinforcement (food and sucrose) for alternative responses in Phase 2 and a downshift in alternative reinforcement (i.e., food or sucrose was removed) in Phase 3. Rats in the isolated group experienced isolated alternative reinforcement (food or sucrose) for alternative responses in Phase 2 and extinction in Phase 3, which represents a downshift in reinforcement magnitude that is equivalent to the downshift for the synthesized group. A third group was a control for the synthesized group: rats received synthesized reinforcement throughout Phases 2 and 3. We will discuss the results of planned comparisons between these three groups in terms of their implications for future translational and applied research.
 
A Parametric Examination of Alternative-Response Distance to Evaluate the Influence of Effort on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Shane Downs (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Abstract: Resurgence is the re-emergence of a target response (R1) that was previously reinforced and later eliminated through extinction. R1 resurges when subsequently exposing a more recently reinforced alternative response (R2) to worsening conditions, such as extinction or decreases in the rate or magnitude of reinforcement. Previous research revealed that operant behavior generally is inversely related to the effort required to engage in a particular behavior. Response effort refers to the distance, force, or amount of work required to access reinforcement. Thus, we systematically examined the role of response effort on resurgence by parametrically manipulating the distance between R1 and R2 under laboratory conditions with human participants. Experimental results suggest arranging the greatest R1-R2 distance (Far) showed the highest R2 response rates. Furthermore, resurgence occurred across all experimental groups, with the greatest resurgence for the Far group, and less resurgence observed for groups that arranged shorter (Adjacent) and no (Same) R1-R2 distances. The results of this study support that greater effort required to engage in competing behavior increases resurgence of R1 and provide important theoretical contributions to resurgence.
 
 
Symposium #220
CE Offered: BACB
Programming for Learning Across Restricted-and Free-Operant Arrangements: What We’ve Learned in Basic, Translational, Applied, and Professional Service Explorations
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong )
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract: Researchers in the field of behavior analysis and precision teaching have long had discussions about the difference between free-operant and discrete-trial performance. Many of these discussions have centered around criticisms of both types of approaches for establishing new behaviors in both human and non-human organisms. Limited research exists comparing what differences exist, if any, between teaching new behaviors under restricted conditions (e.g., discrete trial) and freer conditions (e.g., frequency building). The first talk will discuss a series of basic experimental studies using non-human models (rattus) to isolate a series of variables in understanding the benefits of acquiring novel discriminations under both free- and restricted-operant paradigms. The second presentation will extend what we learned in the lab to a translational paradigm comparing both conditioning procedures to teach numerals in non-native languages. The third presentation will then demonstrate how findings from basic and translational arrangements to inform an applied behavior analytic approach to teaching correct Spanish pronunciation to non-native Spanish speakers. Lastly, the fourth presentation will describe how behavior analysts can use these data to program for learning in professional practice. We will then discuss how we can use the findings of these evaluations across the four arrangements to inform the professional practice of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Discrete Trial, EAB, Free Operant, Restricted Operant
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysts of all kinds. We will show the full range of basic, translational, applied, and the professional practice of behavior analysis, all investigating the same research question.
Learning Objectives: 1. State and give examples of restricted operant arrangements
2. State and give examples of free operant arrangements
3. Discriminate which of their current programs represent restricted or free operant approahces
 

The Effects of Free-Operant and Restricted-Operant Procedures on the Acquisition, Maintenance, and Stability of Novel Discriminations in Rats

SODEEQ ADESANYA (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University), Madisen Duke (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Kaitlyn Wyllie (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Leah Yakabovits (Georgia Southern University), Amanda S Bradley (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Laura Micán (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract:

Two common teaching paradigms exist in which one can measure and assess the acquisition and maintenance of learning: Free-operant and restricted-operant (sometimes referred to as discrete trial) procedures. In a free-operant paradigm, the organism freely makes a response at any given time with no restrictions imposed upon them (Hachiya & Masato, 1991). In a restricted-operant paradigm, the organism has restrictions placed upon them and they cannot respond freely; the organism must wait for an external stimulus before they can respond (Hachiya & Masato, 1991). We investigated whether one specific teaching paradigm will lead to better stability (i.e., persistence in the face of distractions), maintenance (i.e., same levels of performance after a period of no practice), and performance of discrimination tasks (i.e., acquisition of the new response). We conducted a preliminary study to identify the specific methodologies researcher should use to identify the effects of the two teaching paradigms while controlling three distinct variables: (1) Time in the teaching environment, (2) The number of responses emitted in both conditions, and (3) the number of reinforcers delivered in each condition.

 
Comparing Acquisition and Fluency Outcomes Under Restricted and Free Operant Teaching Methods: A Systematic Replication
AMANDA S BRADLEY (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching (DTT), a restricted-operant teaching arrangement, and frequency-building instruction (FBI), a free-operant teaching arrangement, represent two instructional strategies derived from operant conditioning. Researchers and practicing behavior analysts have used both to establish and firm up novel stimulus-behavior relations. Despite the effectiveness of both procedures, few studies have compared the two techniques and assessed the effects on the emergence of fluent responding. The current study extends the research to typically developing college students to directly compare DTT and FBI. We taught participants the numerals 0-10 in unknown foreign languages (i.e., Mandarin, Arabic, and Hindi) using both procedures. Under both conditions, we held constant the number of practice trials and frequency of reinforcement. We replicated Bulla et al. (2024) by also controlled the size of the instructional material, and tested for maintenance of performance. We discuss the results of the study in the context of planning for learning across three stages of learning.
 

Integration of Video Modeling and TAGteach With Precision Teaching to Improve Articulation in Non-native Spanish Speakers

LAURA MICÁN (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Encarnación Cruz Jiménez (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract:

A learner’s native language impacts the acquisition of a second language (Moreno-Duron, 2019; Broad, 2020). Learners’ habits in their first language hinder the development of habits to learn a second language (Broad, 2020). The current study used the principles of instructional design and behavior analysis to help improve the articulation of specific sounds in Spanish to non-native Spanish speakers. Using a multiple baseline design, we evaluated a sequence of instructional strategies on the application to novel Spanish words. In the first phase, individuals discriminated between video examples and non-examples of correctly pronounced Spanish words in a restricted-operant (RO) paradigm. In phase two, the learners watched a video model of the correct presentation, and attempted to copy the model. We used TAGteach to reinforce correct pronunciation in an RO paradigm. In phase three, learners then built frequencies on non-sense Spanish words that contained the target sounds in a free-operant arrangement. We collected data on the number of correctly pronounced non-sense Spanish words, as well as measured the application of the trained skills to novel words in third-grade-level stories using the Spanish version of the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS).

 
Freeing the Operant in Large Scale Education Settings: Morningside’s Three Phases of Teaching and Learning
ANDREW ROBERT KIETA (Morningside Academy; The Wing Institute), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: The concept of a restricted to free operant paradigm underlies the design of the three phases of teaching and learning in the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction: Initial instruction, practice to fluency with celeration using Precision Teaching, and application/simple generative responding to real-world environments. In each of these three phases, instructional designers and teachers systematically design learning materials and contexts such that they shift from restricted to free operant. Initial instruction is necessarily restricted, as students only respond to the external stimuli presented by the teacher. Teachers fade out the frequency of those external stimuli until students respond in a less restricted fashion as they near accuracy. Then, free operant thinking is applied to the design of Precision Teaching materials, as students are given the opportunity to respond as frequently as they can to achieve outcomes associated with fluency. Finally, new restrictions are established as students are taught how, when, and why to apply fluent behaviors to real-world contexts, with those restrictions faded out in favor of more free operant arrangements, permitting students to apply fluent behavior wherever it is possible and likely to be followed by reinforcement.
 
 
Paper Session #221
CE Offered: PSY/NASP
We're Talking About Practice. Practice: A Meta-Analysis of Timed Math Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
10:30 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Corey Peltier, Ph.D.VCS Certified Instructor
 
We're Talking About Practice. Practice: A Meta-Analysis of Timed Math Practice
Domain: Applied Research
COREY PELTIER (University of Oklahoma), Art Dowdy (Temple University)
 
Abstract: Educators consider many variables when designing math practice. This meta-analysis investigated one variable under educators’ control, timing. To be included, studies (a) included students in pre-k through 12th grade, (b) implemented an intervention focused on timed math practice, (c) occurred in a school-based setting, (d) measured student math performance, and (e) used a group or single-case design. Experimental designs were evaluated using the What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards. Multi-level, multivariate meta-analytic models were used. The mean effect for group designs isolating timed practice was .71 (95% confidence interval = .35, 1.07) and for single-case designs was .90 (95% confidence interval = .37, 1.42). Moderator analyses indicated effects varied based on which motivational components were paired with timed practice, the amount of practice time per day, and the frequency of sessions per week. Limitations of this review include a narrow focus on specific formats of math practice and evaluating generalization. methodological limitations identified through the WWC evaluation, and limited evaluation of student perceptions of intervention components or affective changes because of the experiment (i.e., social validity). The systematic search protocol was pre-registered.
 
Target Audience:

Professionals (e.g., teachers, clinicians) that provide academic interventions to school-aged children or oversee the implementation of academic interventions within systems (e.g., schools, clinics).

 
 
Paper Session #223
CE Offered: BACB
Humor Through a Behavior Analytic Lens
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:20 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: VBC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
 

Humor Through a Behavior Analytic Lens

Domain: Theory
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno)
 
Abstract:

Humor has been shown to have a wide range of benefits for mental health, physical health, and social interactions. Those who make jokes or laugh at others’ jokes are viewed as more confident people, more intelligent colleagues and peers, and more effective leaders. In addition to the benefits correlated with humor, much of the existing literature from across the field of Psychology has focused on the categorization or developmental trajectory of humor. Very little research has focused on the learning history necessary to engage in this repertoire or the effectiveness of teaching procedures to increase humor comprehension and joke-telling. Behavior Analysis seems particularly well suited to this task, and there are a few key conceptual accounts in the literature that provide a solid ground for this work. In addition, a handful of studies have now investigated various aspects of humor from a behavioral perspective. We will review this work and make the case for more behavior-analytic work across several conceptual and applied areas of humor comprehension, humor appreciation, and joke-telling.

 
Target Audience:

Graduate students, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #224
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Diversity submission Eco-social determinants of health: Considerations and recommendations for behavior analysts/scientists
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: DEI/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Paula Danquah-Brobby, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science)
Abstract:

In the United States, health disparities persist across race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender identity, disability, socio-economic status, etc. (CDC, 2020). Black, Indigenous, and Other People of Color (BIPOC), LGBTQIA2S+ individuals, those living in rural areas, and people with disAbilities experience much greater health inequities than their white, heterosexual, cisgender, and non-disAbled, counterparts. People from historically minoritized and marginalized (HMM) groups are often excluded from accessing conditions, factors, and resources associated with positive health outcomes (University of Wisconsin, 2023). Research has shown that health outcomes are influenced by several eco-social determinants of health (eSDoH), which are the conditions in which people are born, live, learn, work, play, worship, and age that affect a wide range of health behavior and quality-of-life outcomes (Johnson et al., 2022). Moreover, eSDoH are fundamental social and structural factors that impact our wellness, well-being, and longevity. When one or more of these conditions pose challenges, it greatly increases the likelihood that they will becoming risk factors for poor health outcomes (Hold-Lundstad, 2022). Discriminatory and othering behaviors often play a role in poor health outcomes. Accordingly, eSDoH can have a significant, negative effect on client care, education and training, the diversity of the health care workforce, inequitable distribution of research funding, and career advancement (New England Journal of Medicine, 2022). This presentation will center the impact of eSDOH on HMM populations, highlight eSDoH considerations for behavior analysts, and provide recommendations for mitigating harmful contingencies that occur on the individual and cultural levels of selection (Danquah-Brobby, 2023; Skinner, 1981).

Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. Define eco-social determinants of health (eSDoH) and its impact on behavior analytic consumers.
2. Explain why eSDoH should be considered when providing behavior analytic services (e.g., clinical practice, higher education, research, organizational culture).
3. Describe concrete eSDoH considerations and recommendations for mitigating bias and discriminatory practices across behavior analytic services.
 
PAULA DANQUAH-BROBBY (George Mason University, College of Science)

Paula Danquah-Brobby (she/they), PhD, BCBA, LBA, IBA is the Associate Dean of Access, Belonging, and Community Engagement for the College of Science at George Mason University. They have dedicated their career to social justice and advocating for historically minoritized and marginalized populations, both in the US and internationally. As a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA), licensed behavior analyst in the state of Maryland, Culturo-Behavioral Scientist, and International Psychologist, Dr. Danquah-Brobby has worked with children and adults diagnosed with [neuro]developmental delays (in various environmental  and cultural contexts) for over 20 years, including 13 years providing sustainable and capacity building consultative services to families, professionals, and organizations in low- and middle-income countries (LAMICs).

Prior to joining Mason’s College of Science, she was the department chair of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at a minority serving institution (MSI). In this role, she created and embedded access, justice, equity, diversity, & inclusion (AJEDI) strategic planning initiatives throughout departmental policies, procedures, and systems; this included cultivating culturally responsive teaching/pedagogic approaches and practicum training for ABA students.

Their areas of interest include (but not limited to): ABA capacity-building and sustainability in LAMICs, international psychology, culturo-behavioral science (CBS), access, justice, equity, diversity, & inclusion, othering behaviors (e.g., racism, homophobia, misogynoir), intersectionality, eco-social determinants of physical and mental health, verbal behavior, naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI), social validity, cultural competence (comprising cultural awareness, sensitivity, humility, & responsiveness), and mixed methodology research designs. Dr. Danquah-Brobby has given numerous presentations, interviews, and educational workshops throughout her career, and is the author of the chapter Spiritual Activism, in the book Women in Behavior Science: Observations on Life Inside and Outside the Academy. Moreover, she is an Advisor for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies; serves on the editorial board for Behavior and Social Issues (BSI); a member of the National Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Education (NADOHE) and the Virginia Association of Diversity Officers in Higher Education (VADOHE); and participated on the Council of Autism Service Providers (CASP) Accreditation DEI workgroup.

 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Enhancing Autism Interventions: Expanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Interventions From Research to Community-Based Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute)
CE Instructor: Lindsey Sneed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Community-based interventions grounded in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are common, particularly for children and youth with intellectual and developmental disabilities (I/DD). Many ABA-based interventions are implemented in a tiered model whereby a paraprofessional implements the treatment plan developed by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst or behavioral psychologist. However, this intervention model does not work for every family and is not appropriate for every person. The purpose of this panel is to explore three different behavior analytic intervention models that have been successfully implemented in a community-based setting in the absence of a paraprofessional – RUBI, Caregiver-led ABA, and Compass-Behavioral. Each intervention has a different focus of care, allowing individuals and families to choose an evidence-based treatment that fits their primary reasons for referral (e.g., disruptive behavior, dangerous behavior, communication, adaptive skills, executive functioning) and their personal or family values. This panel will explore each intervention’s implementation model, the primary focus of the intervention, associated clinical training, and outcomes from community-based implementation across ~800 children and youth with I/DD from geographically diverse locations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): access, autism, community-based, sustainability
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel is BCBAs, BCBAs in training, and other clinicians who work with the I/DD population. The prerequisites for this talk include basic behavior analytic knowledge as well as a basic understanding of the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder, intellectual disability, and other commonly occurring developmental disabilities such as Down syndrome.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe three different models of interventions based in applied behavior analysis.
2. list three benefits to different ABA models which support the sustainability andaccess to evidence-based care.
3. compare and contrast different models of ABA and how these can be applied to different groups based on their reason for referral.
 

Bridging Implementation of the Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Parent Training Program From Research to Practice

KAREN BEARSS (Catalight)
Abstract:

There is a pressing need to close the chasm between intervention efficacy under ideal conditions and community-based effectiveness. The Research Unit on Behavioral Interventions (RUBI) Autism Network developed an 11-session behavior analytic parent-mediated intervention for autistic youth with co-occurring challenging behaviors. As demonstrated by 20+ efficacy trials, RUBI is acceptable to parents and effective in reducing challenging behavior. The current study evaluates RUBI feasibility and effectiveness in clinical practice with caregivers of autistic youth. Analyses included caregivers of 203 autistic children (2-13 years) with challenging behaviors who received >1 RUBI session at the Seattle Children’s Autism Center (SCAC) or Marcus Autism Center (MAC). Data were collected through medical record review. Results from the RUBI clinical trial [RUBI-CT] were used as benchmarks. SCAC/MAC served older [7.2 (±2.2)], more diverse youth compared to RUBI-CT [IQ <70 in 26% RUBI-CT youth vs. 39% at SCAC/MAC; 73% White in RUBI-CT vs. 66% at SCAC/MAC]. Clinical outcomes were comparable [RUBI-CT attrition = 11% vs. 19% at SCAC/MAC; 47.7% reduction in challenging behaviors in RUBI-CT vs. 45.1% at SCAC/MAC; 69% positive response in RUBI-CT vs. 63.6% at SCAC/MAC]. Community-delivered RUBI is acceptable to parents and effective in reducing challenging behaviors, with findings comparable to efficacy trials.

 

Implementing Parent-Mediated Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Community-Based Setting: A Comparison in Effectiveness to Tiered ABA

JENNI IKOLA (Easterseals Northern California; Catalight Research Institute), Kalina Hatzell (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California)
Abstract:

Parent-Mediated applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an evidence-based intervention that focuses on building parenting skills to effectively implement behavioral procedures with their child to teach new skills as well as manage difficult behavior. Parent-Mediated ABA has been shown to produce positive outcomes for autistic children (Anan et al., 2008; Shiri et al., 2020; Sneed et al., 2023) as well as their parents (Simcoe et al., 2024; Sneed & Samelson, 2022). We sought to compare community-based parent-mediated ABA with a comparable tiered, paraprofessional-mediated intervention. We analyzed retrospective clinical data of autistic children in either paraprofessional-mediated (n = 197) or parent-mediated (n = 198) ABA to determine the effect of treatment on adaptive behavior (as measured by the Vineland-3) and goal attainment (as measured by the Goal Attainment Scale; GAS) across three time points spanning 18 months. A two-way mixed ANOVA indicated no significant difference in the adaptive behavior composite nor the socialization, communication, and daily living skills subscales, either between groups or over time. A separate two-way mixed ANOVA showed significant differences in goal attainment between treatment conditions, across time, and with a significant interaction. Overall, the parent-mediated group had significantly higher goal attainment than the paraprofessional-mediated group, although all groups improved significantly over time. The interaction effect indicated that the parent-mediated group improved more and more quickly than the paraprofessional-mediated group. These results suggest that parent-mediated ABA may be an acceptable alternative to paraprofessional-mediated interventions.

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Compass-Behavioral: A Coaching Program for Autistic Youth and Adults

Doreen Samelson (Catalight Foundation), BEN PFINGSTON (Catalight), Lindsey Sneed (Catalight Research Institute), Brianna Fitchett (Catalight), Jenni Ikola (Easterseals Northern California)
Abstract:

Challenges with executive functioning (EF) is a barrier to wellbeing for autistic youth and young adults (Wong et al., 2022). EF skills are mental skills, including manipulation of ideas, planning, preceptive taking, and flexibility (Diamond, 2013). Wellbeing is the measure of overall happiness, satisfaction, and positive outlook on life and is closely related to self-determination (White et al., 2018). Compass-Behavioral is a non-tiered behavioral “coaching” intervention utilizing applied behavior analysis (ABA) to teach EF skills to autistic youth and adults with the goal of improving wellbeing. Autistic individuals work directly with their Compass-Behavioral coach, a BCBA, to set goals around EF skills that are important to their wellbeing. The coach and client meet weekly to review data, goals, and practice EF skills. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of Compass-Behavioral at improving EF skills and wellbeing in a community-based setting. A group of 376 autistic youth and young adults underwent the Compass-Behavioral intervention, producing significant improvement in self-reported EF skills, sleep behaviors, and overall wellbeing (ps < .05). Compass-Behavioral is an effective ABA delivery model for autistic youth and young adults seeking to improve EF and wellbeing and may be a suitable alternative to tiered ABA approaches.

 
 
Paper Session #226
Modelling Behavioral Complexity for Clinical Impact
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty L
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Richard E Laitinen (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc)
 

Modelling Behavioral Complexity for Clinical Impact

Domain: Theory
RICHARD E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc)
 
Abstract:

Complexity Theory provides ABA practitioners with a model for organizing and programming the myriad of listener, speaker, observer, problem solver and participator repertoires that must be acquired and generatively performed by competent learners. This paper will provide a brief introduction to the how Complexity Theory can aid practitioners in systematically implementing a component/composite program for the remediation of presenting learning challenges and deficits. From elemental "behavioral atoms" (Skinner, 1957, Pg. 10) to the emergence of complex "behavioral cusps" the logic of Complexity Theory will be explored as an organizational multi-scale model of repertoire development that is both flexible and comprehensive. Complexity Theory provides both a language and organizational model applicable to behavior analytic programming. It also integrates behavioral phenonmenon from behavioral "atoms" to latent behavioral repertoires (Palmer, 2009) and Cusps (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997), and suggests how fluency fosters the development of both behavioral complexity and adaptability. Key terms include component, composite, emergent, scale of observation and study, causal closure, and mixed scale effects.

 
 
 
Paper Session #228
Enhancing Collaboration and Contextual Fit: Strategies for Sustainable Interventions and Professional Growth
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Daisy Monterroso (Monterroso Integrative Services, Inc.)
 

Contextual Fit in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice: Addressing Family Variables Through Collaboration to Reduce Challenging Behaviors

Domain: Service Delivery
STEFAN ANDREW HORBANCZUK (University of Washington)
 
Abstract:

Contextual fit has been utilized in home and school settings to make interventions viable and sustainable for those implementing them within diverse settings. A sizable portion of ABA practice typically involves providing services within home settings and supporting caregivers with child challenging behavior. However, whether these supports and interventions are socially valid is often not measured or assessed. Moreover, the process by which behavior analysts can achieve socially valid goals, interventions and outcomes remains murky. Recent research has pointed towards collaboration tools being an effective mechanism to produce socially valid interventions, but has not explored the utility of contextual fit to achieve similar ends. This study examined that utility of contextual fit and aimed to determine if the use of a contextual fit tool would achieve socially valid goals, interventions and outcomes compared to a prescriptive intervention for caregivers implementing interventions for challenging behaviors in their home routines. Results demonstrate that caregivers implemented strategies more frequently and with a greater percentage in the contextualized phase, and that the mean challenging behavior decreased between baseline and intervention conditions. These results are analyzed and the future practical use of the contextual fit tool is explored

 

Becoming the Collaborative Professional: Learning the Skills Needed to Work Together With Parents & Other Professional in Our Clients Lives

Domain: Service Delivery
DAISY MONTERROSO (MIS Therapt)
 
Abstract:

In the world of professional practice, collaboration is crucial but often overlooked. Many professionals struggle with handling conflicts, aligning goals, and working together effectively. This paper draws on a literature review to provide a proactive guide to understanding what makes an effective collaborative professional and why it’s essential to develop these skills. We explore three critical steps for becoming a collaborative professional: first, boosting your self-awareness to better understand your strengths and areas for growth; second, forging strong, meaningful connections with colleagues to foster trust and open communication; and finally, blending your ideas with others to find common ground and work towards shared goals. This approach not only enhances team dynamics but also promotes innovation and better decision-making. In summary, this paper advocates for a significant shift toward collaborative professionalism, encouraging the creation of a culture where collaboration thrives. This shift not only improves how we work but also significantly boosts outcomes for clients and organizations.

 
 
 
Panel #229
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission You Woke Up, Now What?: Building a Momentum of Racial Discourse
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Natalie Parks, Ph.D.
Chair: Shawn Thomas Capell (Capell Behavioral Consulting )
FRANCESCA BARBIERI (Behavior Leader, Inc.; Saint Louis University)
RYAN SAIN (Mary Baldwin University)
NATALIE PARKS (Dr. Natalie Inc.)
Abstract:

One way to shift culture is to increase the number of people within that culture doing things differently (Glenn, 2003). One area of social justice work that people struggle with is talking openly about race in a way that matters. To change culture, the frequency of these conversations must increase. The conversations must contain specific content and strategies to ensure they effectively target the culture of oppression. As behavior analysts, we understand the contingencies necessary to establish the skill of talking about race and how to maintain it. A larger behavioral intervention framework that can be applied to any conversations regarding social justice will be discussed. Panelists will model a behavior analytic model for building behavioral momentum of racial discourse. They will answer questions about the behavioral contingencies used to begin and sustain meaningful dialogue regarding racial issues. Panelists will use their own friendships to illustrate how they shape and reinforce behavior related to open, honest and direct conversations about race.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Individuals who have completed at least their first year of coursework in behavior analysis; specifically those who have a strong understanding of the principles and concepts of ABA and how to use them to change behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how to use behavior analytic strategies to increase the frequency and quality of open conversations about race, contributing to cultural change.
2. Participants will describe how modeling, shaping, reinforcement and motivating operations can be used to initiate and sustain meaningful dialogues about racial issues.
3. Participants will identify specific behavioral contingencies that promote (or decrease) effective and ongoing discussions about race, enabling them to model and reinforce similar conversations in their own environments.
Keyword(s): DEI, racism, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior
 
 
Symposium #230
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission National and International Efforts Bringing Behavior Analysis Services to Adults and Youth in Carceral Environments
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 156
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
Discussant: Autumn Kaufman (Virginia Department of Juvenile Justice)
CE Instructor: Autumn Kaufman, M.S.
Abstract:

Applications of behavior analysis for individuals who have been incarcerated, and for correctional facility operations, is an underutilized, yet emerging area of service, both internationally and in the United States. However, behavior analysis informed programs and practices for these populations require important considerations and adaptations to be effective in these settings. The three presentations today will cover applications of behavior analysis informed interventions for incarcerated adult and youth populations within carceral facilities in Italy and the United States. Presenters represent multiple domains of service delivery from research, state government administration, and private practice. Systems level and individual interventions will be discussed including the introduction of Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports (PBIS) into adult and juvenile carceral facilities, as well as individual interventions, including academic support in the form of Precision Teaching. Presenters will share relevant data as well as discuss the barriers to implementing and sustaining quality services, and strategies for successfully navigating those barriers. This will include a discussion of relevant policy considerations and advocacy efforts necessary to bring behavior analysis informed solutions into these spaces.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Corrections, Juvenile Justice, PBIS, Precision Teaching
Target Audience:

Audience members should work with, or have an interest in working with, at-risk youth populations in adult correctional and juvenile justice systems. Alternatively, audience members should be familiar with principles of behavior analysis and have knowledge of the logistics of providing behavior analysis services for their service population in order to understand and appreciate the differences in how behavior analysis services for adult correctional and juvenile justice populations needs to be organized, funded, and the necessary training.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how behavior analytic strategies can be scaled to a national level within prison systems, and assess their potential impact on improvingprisoner rehabilitation, reducing recidivism, and enhancing the overall safety and quality of life for both inmates and staff.
2. Participants will be able to identify the key components of non-aversive behavioral interventions, such as Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) and self-monitoring in prison.
3. Participants will be able to identify barriers to providing Precision Teaching within a max risk juvenile residential facility
 
Diversity submission Applied Behavior Analysis to Enhance Prisoner Safety and Quality of Life in Italian Prisons
VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability)
Abstract: Recent Italian legal reforms prioritize rehabilitation over punishment, creating an opportunity to apply behavior analysis in correctional settings. This talk presents results from a pilot study in a maximum-security prison, where a Differential Reinforcement of Other behavior (DRO) intervention combined with self-monitoring was introduced to 16 male inmates. Using a multiple-baseline design across groups, the intervention significantly reduced aggression, self-injury, and property destruction (Milan & McKee, 1976; Gendreau et al., 2014). Inmates also reported improved quality of life and relationships (Wilder et al., 2023). Supported by an international grant from the SABA Foundation, the study is expanding to other prisons in Italy, aiming to reach hundreds of inmates and staff. Preliminary results from this larger-scale implementation suggest that non-aversive interventions are both feasible and effective. This approach could lead to a scalable model for the Italian correctional system, aligning with the country’s shift toward reducing punitive measures and improving life quality in prisons (McDonald & Hanson, 2024). The discussion will also address the intervention’s potential to lower recidivism and promote lasting behavioral changes, to expand its application to juvenile facilities (Bush et al., 2023).
 
Diversity submission 

Precision Teaching With Juvenile-Justice Involved Youth

CALEB DENEB HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior; The OBSI Project), Jason Guild (The OBSI Project)
Abstract:

Juvenile Justice System Involved Youth face a number of academic challenges that are typically not well addressed using a lecture based instructional approach. Youth who live in these carceral environments are often substantially behind in grade level compared to similarly aged youth who have not been incarcerated. To address these challenges Adapt and Transform Behavior (ATBx) recently partnered with a high/max-risk juvenile justice residential program provider with the primary goal to increase academic achievement for a group of max-risk male youth. Despite limited time with the students, extremely promising results were achieved using Precision Teaching. Students who received tutoring demonstrated a dose dependent improvement in both math and reading skills and grade levels compared to students who did not receive tutoring. Group data will be presented to show average effects, as well as individual student data on changes in learning rates and changes in time required to achieve skill fluency.

 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Educating Together: Common Language and Collaborative Practices to Close the Research-to-Practice Gap in Schools
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Lisa Tullo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium introduces an actionable method of collaboration between behavior analysts and other professionals within special education. The presenter will review high level practices for students with disabilities which were identified by the Council of Exceptional Children (CEC) and the Collaboration for Effective Educator Development, Accountability, and Reform (CEEDAR) to help close the research-to-practice gap in schools. The presenter will explicitly connect special education teacher training to standards in applied behavior analysis, establishing alignment and a common language between behavior analysts and teachers in early childhood through Grade 12.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, personnel preparation, school-based, special education
Target Audience: Knowledge of special education in public schools Experience with school based behavior analysis Knowledge of behavior analytic teaching procedures
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe and identify high leverage practices that are within the scope of practice of school-based behavior analysts
2. Identify ways school-based behavior analysts can collaborate with and support teachers in general and special education classrooms.
3. Describe and Identify similarities across early childhood special education preparation standards and the BACB test content items
4. Discuss how early childhood educators can partner with board certified behavior analysts to promote goals and outcomes within inclusive, everyday settings
5. Describe how misinformation and assumptions across disciplines have hindered successful collaboration.
6. Discuss how a shared focus on child- (and family-) meaningful outcomes in authentic settings supports collaboration.
7. Describe how to evaluate collaboration in practice and research.
 
Diversity submission 

High Leverage Practices for Students With Disabilities and Applied Behavior Analysis in Schools

LISA TULLO (George Mason University), Christan Coogle (GMU), Margaret Weiss (George Mason University), Benjamin Scot Riden (James Madison University), Clarissa Wade (George Mason University)
Abstract:

Only 5% of school-based BCBAs report addressing academic deficits according to a recent survey (Lyons, 2023), yet many evidence-based academic interventions in education have roots in behavior science. Despite the overlap between behavior analytic and typical educational academic interventions, a communication gap remains between behavior analysts and teachers. High leverage practices (HLPs) for students with disabilities, which were identified by the Council of Exceptional Children (CEC) and the Collaboration for Effective Educator Development, Accountability, and Reform (CEEDAR) to help close the research-to-practice gap, are effective practices for students in all settings (McLeskey et al., 2019). HLPs are at the forefront of teacher training in special education though school-based behavior analysts are unlikely to have learned about them in their university training. The authors propose a crosswalk that aligns the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) test content items to HLPs for students with disabilities to increase collaboration between behavior analysts and special education teachers, address the research-to-practice gap in special education, and bridge behavior analysis and special education. Of the 22 HLPs for students with disabilities, the authors propose that 18 are highly aligned, one is partially aligned, and three are connected to the BACB test content items.

 
 
Symposium #235
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Behavior Analytic Procedures to Promote Organizational and Community Safety
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Nicholas Matey (ABA Technologies)
CE Instructor: Jonathan K Fernand, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium highlights innovative applications of behavior-based safety procedures in both organizational and community-based settings. The first study explored the application of a task clarification procedure to improve fire-safety skills of employees working in a health and human service setting. This study also implemented enhancements to onboarding and training protocols for new employees to ensure efficacy in organizational level improvements to safe practices within work culture. The second study investigated the effective and efficient use of antecedent interventions to reduce driver speeding in a community setting. In addition, these procedures were effective in increasing pedestrian safety and ensuring safe community practices. Together, these presentations will showcase effective, low-effort strategies for fostering and maintaining safe behavior across diverse environments. In addition, these studies highlight the importance of ethical consideratations related to safety-based research and applications to solving dangerous behavior and environments. Discussion will focus on practical solutions in applied settings that require minimal resources yet yield lasting safety improvements.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): community-based procedures, OBM, safety
Target Audience:

All individuals interested in promoting safety are welcome.

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss pitfalls of common procedures to teach emergency safety skills
2. List low resource interventions to improve safety
3. Discuss considerations in assessing and intervening upon dangerous behavior
 

Evaluation of Task Clarification in Improving Fire Safety in an Organizational Setting

JONATHAN FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology), Alexandra Ewald (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center), Kira Flynn (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Previous research on safety has evaluated the efficacy of a variety of training procedures to teach adults or staff members on steps to take to exit a building safely in the event of a fire. Many organizations train their employees via computer-based instruction (CBI), in which computer technology is used to deliver training to users. However, CBI trainings may not have the greatest utility when organizations need to train a specific set of skills, as many CBI safety trainings provide more general information. In Experiment 1, the researchers evaluated the effectiveness of different training methods to teach fire evacuation skills to participants; computer-based instruction, task analysis and instruction, and feedback. The researchers found that computer-based instruction was not effective in teaching the specific steps that should be taken to exit a building safely in the event of a fire. For majority of the participants, instructions plus a written task analysis to follow?was effective in training the appropriate steps to take to exit a building in a contrived fire scenario. In Experiments 2 and 3, the researchers utilized a group design to teach fire evacuation skills to existing staff (Experiment 2) and incoming staff (Experiment 3) at an early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) center using task clarification. The results of these experiments validated the results of Experiment 1, providing evidence that task clarification can be utilized in a group setting to train center-specific fire evacuation skills. Results from this study may provide organizations with a more effective training system for training employees to safely exit a building if a fire were to occur.??

 
Investigating the Effects of an Island and a Speed Sign Gateway to Decrease Driver Speeding
LOUAI SHOMALI (Western Michigan University), Karlie Hinkle (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There are thousands of motor vehicle crashes every year, and the yearly cost of crashes is estimated to be $430 billion dollars. Twenty-eight percent of fatal related crashes in 2020 involve at least one driver speeding. The application of a behavior analytic approach can be employed to reduce speeding, thereby decreasing crashes and increasing both driver and pedestrian safety. One way to reduce driver speeding behavior is the use of prompts. Van Houten and Van Houten and Van Houten et al. demonstrated the cost effectiveness approach of using prompts to decrease driver speeding at speed zones and at cross walks. This study employed an ABCDEB design to systematically investigate the effects of a gateway-like structure with speed signs to reduce driver speeding. The greatest decrease in speeding was when the 3 large signs with a splitter island. This low-cost intervention can be economically placed and requires minimum maintenance over time.
 
 
Panel #236
CE Offered: BACB
The Future of Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) Support: Exploring Artificial Intelligence (AI) Co-Pilots in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Rick M. Kubina, Ph.D.
Chair: Rick M. Kubina (Penn State)
KELLY KING (CentralReach)
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments)
RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis faces ongoing challenges with RBT retention and support, impacting both service quality and organizational sustainability. This panel brings together experts from clinical practice, technology development, and workforce research to examine the potential role of artificial intelligence in supporting newly hired RBTs. Panelists will discuss recent pilot studies of AI co-pilot implementations, methodological considerations for evaluating such technologies, ethical implications for the field, and practical challenges in implementation. The discussion will focus on key questions including: How might AI support systems impact RBT retention and job satisfaction? What are the benefits and limitations of current AI co-pilot technologies in behavioral healthcare? How can organizations effectively evaluate and implement these tools while maintaining high clinical standards? This panel aims to facilitate an evidence-based discussion of technology's evolving role in clinical support systems while examining important considerations for the future of the field. Audience participation will be encouraged to explore diverse perspectives on this emerging practice area.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

New and advanced behavior technicians (BTs and RBTs), behavior analysts (BCBAs and BCBA-Ds), and administrators (clinical directors)

Learning Objectives: 1. Compare and contrast at least three potential benefits and three limitations of using AI co-pilot systems for RBT support based on current implementation data
2. Identify five key ethical considerations when implementing AI technology in clinical supervision and RBT support
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of AI support systems using at least three measurable metrics related to staff retention and clinical outcomes
Keyword(s): Artificial intelligence, Clinical supervision, Technology integration, Workforce retention
 
 
Panel #237
CE Offered: BACB
SQAB Panel: The Contributions of A. C. Catania to Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center, Street Level, 154 AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University)
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
SUZANNE MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
MARK REILLY (Central Michigan University)
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University)
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington)
Abstract:

In this “Catania-Fest”, we gather to celebrate the many contributions of AC Catania—Charlie Catania. Charlie has been a major figure in our field ab ovo. His contributions range from empirical articles that have been cited over 1000 times; theoretical articles clarifying conceptual foundations; understanding the relation between instructional- and contingency-controlled behavior; demonstration of the preference of animals for free, as opposed to forced choice; and a championing of the seminal papers of BF Skinner. Charlie was an early editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and has published notable text books on learning from a behavioral perspective. In this first tutorial session, a number of senior behavior analysts will comment on how Catania’s publications has made a difference in their own work, and in the direction of the field. 

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All behavior analysists; some behaviorists; and most students of behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learn to admire fertile genius.
2. Why do so many colleagues admire the contributions of Catania? Name 2 you esteem, and why.
3. Some critics have called behavior analysis rigid and mechanistic. Challenge that evaluation by drawing on the work of Catania.
4. Catania has contributed to our profession by a) being a consummate experimentalist, b) a creative theoretician, c) a philosopher of behaviorism, and d) an able disseminator of our ideas—an early editor of JEAB, an editor alongside Skinner in the Brain and Behavioral Sciences presentation of Skinner’s critical papers, and the author of several successful textbooks of behavior analysis. Which of these is most important, in the sense that if you had one contribution to make, which of these would it be? Why?
 
 
Symposium #243
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Pathways to Proficiency: Designing and Measuring Innovative Staff Training Through All Stages of Professional Development
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence A-C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Lauren D'Amato (Bierman Autism Centers)
CE Instructor: Sarah Beth Costa, M.Ed.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) and Fluency Based Instruction (FBI) have been well documented into the behavior analytic literature to teach several different skills to a diverse population that includes caregivers, staff members, and more. This event will review the use of BST and FBI to teach skills necessary for new RBT candidates and onboarding BCBAs as well as methods to improve performance post onboarding. We will discuss the use of a variety of training tools to teach skills to both new and current employees, such as gamification in new behavior technician training, fluency based instruction in behavior technician ongoing training, and the use of ongoing training tools that target the specific skills needed for success in BCBA roles. In addition, we will review the implications of a streamlined training sequence and how that transfers to the application of those skills to one’s day to day activities with clients, ultimately impacting client outcomes.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Beginners

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe behavior skills training and gamification as it relates to behavior technician training
2. Describe competency based training as it relates to behavior analyst trainng
3. Become familiar with outcome measures to determine training effects
 
Increasing Behavior Technician Rate of Instruction Through Daily Fluency Timings
KELLY BRNJAS (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract: A common conflict reported by ABA) agencies is related to staff performance. Many companies have the common dilemma of low staff rate of instruction. This not only impacts staff performance, but also impacts client outcomes. Studies have shown the rate of instruction is directly related to the rate of learning in students (Barosky et al., 2020). This study first targeted staff’s fluency in presenting teaching opportunities to learners, using daily fluency training in a multiple-baseline probe design embedding changing criterion. Application then was tested through applying the fluency skill demonstrated in the training timing to the real-life full session duration with clients, as well as adaptation, demonstrating the skill with new programs, materials, and clients. Maintenance was checked through the maintenance phases of the study after the intervention phases ended. Results found participants who had overlapping data points in baseline, in other words had displayed their terminal goal during baseline, met their terminal goal quicker during intervention compared to those who had no overlapping data points. Implications include considering if this is the most effective way to improve rate of instruction and if this is the most effective intervention given to staff to increase client progress.
 

Clinician in Training: Using a Competency Based Training System to Onboard and Prepare Future Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) for Best Practice

NICOLE (DION) PARTRIDGE (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers), Ashley Ahlers (Bierman Autism Center)
Abstract:

Starting a new job is hard, which makes it necessary for proper onboarding process to support newer clinicians and experience clinicians to learn new skills in a new job. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of a onboarding process for BCBAs or BCBA candidates and to measure the improvement of clients outcomes post initial behavior skills training program. The participants are BCBAs new to company as well as trainee’s transitioning to clinician in training roll to learn the job under a BCBA mentor. Materials include onboarding with video learning, BA modeling, supervisor review of skills and topics and conducts competencies to mastery. Rubrics provide us with data analysis for mastery criteria. The key outcomes are measured by programming changes (i.e., change harder) data and the timeline until a BCBA has a complete caseload. Results support the effectiveness of the process and highlights the key outcomes used as training outcomes measure.

 
Strategies to Promote Success Pre and Post Initial Staff Training
SARAH BETH COSTA (Bierman Autism Centers), Simone Palmer (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers), Christina Barosky (Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract: The requirement for ABA services to be delivered by those holding an RBT certification has been increasing across funders, which led to onboarding and initial training focusing on this requirement by many ABA companies. Typically to meet specific requirements companies will produce a streamlined training system. Streamlined training assists with quality assurance in training processes, promotes similar onboarding experiences, and focuses on success post onboarding. The overall purpose of this study was to determine if streamlined training, including both BST and gamification, would yield to a higher RBT passing rate while still focusing on retention, job satisfaction, and adherence to treatment. In addition, the study expands on initial training and reviews how the transfer from the streamlined onboarding to ongoing training and support in the local level impacts outcomes and job satisfaction for both behavior technicians and behavior analysts. The results indicated in an overall increase in the RBT exam pass rate across the organization over the years, increased the number of RBTs providing ABA therapy, decreased feedback needed for professional behavior during onboarding, and increased overall training experience satisfaction.
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: PSY
Applications of Equivalence-Based Instruction for Skill Acquisition Programming With Individuals With Autism, Other Disabilities, and Typically Developing Children
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin)
CE Instructor: Terry S. Falcomata, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) focuses on the development of classes of functionally related but physically diverse stimuli and is relevant to skill acquisition programming because it involves teaching minimal numbers of relations to produce classes of stimuli in an efficient manner. The purpose of this symposium was to study EBI procedures to teach a variety of skills with individuals with autism, other disabilities, and typically developing children. The first presentation describes a study examining selection- and production-based EBI on emergent academic skills and verbal behavior exhibited by children with disabilities. The results indicated that EBI procedures produced skill acquisition across participants and potential interactive effects between EBI strategies and verbal behavior levels. The second presentation discusses EBI procedures to teach music skills and promote social interactions in dyads of individuals with autism and typically developing children. The results indicated that EBI was effective at increasing correct taught and untaught relations as well as social interactions within and across child dyads. The last presentation describes a study using EBI-based tactics with video models to teach disguised mands to individuals with autism. The results showed that EBI tactics were effective with most participants; additional components were needed to produce relations with one participant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, diabilities, equivalence-based instruction, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

This intermediate instructional level symposium will have a target audience of applied behavior analysts, clinicians, practitioners, and behavior therapists who provide clinical services to individuals with autism and other disabilities. Other target audience members will include researchers interested in equivalence-based instruction for skill acquisition programming and other potential applications.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the process of equivalence-based instruction.
2. Describe how equivalence-based instruction may be used to program acquisition of social skills in the form of disguised mands by individuals with autism.
3. Describe how equivalence-based instruciton may be used to program for the acquisition of academic skills by individuals with disabilities
 
Evaluating Differential Equivalence-Based Instruction Outcomes for Production and Selection-Based Teaching Strategies
LAUREN SHAPIRO-LINK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: An efficient technology of instruction can be informed by teaching the minimal number of responses to produce the maximum number of outcomes. Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) programs for this, but many variables have yet to be studied such as the specifics of instruction. This study examined the effects of selection- and production-based EBI on emergent responding among four second- and third-grade students with disabilities. Using an adapted alternating treatment and multiple probe design, the researcher taught relations between presidents' names, pictures, and numbers. Instructional stimuli were colored red for republican presidents and blue for democrats. In one condition, participants learned selection-based responses and in a second condition they learned all production-based responses. Researchers assessed the acquisition of untaught responses as well as performance on complexity tasks including sorting and sequencing presidents. To address the relation between EBI and verbal behavior development, we measured levels of verbal behavior and found fewer discrepancies in the outcomes of selection and production teaching tactics among participants with higher levels of verbal behavior. Overall, these results suggest the effectiveness of EBI across levels of verbal behavior and some differences in specific tactics for lower levels of verbal behavior.
 

Using Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Group Instruction Format to Teach Music Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and Typically Developing Children

REMINGTON MICHAEL SWENSSON (Washington State University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Monserrat Austin (Baylor University), Lindsey Swafford (University of Memphis), Maxine Parr (Baylor University), Chantel Lucero (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have deficits in communication, engage in restrictive and repetitive behaviors and may have impairments in socially appropriate behaviors and social interactions. Evidence based practices have been used to teach academic, social and leisure skills to children with ASD. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has been used to teach academic skills to children with ASD using individual instruction across a variety of skills. However, less is known about teaching music skills using EBI to individuals with ASD. The current experimental study evaluated the effects of group instruction to teach music skills to two children with ASD and two typically developing children while evaluating social interactions during and following the intervention. The participants were placed into dyads consisting of one child with ASD and one typically developing child. Overall, there was an increase in correct responses for taught and untaught relations for both dyads across instruments, an increase in appropriate social behaviors during session and play outside of sessions between the participants in each dyad. However, some considerations are needed and additional research in this area is warranted.

 

Using Equivalence-Based Instruction and Video Models to Teach Disguised Mand Relations to People With Autism

PATRICIO ERHARD (University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Iliana Trevino Contla (University of Texas at Austin), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Leslie Onofre (Central Texas Autism Center)
Abstract:

This study used a multiple baseline single-case research design to evaluate the efficacy of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) when used to teach participants with autism the relations between direct mands (e.g., "turn off the light"), disguised vocal mands (e.g., "It's too bright in here!"), and disguised gestural mands (e.g., placing one’s hand in between the trajectory of light and their eyes). We utilized a combination of procedures including video models and matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks, we first taught three participants with autism the relations between these direct and disguised mands. Following the emergence of stimulus equivalence, we tested whether the participants would demonstrate in situ responding to the disguised mands (i.e., transfer of function). All participants demonstrated the emergence of stimulus equivalence, and two of the three participants demonstrated in situ responding. Behavioral skills training was subsequently conducted with the participant that did not demonstrate transfer of function, resulting in successful in situ responding.

 
 
Symposium #245
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Stimulus Fading Procedures as a Treatment in Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ilissa Frye (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta)
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Children diagnosed with feeding disorders and avoidant/restrictive food intake disorders have a critical need for intervention, resulting in clinicians and researchers exploring innovative areas of behavioral treatments. One commonly used technique for behavior acquisition involves stimulus fading, which has been utilized as an approach across many areas of behavior analysis, and research has been steadily growing regarding the effectiveness of this method within the context of pediatric feeding (Peterson et al., 2024). Due to the inherent complexity of feeding disorders, many researchers have explored a variety of modifications to this procedure to target fading of different utensils (e.g., spoon-to-cup, syringe-to-cup, etc.) or increasing consumption of solids or liquids (Groff et al., 2011, 2014). The purpose of the current symposium will be to explore two different practices of stimulus fading in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. The first presentation will report on the findings of a bolus assessment and treatment package designed to prepare a child for a video fluoroscopic swallow study (VFSS). The second presentation will discuss a retrospective consecutive controlled case series review of spoon-to-cup fading procedures to identify the profiles of children who responded to the stimulus fading procedure.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment, Demand Fading, Feeding, Stimulus Fading
Target Audience: Individuals interested in learning more about the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. For BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs, and any other practitioners.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify the potential components of the treatment packages used to increase acceptance of solids and liquids in children diagnosed with feeding disorders.
2. Attendees will learn about the profiles of children who may benefit from fading procedures in the treatment of feeding disorders.
3. Attendees will be able to describe two different practices of stimulus fading in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
 
Determining Appropriate Bolus Size for Bolus Fading Treatment to Prepare for Video Fluoroscopic Swallow Study
ASHLEY ANDERSEN-WEBER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Prematurity is common in children with feeding problems, frequently leading to tube dependence, and these children are often at increased risk of aspiration. Determining swallow safety in these children can be challenging due to interfering mealtime behaviors and limited oral feeding experience. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment package that prepared a child for a video fluoroscopic swallow study (VFSS) by increasing consumption and reducing inappropriate mealtime behaviors while minimizing the risk of aspiration. We conducted an antecedent assessment of differing bolus sizes to determine a starting point for a bolus fading treatment designed to increase food consumption. The assessment was undifferentiated suggesting that treatment should begin with an empty spoon. With the introduction of the bolus fading, nonremoval of the spoon, and noncontingent reinforcement treatment package, acceptance and mouth clean increased and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased to low levels across increasing bolus sizes. Appropriate eating generalized to thin liquids and the swallow study environment, allowing swallow safety to be assessed.
 
A Consecutive Controlled Case Series of Spoon-to-Cup Fading
MEARA X. H. MCMAHON (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Anna Karen Castro-Alcocer (30324), Ashlynn Payton (Marcus Autism Center), Gabriel Yanez (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Restricted/repetitive behavior exhibited by autistic children may manifest as inflexibility with food and drink presentation. Some children continue drinking from a bottle or sippy cup when it is no longer age-appropriate and demonstrate sensitivity to change with the drink receptacle even when presented with a preferred drink. Prolonged bottle dependence has the potential to lead to dental disease, difficulties with swallowing, and carries a negative stigma for both caregivers and the child. Spoon-to-cup fading is a form of stimulus fading that involves slowly fading an accepted stimulus (spoon) out and fading in the target stimulus (cup). Preliminary research shows that spoon-to-cup fading can increase liquid intake from an open cup for children with feeding difficulties. Researchers conducted a retrospective consecutive controlled case series review to further identify profiles of children who respond to spoon-to-cup fading. Rapid acceptance of liquid increased, and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased for all three children during spoon-to-cup fading. Shaping with graduated exposure and spoon/cup interspersal were attempted and deemed ineffective at increasing liquid consumption for these children. Implications for long-term health and trauma-informed care will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #246
CE Offered: BACB
Training for Transformation: Empowering Staff With Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Brain Injury Care
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alison Cox (Brock University)
Discussant: Eric T Spier (Craig Hospital)
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In 2024, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) reported that less than 1% of Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) worked to clinically support individuals who have survived brain injuries. With such a small subset of skilled clinicians within this population, the ability to provide high quality and systematic services is often limited. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has no formal Federal funding for individuals with acquired brain injuries (ABI). This creates the occasion for BCBAs who work within this population to lay the foundation for services moving forward. Often, that foundation is started with staff who have little to no experience in ABA. Therefore, BCBAs often start with some of the most basic skills that take place in our field, describing behavior, collecting data and implementing simplistic reactive strategies. The effort to build and solidify an ABA foundation will be discussed in great depth by the symposium’s discussant, a physician with extensive training and expertise in brain injury. This symposium will discuss how to lay an ABA foundation within a hospital-setting, how to build up RBTs skills in a traditionally non-ABA based setting and how to create salience for all learners in relation to behavior management.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ABA integration, brain injury, staff training
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe key differences between traditional ABA services and ABI rehabilitation services
2. Describe the principles of ABA most relevant to interdisciplinary team members
3. Generate a foundational plan for settings wherein ABA is not traditionally observed
 

Integrating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Into Brain Injury Rehabilitation Settings

ARIELLE REINDEAU (Craig Hospital)
Abstract:

Brain Injury Related Behaviors (BIRBs) impact 44-74% of brain injury survivors who have suffered moderate-to-severe brain injuries. The Center for Disease Control has provided best clinical practice recommendations, and these suggest that comprehensive brain injury rehabilitation is a key component to successful healing (Peterson et al., 2019). Despite this, few treatment sites have incorporated evidence-based practices, including Applied Behavior Analysis. This presentation offers a detailed description of how Applied Behavior Analysis was integrated into an interdisciplinary team setting for brain injury survivors. Data related to pre- and post-tests for neurobehavioral management courses taught over three consecutive years will be reviewed for aggregate data and trends. Data on staff injuries resulting from patient aggression will be reviewed, and related trends will be analyzed and discussed. Finally, attendees will be given practical and objective steps to take if they are interested in pursuing careers in which they will train non-ABA specific staff to manage behaviors.

 

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Brain Injury Settings: A Pragmatic Approach to Building ABA Skillsets in Frontline Implementers

SALLY KUHN (Craig Hospital)
Abstract:

The acute rehabilitation hospital setting for individuals with traumatic and non-traumatic brain injuries creates a unique and complicated environment in which to deliver effective Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. Even though certified behavior analysts are now present within the continuum of care, little to no funding is available to support these positions. This makes it extremely important to demonstrate the clear impact that the utilization of ABA services has on service delivery, as well as client outcomes. In some settings, teams are able to support both Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) in spreading ABA to the larger community. This talk will review how staff have modified RBT trainings and competencies to deliver pragmatic programming to the brain injury patient population. This presentation will include recommendations for topics such as treatment fidelity, least to most prompting hierarchies for verbal competencies, 1:1 supervision, and integration of RBT feedback in novel settings.

 
 
Panel #247
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Más Allá de Las Palabras: Culturally and Linguistically Sensitive Behavior Analytic Services for Latine Clients
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Anniette F Maldonado, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Mercado-Anazagasty (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
ANNIETTE F MALDONADO (Children's National Hospital)
YOREIDY TAVAREZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
ELÍAS LORÍA (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The growing diversity within the client population necessitates that behavior analysts adapt their approaches to meet the unique needs of Latine clients, who often experience various challenges in accessing evidence-based services. This panel brings together experts in behavior analytic services and cultural competency to engage participants in dialogue on the challenges and opportunities in serving Latine families, fostering an environment that respects diversity and promotes effective behavior change. Key topics include the necessity of bilingual services, the adaptation of intervention tools, and the integration of culturally relevant practices into behavior interventions. As the demand for behavior analytic services grows within Latine communities, it is essential to address the unique cultural and linguistic needs of Latine clients thereby enhancing client engagement and promoting equity in access to services. Understanding cultural contexts can lead to more accurate assessments and more effective interventions. Implementing culturally and linguistically sensitive services can significantly improve client outcomes and satisfaction. This may reduce barriers to care, increase treatment adherence, and enhance overall community trust in behavior analytic services. As practitioners adopt these methods, they contribute to the broader movement towards cultural competence in healthcare, ultimately advancing the field of behavior analysis and promoting social justice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience should be aware of the growing need for bilingual and/or culturally sensitive services.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the growing need for bilingual behavioral services in the US.
2. Identify existing research-based adaptation frameworks.
3. Identify practical ways to integrate culturally relevant practices into behavior analytic interventions.
Keyword(s): bilingual services, cultural adaptations, Latin America, linguistic adaptations
 
 
Symposium #248
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Relative Effects of Socially Mediated Consequences and Extending the Utility of Sociability Assessments
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami)
CE Instructor: Janelle Kirstie Bacotti, Ph.D.
Abstract: Prior researchers have assessed social interactions and leisure items to determine their relative effects on response rates, acquisition, severe behavior, and overall treatment outcomes. The current symposium will include three presentations that involve extending the utility of sociability assessments (Morris & Vollmer, 2021) and the effects of socially mediated consequences on responding under a progressive ratio schedule. The first study identified the proportion of sociability assessments during which severe behavior occurred and retrospectively compared sociability assessment and functional analysis outcomes with children on the autism spectrum. The second study involved examining the social interactions between feeding therapists and children receiving behavioral feeding services by completing sociability assessments throughout treatment. The third study evaluated a behavioral economic measure of sensitivity to social reinforcement with children with and without disabilities and compared responding when delivering social interactions versus leisure items using a progressive ratio schedule. All presenters will describe their study procedures, findings, contributions, and future research directions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, functional analysis, sociability, social reward
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with social interaction preference assessments, functional analyses, a general understanding of behavioral economics, and a general understanding of pediatric feeding disorders.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify the relevance of measuring severe behavior during sociability assessments.
2. identify the relevance of measuring the function of social interactions while children receive behavioral feeding services.
3. identify the relative effects of social interactions and leisure stimuli on responding under progressive ratio schedules across diagnostic groups.
 
A Retrospective Evaluation of Sociability Assessment and Functional Analysis Outcomes
GRACE SIGWANZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Miami), Alexandra Ramirez (University of Miami), Gabriela Salazar (University of Miami), Joanne Li (University of Miami)
Abstract: Sociability assessments (SA) can be used to identify the function of social interactions (i.e., reinforcing, neutral, aversive) among children on the autism spectrum (Morris & Vollmer, 2021). More than 40% of children diagnosed on the autism spectrum engage in challenging behavior (Edelson, 2021) and previous researchers have shown that social positive reinforcement in the form of adult attention accounts for 14.5% of identified functions of problem behavior across 2,314 outcomes (Melanson & Fahmie, 2023). To date, there are no published studies that report the occurrence of problem behavior during SA. The purpose of this study was to a) report on the proportion of SA during which participants exhibited problem behavior and b) conduct a preliminary analysis of SA and functional analysis outcomes by retrospectively comparing the results for participants who experienced both assessments. In addition to molar outcome measures, we completed analyses to examine the extent to which therapist behavior (i.e., social or avoidant switches; the presence or absence of social interactions) was correlated with problem behavior during the SA. We discuss implications of measuring problem behavior during sociability assessments on the selection of functional analysis test conditions, potential functions of problem behavior, and initial treatment selection.
 
Examining Social Interactions for Children Undergoing Behavioral Feeding Therapy
LAURA BEATRIZ DEZAYAS (University of Florida), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Approximately 25-35% of typically developing children and up to 80-90% of children with autism (ASD) may experience persistent feeding difficulties. Intervention based on applied behavior analysis and in the context of multidisciplinary care has been highly successful for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Sharp et al., 2017). However, one question that remains is the degree to which participation in this type of treatment impacts a child’s social interactions with their feeding therapists. Recently, sociability testing has been shown to be effective in assessing whether social interactions function as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive stimuli (Morris & Vollmer, 2020). Therefore, the current study extends the literature by examining the social interactions between children with feeding disorders and their feeding therapists throughout their clinical course of treatment. Results of this study demonstrated that the majority of participants found social interactions with their therapists to be reinforcing before the implementation of their feeding intervention, and these findings did not change following the feeding intervention. These outcomes have implications for using sociability testing as one angle from which researchers can evaluate the social validity of behavior-analytic feeding treatment.
 

Quantifying the Relative Reinforcing Efficacy of Social Versus Leisure Stimuli for Children With Autism

PIERCE TAYLOR (Louisiana State University), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Researchers have hypothesized that one behavioral mechanism related to autism spectrum disorder (ASD) could be differences in the extent to which social interactions are experienced as sufficiently reinforcing (Chevallier et al., 2012). This study evaluated a behavioral economic measure of sensitivity to social reinforcement in 30 autistic children, 19 children with developmental disabilities, and 19 neurotypical children between the ages of 3 and 12 years old. Participants worked for 30 s of access to social interactions with a novel adult or a leisure item across separate sessions. Each consequence was delivered according to a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement in which the number of work responses required increased across trials. A high degree of heterogeneity in the absolute and relative value of social interaction was observed within each diagnostic group. Although social interactions were more reinforcing than leisure stimuli for several autistic participants, comparisons across diagnostic groups indicate that the relative reinforcing efficacy for social interaction was lower for autistic participants compared to neurotypical participants, but not participants with developmental disabilities.

 
 
Symposium #249
CE Offered: BACB
Nuanced Treatments for Idiosyncratic Forms of Escape and Avoidance Behaviors
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Biancé Jasmine Ferrucci (Salve Regina University )
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D.
Abstract: Effective treatment of challenging behavior maintained by escape and avoidance functions often requires nuanced strategies that involve adapting treatment to fit clients’ idiosyncratic needs. This symposium will include three talks that evaluate modified treatments for escape and avoidance behaviors. The first study utilized a changing criterion design to evaluate the impact of functional communication training (FCT) and systematic desensitization on aggression following participant errors. Results showed that combining FCT with systematic desensitization was effective in reducing aggression following errors. The second study utilized a pairwise multielement design to compare the frequency of challenging behavior during transitions. Results demonstrated that incorporating moderately preferred activities during transitions between high-to-low preferred activities effectively decreased challenging behavior. The third study utilized an AB design to evaluate the effectiveness of a teacher-implemented intervention package, which focused on increasing appropriate forms of communication to decrease challenging behavior. Results demonstrated that the intervention package was effective at both decreasing challenging behavior and increasing appropriate communicative responses.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Avoidance, Challenging Behavior, Escape
Target Audience: A basic understanding of functions related to challenging behaviors.
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the complexities of treating escape and avoidance maintained challenging behavior.
2. identify strategies to nuance treatments to meet client needs.
3. troubleshoot clinical complexities related to escape and avoidance.
 
Treatment of Challenging Behavior During Physical Transitions: A Case Study
JESSE PERRIN (Salve Regina University), Jacqueline Wilson (Salve Regina Uinversity), Caitlyn Federico (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Caregivers of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities commonly report concerns about challenging behavior during transitions. One variable that can influence the likelihood of challenging behavior during transitions is a disparity in the relative preference of the contexts being transitioned between. Research has shown that going from rich-to-lean schedules of reinforcement has resulted in longer transition times compared to moderate-to-lean transitions (Wood & Simon, 2023). Thus, it is possible that some clients may engage in challenging behavior when transitioning between highly preferred contexts and low-to-unpreferred contexts and be less likely to do so when transitioning between moderately preferred contexts and low-to-unpreferred contexts. The purpose of this study was to assess whether arranging a moderately preferred activity between a highly preferred and low-to-unpreferred activity would reduce transition-related challenging behavior in a client diagnosed with ASD. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for 100% of sessions with an IOA score of 100%. The results of this study demonstrated that arranging moderately preferred activities during transitions between highly preferred to low-to-unpreferred activities was effective at reducing the participant’s challenging behavior. Implications for future research and clinical practice will be discussed.
 
Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Following Client Errors
JACQUELINE WILSON (Salve Regina Uinversity), Sarah Sullivan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Performance errors by clients are common when learning new skills. Performance errors can be aversive for some clients and may evoke challenging behavior in certain contexts. Therefore, research on decreasing challenging behavior following client performance errors is warranted. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) plus systematic desensitization to reduce aggression evoked by errors. The participant was a 15-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. A pairwise multi-element design showed that challenging behavior reliably occurred when errors were made during an adapted physical education activity. During the treatment analysis, the participant was prompted to engage in a functional communicative response (FCR) following errors while the number of errors per session were systematically increased using a changing criterion design. Frequency of challenging behavior and FCR engagement were measured for each session. Interobserver agreement (IOA) and procedural fidelity (PF) were measured across 70% of sessions with an IOA score of 94% and a PF score of 98%. Results showed that FCT plus systematic desensitization was effective at reducing aggression following errors and that intervention effects generalized across settings. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.
 
A Consultative Approach to Escape Maintained Challenging Behavior in an Early Education Classroom
MASHIATH BINTI MAHABUB (Western Michigan University), Leanne Latocha (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavior-analytic approaches are adopted in educational settings to address the unique needs of young students displaying increased instances of challenging behavior, such as aggression and disruption (Hanley et al., 2007). Escape from presented tasks is a common reinforcing consequence for young children in educational settings (Luczynski & Fahmie, 2017). Behavioral strategies can be used in classrooms to increase students’ academic engagement (Lekwa et al., 2018) while decreasing escape from academic tasks (Luczynski & Fahmie, 2017). Such strategies may teach students to engage in appropriate alternative behaviors to meet their unique needs. The purpose of this case presentation is to describe a consultative approach to the assessment and treatment of a 4-year-old student's challenging behavior to escape demands and peer interactions in a preschool classroom. The teachers were coached on the implementation of strategies to increase the student's engagement in appropriate alternative behaviors to access their needs while decreasing escape-maintained challenging behavior. Procedural fidelity data were collected for 100% of the observations to determine areas requiring further teacher coaching. The results of the intervention indicated an overall reduction in the student's challenging behavior and demonstrated the benefits of teaching young students to engage in appropriate alternative behaviors in the classroom setting.
 
 
Symposium #251
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Teaching Compassion and Neurodivergent-Affirming Practices at the Graduate Level
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Rachel Taylor Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis )
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Leanna Mellon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent changes in the curricular requirements for graduate programs leading to certification as a behavior analyst promote inclusion of topics of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) within several required courses. Disability is an important feature of diversity and must be included in efforts to promote DEI within behavior analytic curricula in pursuit of equity and inclusiveness. Neurodiversity- or disability-affirming applied behavior analysis is ethical behavior analysis that ensures client rights and dignity and is responsive to all forms of client self-advocacy. These practices inform goal selection, assessment, intervention, and analysis to promote behavior analysis that is socially valid and maximizes Neurodivergent client choice, autonomy, and quality of life (Lestremau Allen et al., 2024). Graduate coursework and supervision experiences shape student learning and inform future behavior analysts’ clinical and professional repertoires. Education and training that overlooks disability within DEI initiatives are unlikely to develop the needed repertoires to engage in behavior analytic services delivery and/or research in a manner that is compassionate, culturally responsive, and which affirms Neurodivergent client identities. The symposium will address how higher education faculty can promote neurodivergent-affirming practices, providing specific examples from two graduate programs on how neurodivergent-affirming practices are embedded within coursework and field experiences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compassionate care, higher education, neurodivergent affirming, neurodiversity
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium includes behavior analysts who have some experience supervising, training, or teaching aspiring behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: 1. Define compassionate care and neurodivergent affirming care.
2. Describe the importance of teaching compassionate care and neurodivergent affirming care.
3. Describe three examples of how to teach graduate students about compassionate care and neurodivergent-affirming practices.
 
Diversity submission A Transformative Approach to Designing Curricula to Teach Compassionate Care and Neurodivergent-Affirming Practices to Graduate Students
LEANNA MELLON (State University of New York at New Paltz), Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) will be requiring that topics of diversity, equity, and inclusion are incorporated across three of its required topics courses beginning in 2027 (BACB, 2022). This change will require many programs to revise existing curricula used to teach aspiring behavior analysts. Banks (1993) outlined four models for approaching multicultural curricular reform: (1) contributions, (2) additive, (3) transformative, and (4) social action. This presentation will provide an overview of Banks’ models of curricular reform. The presentation will also include specific examples from two master’s programs that are verified course sequences within the Statue University of New York system that use transformative approaches in its curricular designs. The examples will outline how the topics of DEI, compassionate care, and neurodiversity-affirming practices are included across coursework, programming, and field experiences. The presentation will also include a discussion about how transformative approaches to curriculum design may influence social action.
 
 
Symposium #252
CE Offered: BACB
Towards a Technology of Generalization: Current Research Practices and Morningside's Six Ingredients for Effective Design
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University)
CE Instructor: Kayla Randall, Ph.D.
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has long recognized the importance of generalization. However, inconsistent and contradictory definitions and the lack of established teaching procedures have prevented the emergence of a clear technology of generalization. This symposium will describe current difficulties in terminology and applied practices, will offer suggestions for improving terminology, and will describe an emerging technology of generalization. First, Jennifer Ledford will present a review of inconsistent terminology associated with maintenance, generalization, secondary variables, and social validity in the behavior analytic treatment literature. Second, Bailee Scheuffele will describe the six ingredients in Morningside’s technology of generalization. She will describe a project in which elementary students were taught how to discuss their independent reading with peers and apply those repertoires to voluntarily choose to participate in the Summer Book Bingo of the local library system. Lastly, Daniel Carroll will describe how he applied Morningside’s six ingredients to the design of a project in which elementary and middle-school students in a corrective reading class were first taught narrative retelling repertoires, which they applied to unprompted, retellings of the important events of their day to their parents and guardians.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Application, Generalization, Generative Responding, Maintenance
Target Audience: The audience should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic principles, specifically generalization. The target audience are behavior analysts working with the treatment of problem behavior, teaching of daily living skills, teaching of special education and general education students, and professionals interested in designing and programming for generalization.
Learning Objectives: 1. Define generalization and maintenance
2. Define simple and complex generative responding
3. List and describe the six ingredients for designing for generalization
 
Inconsistent Terminology Use in Behavior Analytic Studies: Influence on Evaluation of Impact
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: To improve communication and dissemination, science requires accurate and precise use of terms, including those used to describe conditions in research studies. Inconsistency of terminology used in behavior analytic treatment literature may prevent consumers from understanding of the impact of the work and may prevent researchers interested in synthesizing results across studies from effectively identifying and communicating results. This review was specifically focused on the difficulties with terminology associated with maintenance, generalization, secondary variables, and social validity. We use data collected for a systematic review of applied studies designed to reduce interfering behavior to illustrate some of these difficulties. We discuss the findings from this systematic review, especially in relation to outcomes associated with impact. Authors sometimes used different terms to refer to the same concepts and the same terms to refer to disparate concepts. These differences may lead to confusion regarding outcomes in behavior analytic work. We provide suggestions for improving terminology and description of single case design studies, to improve both meaningful evaluations of impact and understanding of the overall impact of research via systematic review.
 
Morningside’s Six Ingredients for Generalization: Teaching Students to Voluntarily Participate in a Summer Reading Program
BAILEE SCHEUFFELE (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: An unequivocal example of effective teaching is when learners engage in previously taught behaviors across varied contexts beyond the classroom. For instruction to be meaningful, a technology of application, or simple generative responding, is necessary. Morningside Academy is developing such a technology, by identifying six ingredients that make application of skills to meaningful real-world contexts more likely, including the use of a series of structured forms to systematically apply those skills to contexts that increasingly share features with real-world environments. For this project, students were encouraged to select texts aligned with their interests and share reflections with peers, eventually broadening their selections according to teacher-selected genres and topics. These structured forms utilized reading as a medium for social interaction, allowing students to reinforce reading comprehension and fluency in authentic settings. Over time, teacher involvement was phased out, with learners independently seeking out a broader range of reading materials, engaging in book discussions, and sharing recommendations in both social and academic settings (as reported by teachers or caregivers). This structured, real-world application of reading promotes essential skills such as critical thinking, effective communication, and social engagement, making the reading experience more meaningful and socially relevant.
 

Morningside’s Six Ingredients for Generalization: Teaching Students to Retell Their School Day at Home

DANIEL CARROLL (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

A home environment in which students describe the events of their day in an efficient and functional manner is one that fosters social connectivity, socially reinforces complex verbal behavior, and creates a context for problem solving discussions. For this project, Morningside’s six ingredients for simple generative responding were used to design a sequence in which students learned effective retelling repertoires in the classroom, then applied those repertoires through a series of contexts that shared more and more features of the home environment. Initial instruction began with students learning a retelling procedure that they used after reading stories in the Corrective Reading: Decoding B2 curriculum. Then, students applied those retelling repertoires to a series of structured forms – or contexts- where they were invited to engage in retelling behavior about various practiced activities. Students then applied the retelling procedure parts of their school day using Morningside's Daily Support Card, which provided a framework to increase both quality and frequency of students' 'kind of day' retells. Lastly, students were taught to apply retelling repertoires when discussing their day with parents or guardians in their home settings.

 
 
Panel #253
CE Offered: BACB
Connections Between Behavior Analysis and the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SOTL)
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Kara L. Wunderlich, Ph.D.
Chair: Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
MIRARI ELCORO (Framingham State University)
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University)
Abstract: The Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) can be described as systematic investigation into both instructional methods and student learning processes in higher education with the ultimate aims of dissemination across disciplines. Many of the psychological perspectives currently influencing SoTL research emerge from other disciplines, including cognitive psychology. However, there is a relative lack of behavior-analytic perspectives in the SoTL community, despite the expertise in learning and experimental procedures that behavior analysts can provide. This panel aims to discuss overlaps between behavior analysis and SoTL with faculty members who are engaged in both communities. In this panel, we will discuss ways that behavior analysis can contribute to the SoTL discipline and what conducting a SoTL project might entail in a behavior-analytic classroom or practicum. We will also address questions from the audience related to the intersection between behavior analysis and SOTL, how behavior analysts can seek guidance on entering the field of SOTL, and why faculty members would benefit from connecting with SOTL researchers at their institutions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Higher education instructors, faculty members with behavior analysis background
Learning Objectives: 1. describe overlapping concepts between Behavior Analysis and Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) fields
2. identify areas in which behavior analytic research can be most helpful in contributing to SoTL research base
3. provide examples of what a SoTL project would entail in a behavior analytic context
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Teaching/Learning
 
 
Panel #254
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Creating an Ethical Work Culture During Periods of Dynamic Growth in the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Profession
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 B
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Steve Woolf, Ph.D.
Chair: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects)
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Simmons University)
HEATHER O'SHEA (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract:

The presentation addresses how to create an ethical ABA provider culture given the rapid expansion to the ABA-based business. Over the last seven years, ABA providers have been challenged by wage inflation, fierce talent acquisition competition, stagnant reimbursement rates, and stringent regulatory payer requirements. Despite these challenges, the ABA profession continues to be one of the fastest growing sectors of the healthcare industry. Numerous ABA companies have entered the ASD treatment space funded through an infusion of capital by various types of investors. The panel features BCBA-Ds with significant experience operating large-scale ABA-based businesses. The panelists will discuss the applied strategies to create an ethical work culture and build a positive work community with measurable outcomes. These applied strategies will address billing fraud, scope of practice, BCBA retention, training practices, and clinical integrity. The panelist will also address many of the challenges associated with operating large-scale ABA-based businesses given this period of dynamic growth.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target are BCBAs working within mid to large size companies

Learning Objectives: 1. • Participants will identify three challenges influencing professional ethical behavior relative to working with the profession of behavior analysis.
2. • Participants will identify three strategies that promote ethical practice.
3. • Participants will identify critical aspects of ABA-based businesses that determine compliance with BACB ethical code.
 
 
Symposium #255
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Behavior Analyst Credentialing Requirements: Considerations related to Ethics and Supervision
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Shawnna Sundberg (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Licensing and other credentialing requirements for behavior analysts universally include ethical considerations as well as regulations for supervision of trainees and technicians. Across credentialing jurisdictions, some of those regulations vary. That variation poses challenges for practitioners, especially for those working in multiple jurisdictions (e.g., multiple states in the US). The variations can generate confusions and misunderstandings for practitioners in making sure that they practice ethically. Those challenges can include providing supervision, in compliance with relevant laws and regulations whenever a behavior analyst is credentialed. Additionally, practicing ethically and in compliance with credentialing requirements can be complicated by ambiguity in some of the requirements in credentialing requirements as well as by emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence. This symposium will address challenges for behavior analysts regarding engaging in political activities, providing supervision, and using artificial intelligence. Challenges will be reviewed, and recommendations will be made regarding ethical and effective ways to address them for each of the types of challenges addressed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

- Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) ethical standards for behavior analysts - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) common behavior analyst credentialing requirements - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) supervision requirements for behavior analysis trainees - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) professional political activities in which behavior analysts can or have engaged - Being familiar with (identifying and/or stating) the general nature of artificial intelligence applications in human services

Learning Objectives: 1. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding supervising trainees
2. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding behavior analysts engaging in professional political activites
3. state at least 2 ethical challenges regarding using artifical intelligence in ABA services
4. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding supervising trainees
5. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding engaging in professional political activites
6. state at least 2 possible ways to address ethical challenges regarding using artifical intelligence in ABA services
 
Ethically Supervising Behavior Analysis Student Trainees: Best Practices for Credentialing, Certification, and Licensure Preparation
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Effective supervision is critical in shaping the next generation of behavior analysts and ensuring ethical practices. This presentation discusses the core responsibilities of instructors and supervisors when supervising student trainees preparing for credentialing, including certification and licensure, in applied behavior analysis (ABA), referencing key requirements of behavior analyst certification and licensing organizations. Key topics will include developing competency-based training, providing meaningful feedback, and fostering professional growth while adhering to ethical considerations. Ethical responsibilities of trainees also will be considered. Challenges in addressing those issues in an ethical and effective manner will be addressed. Recommendations will be made for addressing each challenge in an ethical and effective manner. Attendees will leave with practical strategies to support student trainees in gaining the necessary skills for successful credentialing while upholding ethical principles. The presentation will highlight the long-term impact of ethical supervision on both the student trainee’s career and the field of behavior analysis.
 
Reasons to Behave Ethically When Taking Professional Political Action
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract: In a time when citizenry often observe their politicians motivate the masses through misinformation and mud-slinging, it would be easy for anyone endeavoring to pass legislation to follow these models. Whether involved in passing legislation impacting the profession of behavior analysis, supporting the development of rules and regulations post-legislation, or addressing sunsetting laws, behavior analysts have an obligation to follow ethical practices. This presentation examines ethical codes and guiding principles that are relevant to ethical decision-making as behavior analysts engage in political action. Illustrating examples are offered on how the core principles of benefiting others, treating others with compassion, dignity, and respect, behaving with integrity, and ensuring competence can support ethical decision-making as behavior analysts address needed legislation. In addition, specific ethical codes (e.g., code 5.09 - Using testimonials for nonadvertising purposes) that are more likely to lead to ethical code violations will be described. Armed with an understanding of how ethics are relevant to the legislative process, attendees will be better prepared to take positive and ethical professional actions that support their profession, their clients, and their communities.
 

Ethical Considerations in Licensed Behavior Analysts Using Artificial Intelligence in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services and Supervision

GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Chris Ninness (Behavioral Software Systems), Lee Mason (Child Study Center at Cook Children's)
Abstract:

Artificial intelligence (AI) has evolved into a powerful set of tools that can expand human capacities to create things, control activities, solve problems, etc. Already, numerous AI applications have proven beneficial- sometimes for promoting the common good, sometimes for generating income, etc., but they also have contributed to and have the potential to exacerbate human problems as well as create new ones. Both types of outcomes are apparent in human services areas such as medicine and education. AI is just beginning to be incorporated into applied behavior analysis (ABA). Consequently, for licensed behavior analysts, using AI in ABA work must conform to the ethical requirements for licensed behavior analysts including supervision. Before it is incorporated to a great extent, behavior analysts are well advised to carefully consider how it might be used to make the world a better place (i.e., in socially valid ways) as well as how it might have the opposite outcomes, focusing on ethical issues. This paper primarily addresses ethical considerations related to incorporating AI in ABA, including supervision, after a brief review of how AI might be used in ABA work.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #256
Interbehaviorism in Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Presenting Author: MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Interbehaviorism has not been widely disseminated in behavior analysis. Even when it has been considered, questions about its everyday practical value have always been present. This presentation addresses these questions directly – highlighting the implications of interbehaviorism for practice. This includes practice in the workplace, education, and clinical settings. Most work in applied behavior analysis is dominated by operant concepts and practices. This approach is appealing for several reasons and has been associated with a great deal of success. Still, there are limits to strictly approaching behavior change efforts this way. And while these limits may be experienced in many areas of the science of behavior, they seem particularly present in complex practice settings. This presentation describes some of the core features of interbehaviorism and how they might facilitate a more comprehensive approach to clinical work. The role of language in behavior change efforts is given special attention. Examples from clinical behavior analysis, including a consideration of relationships and psychological flexibility, are provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Learning Objectives: 1. Explain the implications of interbehaviorism for case conceptualization
2. Describe how language participates in behavior change efforts
3. Distinguish between operant and field based approaches to understanding behavior
 
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Mitch Fryling received his BS and MA in psychology (behavior analysis) from Western Michigan University, and his PhD in psychology (behavior analysis) from the University of Nevada, Reno. Mitch's scholarly interests are diverse, including both applied/clinical and theoretical/philosophical areas. The majority of this work centers on interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology and involves efforts to incorporate interbehavioral thinking in behavior analysis. Mitch has provided service to the field in various ways and works at California State University, Los Angeles.
 
 
Paper Session #269
Behavior Analysis Intervention Strategies in Addressing Quality of Life Issues in Assisted Living Facilities
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 140 B
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Parsla Vintere (CHE Behavioral Health Services)
 
Behavior Analysis Intervention Strategies In Addressing Quality Of Life Issues In Assisted Living Facilities
Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Behavioral Health Services)
 
Abstract: The population of individuals aged 65 and older is growing fast. With advanced age, increase in chronic diseases and cognitive and physical impairments, individuals often lose their ability to live independently. Assisted living facilities provide alternative for older adults who no longer can remain at home but do not require a higher level of care provided by nursing homes. The significant life changes that are associated with leaving a familiar environment and moving into an assisted living facility often affect quality of life issues of the residents. Many of them report experiencing loneliness, anxiety, depression, frustration with physical limitations and loss of independence. The focus of the current paper is on examining: (a) a concept of quality of life and its components; (b) characteristics of support provided by assisted living facilities to their residents; (c) behavior analysis intervention strategies in improving quality of life of the assisted living facility residents; and (d) behavior analysis research directions addressing quality of life issues of people residing in assisted living facilities.
 
 
 
Paper Session #270
Strengthening the Behavior Analytic Supervisor-Supervisee Relationship Through Reflective Supervision
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi)
 

Strengthening the Behavior Analytic Supervisor-Supervisee Relationship Through Reflective Supervision

Domain: Service Delivery
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (Capella University), Irene Abrego Nicolet (Capella University)
 
Abstract:

In the field of behavior analysis, the supervisor-supervisee relationship is fundamental to the development of competent and ethical practitioners. Integrating reflective supervision into the supervisory process can enhance this relationship by fostering an environment of trust, empathy, and mutual respect that is bidirectional. Reflective supervision—characterized by critical reflection, self-awareness, and constructive dialogue—not only supports professional growth but also contributes to the overall well-being of both the supervisor and supervisee, helping them navigate the challenges and complexities inherent to behavior analytic practice. This concept presentation examines the role of reflective supervision in strengthening supervisory relationships within behavior analysis. Building on the framework by Sellers, Valentino, and LeBlanc (2016), which emphasizes relationship-building as essential for effective supervision, this presentation explores how supervisors and supervisees can use reflective practices to facilitate their skill development and growth. Additionally, reflective supervision aligns with ethical guidelines in the most recent Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB, 2022) Ethics Code, specifically Code 1.07, which promotes cultural responsiveness and respect in interactions. By adopting reflective supervision practices, supervisors can improve engagement and resilience within the supervisor-supervisee relationship, ultimately leading to better outcomes for those they serve. References: Behavior Analyst Certification Board. (2022). Ethics code for behavior analysts. Retrieved from https://www.bacb.com/ethics/ Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., & LeBlanc, L. A. (2016). The value of feedback in shaping effective supervision practices. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 60-70. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0116-x

 
 
 
Symposium #271
CE Offered: BACB
Trends in Verbal Behavior Research
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Aarti Haresh Thakore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral intervention programs for young children who present challenges with social, language and communication skills often focus on establishing basic vocabulary prior to establishing intermediate and advanced language skills. Often behavioral account of language is used as a foundation for establishing and expanding overall language and communication skills in young children with language delay. Skinner’s (1957) taxonomy of verbal operants has been empirically evaluated by many verbal behavior researchers in the past, but there is still a need for more research to understand the assessment tools used by behavior analytic researchers 1) to determine socially relevant and developmentally appropriate verbal behavior goals, and 2) role of Observation Learning (OL) on the acquisition of language. Thus, the purpose of this symposium is to discuss recent trends in verbal behavior research (e.g., Observation Learning, assessment tools employed in verbal behavior research, and developmental prerequisites in mand training) including the limitations, clinical recommendations, and future directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assessment Tools, Developmental Considerations, Literature Reviews, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to label and define Skinner's taxonomy of verbal operants.
2. Participants will be able to select clinically relevant assessment tools to evaluate the clients verbal behavior repertoire.
3. Participants will be able select socially valid and developmentally appropriate goals while creating goals to establish verbal behavior repertoire.Participants will be able select socially valid and developmentally appropriate goals while creating goals to establish verbal behavior repertoire.
 
Assessment Tools in Verbal Behavior Research: A Systematic Review of the Literature
DANIELLE, NICOLE KOLIBRI (University of Missouri - St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract: Assessment tools are an essential component of applied behavior analysis (ABA), offering critical data to assist in the design of intervention strategies for individuals with developmental disabilities. While previous research (e.g., Dixon et al., 2017; Padilla & Akers, 2021) has investigated the validity, consistency, and effectiveness of some of these assessment tools, providing insights into their attributes, shortcomings, and relevance, there is a lack of publication focusing on the use of these tools within behavior analytical research. The current systematic review of the literature identified and analyzed assessment tools employed in verbal behavior studies published in major behavior analytic journals. We included empirical articles focusing on the acquisition of verbal behavior in human participants, published between 2019 and 2024, across three key behavior-analytic journals. Only studies employing assessment tools to characterize participants or as a dependent variable were fully coded. Of the 116 articles included, 86 were coded for various study variables. Results were analyzed to provide a comprehensive overview of the methodological foundations and practical implications of these assessment tools in both research and clinical practice within behavior analysis.
 

A Literature Review of Mand Training Procedures With Developmental Considerations

JENNYLEE ACIU (Caldwell University), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Adrienne Jennings (Daemen University), Saloni Razdan (UMASS)
Abstract:

Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior outlines a verbal taxonomy that both the speaker and listener’s verbal behavior are influenced by the same environmental variables as any other behavior. The functional account of verbal behavior is often disregarded in the conventional account of language. Nonetheless, this functional approach is instrumental in understanding the role of motivation in teaching a mand repertoire. Several studies in the behavior analytic literature have illustrated the importance of motivating operations in establishing a mand repertoire. However, there are still inconsistencies within the field when it comes to selecting and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets. Thus, the main purpose of this paper is to conduct a review of studies on mand training, and categorize these studies based on developmental hierarchy of language progression as outlined in the VB-MAPP. This presentation will provide a preliminary snapshot comparison from the earliest 10 studies to the most recent 10 studies. Overall, the results suggest that there is sparsity of literature focusing on building foundation for a mand repertoire before advancing to CMO-T mands. Thus, there is a need for further research on selection and teaching developmentally appropriate mand targets. Recommendations for clinicians will be provided.

 
A Systematic Review of Behavior-Analytic Research on Observational Learning and the Acquisition of Verbal Behavior
SARAH KERN (University of Missouri St. Louis), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract: Observational learning (OL) refers to the acquisition of skills as a result of observing the behavior of others and their outcomes. While some researchers use OL interchangeably with “imitation,” the behavior analytic interpretation of OL includes more than simple observation. OL involves the observation of a model, the discrimination between contingencies, and the delayed imitation of the model’s behavior according to those observed contingencies. Due to its generative capacities, OL can facilitate behavior generalization, reduce instructional time, and promote the emergence of novel skills. The purpose of the current systematic review was to investigate behavior-analytic research focusing on OL and the acquisition of verbal behavior. We conducted a search on major databases to identify empirical studies focused on OL, as defined by MacDonald and Ahearn (2015). Additional articles were identified through reference and citation checks. Studies were coded based on participant demographics, characteristics of dependent and independent variables, and major outcomes. The outcomes of this review will be discussed with a focus on the empirical demonstration of OL for the acquisition of verbal behavior and recommendations for practitioners focused on skill acquisition programs.
 
 
Symposium #272
CE Offered: BACB
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) Student Paper Winners Present Their Findings
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Giulia Ferrazzi (University of Modena and Reggio Emilia; ABA ITALIA)
CE Instructor: Rachel Thomas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) offers annual awards to support graduate students conducting empirical research that advances our understanding of the acquisition and development of verbal behavior. This symposium consists of three recent winners from the previous year, exploring innovative research related to public speaking, foreign language learning, and observational learning. The first study compared the effectiveness of two clicker training methods in reducing filler words and extraneous sounds during public speaking. The second study explored the impact of testing on the retention of foreign language vocabulary, specifically examining the effect of spaced practice tests with corrective feedback. The third study aimed to develop assessment and training procedures for observational learning component skills, focusing on a combination of learning contexts. Collectively, these studies highlight the importance of effective learning techniques and strategies in various domains, with implications for improving communication, language acquisition, and skill acquisition in diverse settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): verbal behavior
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with the basic verbal operants outlined in Skinner's (1957) functional analysis of verbal behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify the differences between positive feedback and error correction via clicker training, and describe their respective effects on improving correct sentence emission in public speaking.
2. Attendees will be able to differentiate between free-operant and restricted-operant test trials, and explain their respective effects on retention outcomes in vocabulary learning.
3. Attendees will be able to define observational learning and differentiate it from generalized imitation, as well as be able to identify the component skills of observational learning.
 
Evaluating Clicker Feedback as Positive or Corrective: A Preliminary Study for Public Speaking
RACHEL THOMAS (Caldwell University; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology-Dallas), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (SUNY Downstate), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Abstract: Public speaking is a skill that may benefit career and academic advancement of people across different fields. One speaking behavior issue is using filler words and extraneous sounds. Although such speaking behaviors may be acceptable in everyday conversation, they are typically undesirable in professional and/or academic settings (Friman, 2014). The aim of the current study was to compare the efficacy of positive feedback versus error correction via clicker training on improving correct sentence emission with university students using pretest-posttest between-groups with control group and a randomized block design. A 3x2 mixed, factorial ANOVA, a post hoc Tukey’s Honestly Significant Difference, and partial eta squared/Hedge’s g for effect size measurements showed significant differences in both correct sentence, filler words, and extraneous sound emission. Social validity survey results showed participants rated both types of clicker training highly, which provides evidence that it may be advantageous for practitioners to carefully discuss feedback types (i.e., pros and cons of each style) with their clients before using clicker training with public speaking.
 
More is Not Always Better: The Testing Effect on Retention of Emergent Korean Vocabulary
JOHN ROGER WOODERSON (Lojic), Lewis A. Bizo (Charles Sturt University), Kirsty Young (University of Technology Sydney, Australia)
Abstract: Traditionally, testing is seen as a tool for assessing learning. However, research suggests it also enhances retention. Despite abundant research on the testing effect, its specific role in foreign language vocabulary learning remains unclear, particularly its effect on retention of emergent untrained verbal relations. To address this gap, the current study compared the retention outcomes of free-operant (fluency practice) and restricted-operant (accuracy practice) test trials with two English-speaking adults learning Korean vocabulary. Dependent variables included retention accuracy and response rates for emergent and directly trained vocabulary over a six-month period. Results from the first experiment revealed no functional relation between testing type and retention. However, the second experiment demonstrated that retention improved to criterion levels when practice tests with corrective feedback were spaced weekly. These results suggest that increasing the dosage of practice tests had a minimal impact, while spacing practice sessions enhanced the retention of both directly trained and emergent vocabulary. The findings provide important considerations for foreign-language vocabulary learning.
 
 
Panel #273
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for Young Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD): Most Effective intensity, Dosage, and Content
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jill E. McGrale Maher, M.A.
Chair: Britany Melton (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College)
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (McGrale & Associates Consulting Group)
IAN MELTON (Journeys Autism Center; Endicott College)
COURTNEY MAHER (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Recently the intensity and dosage of treatment hours and content of teaching targets in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs for young learners with ASD has come under question. This panel explores the evidence supporting 30-40 hours per week of ABA therapy, for young learners with ASD (Reichow, Whalen, & McConnell, 2010), as well as recent discussions that fewer hours are as adequate (Sneed, Little, & Akin-Little, 2023). The panel will also discuss utilization of a developmentally appropriate curriculum being essential for providing effective EIBI services as well as more recent discussions to the contrary (McCarty & Brumback, 2021). Specifically, the panelists will discuss the importance of a curriculum based on a developmental scope and sequence that ensures treatment targets skills that are relevant to the child's age and developmental level. Discussions will include teaching children to discriminate behaviors applicable to particular settings, people, and situations, and that providing intensive therapy and targeting skills that are relevant to the child's developmental level, EIBI can help children with ASD achieve significant gains in language, social skills, adaptive behaviors, and overall quality of life (Leaf, R & McEachin, J., 1999; Taylor, B.A., & McDonough, K.A., 1996; Lovaas, 1987; ).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Supervisors or BCBA's with a minimum, of 5 years of experience; Special Educators and Early Chilhood Educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify number of treatment hours most applicable for clients they serve.
2. Participants will identify factors that contribute to focused and comprehensive ABA treatment programs for children with ASD.
3. Participants will identify 10 essential teaching targets for EIBI ABA treatment programs for children with ASD.
Keyword(s): ASD Programming, Developmentally Appropriate, EIBI Intensity, Treatment Dosage
 
 
Symposium #274
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Embedding Choice Into Clinical Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University )
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Facilitating opportunities to empower clients to engage in choices related to their therapeutic services is an incredibly important aspect of ethical and effective behavior-analytic practice (Morris et al., 2024; Peterson et al., 2020). Although decades of research on choice in behavior analysis have been conducted, relatively little is known about the best practices for incorporating choice into assessment and intervention practices in applied behavior analysis. Thus, clinicians interested in helping maximize their clients’ opportunities to engage in choices may not have the resources necessary to do so. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss considerations for embedding choice into clinical practice based on recent literature reviews of published research on the topic choice in clinical practice. The first talk will review choice-based assessment and interventions discussed in behavior-analytic literature. The second talk will review considerations for increasing choice by reviewing studies that compared choice and no-choice conditions to evaluate the impact of choice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice, concurrent chains, concurrent operants
Target Audience:

Anyone with a basic understanding of choice in behavior-analytic practice.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the current state of research related to choice arrangements in applied behavior analysis.
2. Describe the benefit of including choice in clinical practice.
3. Select strategies to increase choice in their clinical practice.
 
A Review of Choice-Based Assessments and Interventions
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Kacey Renee Finch (StepOne Neurodiversity Services), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: In applied clinical work and research, behavior analysts can arrange opportunities for choice (i.e., concurrent operants) as an independent variable, and response allocation among choice options can be measured as a dependent variable (i.e., engaging in one response given two or more concurrently available options). Choice assessments arrange options among multiple stimuli or conditions to gather information to inform treatment planning. Choice-based interventions arrange opportunities to allocate responding among concurrently available operants with the goal of increasing or decreasing clinically relevant behavior. Choice-based procedures provide behavior analysts with tools to promote their clients’ rights to autonomy and self-determination by incorporating client preference and choice. We systematically reviewed over 35 published articles over 20 years, coding for characteristics of the articles, participants, independent variables, and dependent variables. The reliability of coding was evaluated for over 40% of articles resulting in an agreement score of 94%. In this presentation, we will highlight the ways clinicians can incorporate choice-based assessments and interventions into their work to address versatile clinical goals across populations and settings.
 

Choice Versus No Choice: Practical Considerations for Increasing Choices

JI YOUNG KIM (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University), Megan Ellsworth (Salve Regina University), Xiaoyuan Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University), Nicole Seacord (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Choices can be incorporated into many components of behavior-analytic assessment and treatment, such as providing clients with a choice between multiple items, activities, or tasks. We reviewed key characteristics of 38 behavior-analytic articles that compared choice and no-choice conditions. We coded the experimental arrangements of choice and no-choice conditions and analyzed potential factors affecting preferences for choice and no-choice. Intercoder agreement was evaluated in 34.15% of the experiments included in the reviewed studies with a mean agreement score of 94.44%. The findings of the review suggest that the sizing of alternatives from which to choose, the timing of choice opportunities, and the timing of the delivery of the chosen option varied widely across the studies. Further, preferences for choice shifted with differential reinforcement history and response effort manipulations of choice or no choice. The findings suggest that individual variables should be considered when providing choices, but more research is needed.

 
 
Paper Session #276
Building Resilient Practitioners and Programs: Training Staff and Cultivating Self-Compassion in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Reva L. Mathieu-Sher (Duquesne Univeristy)
 

Help Me Help Myself: The Role of Self-Compassion in Behavior Analysts

Domain: Applied Research
REVA L. MATHIEU-SHER (Duquesne Univeristy), Duaa Alzahrani (Umm Al-Qura University)
 
Abstract:

Self-compassion is treating yourself with empathy and care. Self-compassion can be operationalized as a behavioral skill where individuals engage in behaviors that intentionally prioritize self-care. In the field of applied behavioral analysis (ABA), practitioners are reporting experiences of burnout, compassionate fatigue, and vicarious trauma. If behavior analysts cannot care for themselves, their ability to care for others can be negatively affected. Research in related fields has indicated that lower levels of self-compassion can correlate with behaviors related to anxiety, depression, and may contribute to lower job satisfaction and burnout in the workplace. Additionally, higher reported self-compassion behaviors have correlated with improved resilience, increased coping skills, and use of behavioral regulation strategies. This study explored current levels of self-compassion present in eight graduate-level ABA students using the Self-Compassion Scale (Neff, 2003). Results include composite self-compassion scores and subscale items in areas of self-kindness, self-judgment, common sense of humanity, isolation behaviors, mindfulness, and over-identification. The role of self-compassion in the field of ABA is discussed and implications for ABA students and behavior analysts in practice are discussed. Examples of ways to teach self-compassion behaviors within a behaviorally-analytic lens using behavioral skills training and acceptance and commitment training are explored and shared.

 

Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Behavior Specific Praise in Juvenile Residential Staff

Domain: Applied Research
TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Lynette Kamachi Johnson (University of South Florida)
 
Abstract:

Ensuring consistent and effective behavioral treatment services for youth in juvenile residential facilities remain a challenge. In recent years, behavioral skills training (BST) has been combined with pyramidal training to teach behavior analytic procedures to staff in various settings. This study examined pyramidal BST with supervisor and floor staff in a juvenile residential setting for high-risk youth exposed to various forms of trauma and victimization. The study employed a multiple baseline design across participants, involving one supervisory staff member and three floor staff members. The objective was to evaluate the impact of pyramidal BST on Level 2, floor staff's delivery of BSP and their perceived levels of youth problem behavior. The results showed that the Level 1, supervisory staff successfully implemented the BST procedures in training the floor staff after receiving training from the researcher. Floor staff demonstrated improvement in the delivery of BSP to youth following training received from the supervisor. One out of three staff members' perceptions of youth problem behavior decreased following intervention. Generalization of the staff's delivery of BSP was observed during a non-

 
 
 
Symposium #277
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Building Expertise Together: Training, Supervision, and Parent Collaboration in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA)
CE Instructor: Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla, M.A.
Abstract:

Supervision and training are critical variables in the application of evidence-based behavior analytic services. Application of programming by inadequately supervised, trained, and/or mentored professionals or caregivers can lead to increased risks for consumers. Such circumstances could pose risks to clients achieving an improved quality of life and compromise their safety. These risks are further compounded by the surge in newly certified behavior analytic professionals across certificate levels. A potential solution involves utilizing evidence-based supervision and training procedures to support clinicians and caregivers. This symposium features three presentations aimed at building expertise in the application of behavior analysis services with both clinicians and caregivers. The first presentation will describe an agency-wide fieldwork support model designed to enhance professional development for analysts in training. The second presentation will provide a literature review of pyramidal training. The third presentation will focus on an evidence-based approach for training parents to conduct preference assessments to identify reinforcers for their autistic child.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Fieldwork, Preference Assessment, Pyramidal Training, Supervision
Target Audience:

The target audience should have the prerequisites necessary to provide supervised fieldwork or be in the process of gaining the necessary certifications to do so. Audience members should also have prior knowledge on staff training approached (e.g., BST and pyramidal training) and preferences assessments.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe components of a fieldwork support model targeting supervision of analysts in training.
2. Participants will be able to summarize critical variables pertaining to the application of pyramidal training.
3. Participants will be able to detail how they can use behavioral skills training to teach parents to conduce preference assessments.
 

Fostering Competence via the Fieldwork Support Model for Behavior Analysts in Training

ALLYSON MOORE (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Matisse Rose Lovett (University of Nevada, Reno), Astrid Yesebel La Cruz Montilla (BCBA)
Abstract:

In recent years, our profession has experienced an exponential increasing demand for Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services and these conditions have set the occasion of limited available expertise and a wide range of challenges, including lack of skilled ABA practitioners (Batt et al., 2023) and challenges related to protecting the integrity of ABA (Tayler et al., 2023). The Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) 2024 data shows 69,645 credentialed individuals in 2024, with 54% of these certified in the past 5 years, and 76% in the past 10 years. In addition, the BACB Annual Data Report (2023) indicated only 56% of examinees passed the exam on their first attempt. This presents with a herculean effort for supervisors to provide effective behavior-analytic supervised fieldwork experience that meets the minimal requirements described by the BACB (2023) in the development of case conceptualization and problem-solving and decision-making repertoires, as well as the more practice-oriented skills within the Applications section of the BACB Task List, 5th ed (2017). This presentation will cover the Fieldwork Support Model within the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, including the structures, competencies, exam rates, and performance criteria both as a trainee and within the first year of BCBA credentialing.

 
A Literature Review of Pyramidal Training: Who, What, and Where
ASHLEY AVALOS (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rick Colombo (University of Washington), Alexis Munoz (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Andrew Pierce Blowers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are expected to train support staff on behavior-analytic services, procedures, and interventions per the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) to provide consumers with the best treatment possible. One common method of training is pyramidal training, which entails having a skilled expert (i.e., Tier 1) train a small group of individuals (i.e., Tier 2) to implement a skill/procedure who in turn train another group of individuals (i.e., Tier 3) to implement the same skill/procedure. We conducted a review of the literature from 2000 through 2024 and identified 11 articles pertaining to the use of pyramidal training, which were subsequently analyzed across several variables considered critical including: number of participants, number of tiers, settings, target skills trained, teaching approach, generalization, maintenance, and impact on consumers. Results will be discussed with respect to the use of pyramidal training in the scope of implementing a range of behavior analytic procedures. In addition, avenues for future research will be discussed as well as practice-based implications.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Parents to Implement Preference Assessments
JENNIFER REBECCA WEYMAN (California State University, Los Angeles), Julie Anne Williams (California State University, Los Angeles), Rick Colombo (University of Washington)
Abstract: Preference assessments are essential tools used to identify items that may function as potential reinforcers. Items identified as preferred are then delivered following desired appropriate behaviors to increase the likelihood of those socially appropriate behaviors for individuals with autism spectrum disorder occurring in the future. There is a wide selection of research on teaching individuals such as school staff, practitioners, college students, psychologists, and trainees of behavior analysis on how to conduct and implement preference assessments. However, there is little research on training parents of children with autism on how to implement preference assessments within the home setting. Therefore, the current study evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach parents how to conduct a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and to assess the social validity of parent implemented MSWOs. The results showed BST was successful in training all parents, and the MSWO was rated as highly acceptable and practical.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #278
CE Offered: BACB
Intractable Head-Directed Self-Injurious Behavior: A Functional Reconsideration
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: GREGORY HANLEY (FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: When head-directed self-injurious behavior occurs under most or all conditions without any reliable antecedents, behavior analysts often describe the behavior as being automatically reinforced (Vollmer, 1994). Contemporary approaches attempt to differentiate sub-types of automatic reinforcement with the aim to improve treatment outcomes (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015), but automatically reinforced HD-SIB remains among the most treatment-resistant types of problem behavior confronting behavior analytic practitioners. Despite the general utility of the concept of automatic reinforcement (Skinner, 1953, 1957, 1968, 1969; Vaughn & Michael, 1982), an argument for abandoning the concept when assessing and treating HD-SIB will be presented. An alternative framework will be described that relies on the assumption of multiple control by socially-mediated reinforcers and additional consideration as to whether the HD-SIB is tic-like, avoidant-type, or both. Several case studies will provide support for the utility of this alternative framework.
Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. The attendee will be able to describe the reasons why the concept of automatic reinforcement should probably be abandoned when assessing and treating HD-SIB.
2. The attendee will be able an alternative set of assumptions for assessing HD-SIB that allows for effective skill-based treatment.
3. N/A
 
GREGORY HANLEY (FTF Behavioral Consulting)

Dr. Hanley has been applying the principles of learning to improve socially important behaviors of children and adults with and without disabilities for over 30 years. He worked and trained at the Kennedy Krieger Institute, was degreed at the University of Florida, was tenured at the University of Kansas, and directed the Behavior Analysis Doctoral Program and Life Skills Clinic at Western New England University. Dr. Hanley has published over 100 book chapters and articles in peer-reviewed journals in areas such as the assessment and prevention of problem behavior, teaching tactics for young children, and evidence-based values. Dr. Hanley is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Div. 25), past Associate Editor of The Behavior Analyst, and past Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and of Behavior Analysis in Practice. He currently serves as a Research Professor at Western New England University and as CEO of FTF Behavioral, an international training and consulting group based in Worcester, Massachusetts.  

 
 
Invited Paper Session #279
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Identity, Advocacy, and Autism Pseudoscience
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 6
Area: SCI/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Jonathan W. Pinkston, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar)
Abstract: This presentation will describe how several social movements have changed the way autism and other mental disorders are construed with particular attention to the challenges these changes create for treatment providers, parents, and family members. Topics covered will include, the history of the autism diagnosis and the current implications of the spectrum concept; the conflict between the autism self-advocacy and neurodiversity movements and people on the severe end of the autism spectrum; the resurgence of facilitated communication and its many variants (e.g., rapid prompting method, spelling 2 communicate, and simply “using a letter board”); the spread of the identity-based neurodiversity movement to schizophrenia; and the effort to introduce a diagnosis of severe autism. Finally, although for the last decade or more unsupported and discredited therapies have been spreading with impunity, recently we’ve seen a few modest signs of progress in the effort to discourage pseudoscience and promote evidence-based methods.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Autism practitioners at all levels.

Learning Objectives: 1. Be able to identify and describe facilitated communication and its variants.
2. Be able to describe the strengths and weaknesses of autism spectrum concept.
3. Be able to describe the drawbacks of autism Identity based advocacy for people with severe autism.
4. Be able to describe some of the current efforts to combat pseudoscience in autism treatment
 
STUART VYSE (Independent Scholar)
Stuart Vyse, PhD, is a behavioral scientist, teacher, and writer. He taught at Providence College, the University of Rhode Island, and Connecticut College. Vyse’s book Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition won the 1999 William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association, and his 2020 book Superstition is part of the Oxford University Press’s Very Short Introduction series. He is a contributing editor of Skeptical Inquirer magazine, where he writes the “Behavior & Belief” column, and a Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science and of the Committee for Skeptical Inquiry.
 
 
Symposium #280
CE Offered: BACB
An Analysis of Speaker and Speaker as Own Listener Cusps on the Acquisition of Language and Learning
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ginger Harms (Teachers College, Columbia University )
Discussant: R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: Ginger Harms, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Within the verbal behavior literature from and since Skinner’s groundbreaking work, it is clear that listener behavior and speaker behavior first developed as independent repertoires. The joining of listener and speaker, in which the individual can act as speaker as own listener, has also been extensively studied. This symposium includes experiments that studied the outcomes related to the development of and acquisition of the speaker repertoire and the joining of listener and speaker behavior. One experiment tested the effects of an intensive tact procedure on the number of verbal operants emitted in a non-instructional setting. The next experiment expanded on the intensive tact procedure to incorporate measures of intelligibility in addition to frequency of vocal verbal operants. The next study investigated the outcome when listener and speaker behavior are joined in self talk. In the fourth study, the pedagogy of how children who are listeners and speakers most efficiently and effectively learn was analyzed, in which trials to criterion for identification programs under several conditions (learn units, corrections only, reinforcement only) were calculated. Understanding what children can learn and how they can learn when they come under the stimulus control for a certain set of contingencies is essential to furthering the field of behavioral analysis and education.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Articulation, Intensive Tact, Learn unit, Self-talk
Target Audience:

Target audience members include graduate students pursuing a master's degree and board certification and/or a PhD in behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the intensive tact intervention (ITI) and outcomes.
2. Describe the self-talk immersion protocol (STIP) and outcomes.
3. Describe the benefits of teaching using the learn unit.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Intensive Tact Instruction With Stationary and Animated Images on the Emission of Vocal Verbal Operants in Students With Neurodevelopmental Disorders

CLAIRE S. CAHILL (CABAS - The Fred S. Keller School - Teachers College, Columbia University), Flavia Borgonovo (SOLE scs - Nicholls State University), veronica baroni (PRISMA Centro per l’Apprendimento), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Bruno Angeli (SOLE onlus and Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

Children with Developmental Disorders may not use verbal language on their own initiative, but only in the presence of verbal antecedents or prompts. However, since in the natural environment most of the communicative initiations occur in presence of non-verbal antecedents, it is crucial to teach and promote the use of verbal behavior under these contingencies. Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) is a procedure demonstrated to be effective in increasing the number of verbal operants emitted in non-instructional context. The aim of these two studies was evaluating the effectiveness of ITI with stationary and animated images on the emission of mands, tacts, sequelic initiations and reactions in three non-instructional settings. ITI involves the presentation of 100 additional tacts. Compared to previous studies, the stimuli used for tact emissions included also animated images, instead of only static ones. In Experiment 1, the participants were 3 children between 3 and 5 years old with Specific Language Impairment, while Experiment 2 included 3 children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and comorbidities. A multiple probe design across participants was used for both studies. The results replicated the findings of previous research; considerations regarding the use of animated images, treatment intensity and changes in probes length were discussed.

 
What Did You Say? The Effect of Articulation-Based Intensive Tact Instruction in Increasing Vocal Verbal Operants and Speech Intelligibility
HAN YAN (Fred S. Keller School/Teachers College, Columbia University), Claire S. Cahill (CABAS - The Fred S. Keller School - Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: Tacts are foundational to social communication, and this social contact requires the presence of a listener. But if the tacts are produced infrequently or are unintelligible to the listener, the critical component of social reinforcement from a listener will not occur. For this experiment, we selected preschool participants who emitted few vocal verbal operants and whose utterances were often unintelligible to the listener. Using a multiple-probe design, we examined the effects of Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) with targeted tacts for articulation errors on the frequency and intelligibility of vocal verbal operants emitted during free-play sessions. During the ITI, the experimenters provided 100 tact opportunities for the participants to tact with an echoic-to-tact procedure across stimuli to target the mis-articulated sounds identified on the Goldman-Fristoe-2 assessment. The experimenters found that the ITI increased the number as well as the intelligibility of vocal verbal operants. The procedure provided 100 opportunities per day for participants to contact reinforcement for tact operants and specifically to contact reinforcement for intelligible utterances. Increases in vocal verbal operants, and specifically tacts, in the non-instructional setting indicate an establishment of conditioned reinforcement for tacts.
 

The Effects of the Self-Talk Immersion Protocol on Self-Talk During Fantasy Play, Social Verbal Behavior and Social Learning in Children Diagnosed With Autism

VERONICA BARONI (PRISMA Centro per l’Apprendimento), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw School), Hayley Louise Locke (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

Self-talk during fantasy play allows children to function as listener and speaker within the same skin and is a crucial step in verbal development. This study evaluates, with two experiments, the effects of the Self Talk Immersion Protocol (STIP) on the emergence of self-talk sequelics and conversational units (STCU) and social verbal behavior during fantasy play. A multiple probe design staggered across participants was used in both experiments. The participants of Experiment I were four 5- to 8-years old children with Developmental Disorders, in Experiment II the study was replicated with two 6-years old twins with Developmental Disorders. Results of the study further support the use of the STIP as an intervention to induce self-talk behavior for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other Developmental Disorders. In Experiment II, emergence of self-talk led to increased social verbal operants and conversational units with peers during fantasy play for both participants. Additional research is needed to evaluate the relation between the emergence of STCU as a verbal behavior cusp and the emergence of social verbal behavior between children.

 
A Component Analysis of the Learn Unit on Acquisition and Maintenance Responses
GINGER HARMS (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We analyzed the components of the learn unit- praise and correction- to test their effect on skill acquisition separately and jointly. Participants were 6 listener/speakers with the unidirectional naming cusp. An adapted alternating treatments design counterbalanced across stimuli was used. Stimuli were taught as a listener response using either the learn unit, corrections for incorrect responses, or praise for correct responses. Following mastery of 2 out of 3 sets at 100% accuracy across a single session, we tested the untaught speaker responses, and conducted bi-weekly maintenance probes. All participants learned listener responses more rapidly and had greater accuracy in the learn unit condition. Few participants acquired the set to mastery through praise only. Though the correction procedure alone resulted in mastery of the stimuli, the combination of praise and corrections together was the most effective method for teaching. Probes for the unconsequated speaker response and maintenance of the acquired stimuli have mixed results.
 
 
Symposium #282
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Transition Planning: Preparing Autistic Adolescents and Adults for Life After Graduation
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Discussant: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services)
CE Instructor: Robert LaRue, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Graduation from high school represents an exciting time for students and their families. In most cases, their educational experience has prepared them for their transition to adulthood. While those of us who are neurotypical are often well prepared for what awaits us in this next phase of life, outcomes for autistic adults are less positive. Autistic adults often transition from their educational experience with significant gaps in their communication skills, employment/vocational skills, and leisure repertoires. Taken together, these deficits contribute to poor quality of life for autistic individuals and their families. The purpose of the current symposium is to share novel assessment and intervention strategies to help improve outcomes for autistic adults of transitional age. Topics in the current symposium will include a review of the last 30 years of adult clinical research, teaching autistic adults to mand for information (“Wh” question), using direct vocational assessments to repair faulty job placements, and using direct assessment procedures to effectively identify matched leisure activities for older learners diagnosed with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adolescence, adulthood, autism, transition
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how to repair poor job matches with proper assessment
2. describe strategies for identifying appropriate leisure activities in adults with ASD
3. describe strategies to teach adults with autism to mand for information
 

Behavior Analytic Interventions for Adults With Autism: A Literature Review

JENNA JUMA (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The number of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has drastically increased since the turn of the century leading to a crisis as these individuals enter adulthood. Although there is considerable behavior analytic research on children with autism, little research has been conducted with adults with the same disorder. Through a hand search of eight autism and behavior analytic journals, qualities of behavior analytic treatment articles including participants 21 years or older were assessed; studies targeting the increase of socially appropriate behavior and decrease of problem behavior were evaluated. Results revealed a low number of articles involving adults with autism compared to articles involving children with the same disorder. Within the included articles, many effective treatment strategies were identified such as task analyses, prompting methods, behavior skills training, and self-monitoring. Based on results of this review, clinicians have effective procedures to use, researchers know gaps in the literature to explore, and policy makers have evidence to include Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) in adult services and laws.

 

Teaching Mand for Information “Why?” to Adults With Developmental Disabilities

Mya White (University of Missouri-St. Louis), ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract:

Mand for information (MFI) plays an important role in language development as a means of acquiring new knowledge from one’s environment. Due to its generative effects and the possibility of leading to reinforcers, MFIs are considered a behavioral cusp essential for advanced language. However, many individuals, including adults with developmental disabilities, fail to effectively emit MFIs. Most research on behavior strategies for teaching MFIs has focused on “Where?” and “Who?” questions, with relatively few studies addressing “Why?” and “What?” (Cengher et al., 2022). The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication of Valentino et al. (2019) by evaluating a procedure to teach the MFI “Why?” to three adults with developmental disabilities using a multiple baseline design. Various scenarios were developed to evoke the MFI “Why?” and teach the response under the control of relevant establishing operations (EOs). Response generalization was assessed using untrained scenarios. Results showed that the procedure was effective in establishing the MFI “Why?” under the control of EOs for all participants. Furthermore, all participants demonstrated response generalization to novel scenarios. The outcomes of the study are discussed in the context of service delivery for adults with developmental disabilities, along with recommendations for future research.

 

An Analysis of Environmental Components to Identify Leisure Preferences Among Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

GABRIELLE PIGNATELLI (Rutgers University, Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Robert W. Isenhower (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Arielle R Marshall (University of Florida), Chantal Taluba (Rutgers University), Lindsey Cicalese (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Adults with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have a range of differences in their adaptive behavior repertoires and may subsequently require continued support throughout the lifespan. Given the importance of adaptive skills, deficits in this area can impact an individual’s ability to engage in a range of leisure activities and thus impact their quality of life. The current study aims to examine the leisure preferences of up to five participants over the age of 18 with a diagnosis of ASD. A concurrent operants assessment was utilized to determine whether preferences for specific aspects of leisure activities and environments could be identified, and whether this identification led to increased engagement and participant choice to continue engaging with these activities that matched these preferences. The current data of one participant is beginning to replicate the findings of Isenhower et al. (in prep). Specifically, the participant had a clear preference for leisure and environmental components, demonstrated greater engagement when activities and environments matched these components, and the participant selected matched activities and environments more often than non-matched activities and environments. This assessment continues to show promise as a potential method to identify leisure preferences among adults with ASD.

 
Utilizing Vocational Assessments to Repair Performance Issues at Community-Based Job Placements of Autistic Adults
James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), KIET TRAN (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Jenna Juma (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services)
Abstract: Autistic adults experience challenges acquiring competitive employment, suggested by statistics indicating unemployment rates of approximately 75% (Holwerda et al., 2012). Of those employed, some settle for positions not matching their skill level, offering fewer hours, or providing a lower pay rate compared to their neurotypical counterparts (Scott et al., 2019). As such, service providers may feel compelled to accept positions for their autistic clients not matching their employment preferences/aptitudes. Autistic adults employed in positions unmatched to their strengths/interests may demonstrate performance issues which could adversely affect their employment, given the presentation of non-preferred activities and difficulty communicating preferences. LaRue and colleagues (2020) demonstrated the benefit of establishing a “vocational profile” to determine positions autistic adults could thrive in, based on choice and performance with tasks matching/not matching their “profile”. For this study, researchers extended research of LaRue and colleagues (2020), identifying three severely impacted autistic adults presenting performance/behavioral issues at their community-based jobs, and compared the “profile” of their job tasks to their “vocational profile”. If unmatched, tasks were modified to fit the individual’s “vocational profile”. Initial results suggest modifications to unmatched tasks more closely matched participants’ “vocational profile”, reduced rates of challenging behavior and increased on-task behaviors at work.
 
 
Symposium #283
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research in the Application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to Sports and Fitness
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 143 A-C
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Heather Zerger (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba)
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In this symposium, researchers will describe studies in which they evaluated ABA approaches to increase physical activity and enhance sports performance. Ellie Warmund will discuss her study comparing video feedback (VF) and video self-evaluation (VSE) for enhancing tap dance performance of 10 to 14-year-old dancers. The results showed that VF was superior to VSE for increasing performance with two of three participants. Shreeya Deshmukh will describe her study evaluating the effects of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) for decreasing disruptive behavior for 6- to 13-year-old girls in three dance classes. Her results show substantial disruptions from baseline to intervention for all three classes. Maddy McCullen will describe her research evaluating self-tailored deposit contracts for increasing physical activity in neurotypical adults and reinforcement thinning for maintaining intervention gains. Her results show increases in step count for all three participants and some degree of maintenance for all participants. Sofia O’Leary will present her research evaluating self-monitoring and feedback for increasing exercise among older adults in a senior living facility. The results showed increased steps, as measured by pedometers for all four participants. Dr. Jennifer Cook will serve as discussant and provide comments on the papers.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Fitness, Sports
Target Audience:

The target audience is practicing BCBAs and researchers in the field of health, sports, and fitness.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe video feedback and video self-evaluation applied to sports performance.
2. Describe the Good Behavior Game implemented in dance classes.
3. Describe self-monitoring and feedback procedures for increase exercise.
4. Describe the use of self-tailored deposit contracts to increase physical activity.
 
A Comparison of Video Feedback and Video Self-Evaluation to Improve Tap Skills
ELLIE WARMUND (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shreeya Deshmukh (University of Central Florida)
Abstract: Within sports, various feedback-based interventions have been evaluated to enhance performance of skills. Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of video feedback (VF) to improve performance across a variety of sports. In VF, the researcher reviews the video of the athlete’s performance and provides feedback. Video self-evaluation (VSE), though less studied, is also a feedback method that is proven to improve sports skills. IN VSE, the athlete learns to review the video of their own performance and provide feedback based on the steps of a task analysis. By using a multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design, this study compared VF to VSE to improve the performance of tap skills. We evaluated three skills for each dancer. One skill received VF. One skill received VSE. One was the control skill and did not receive an intervention. The results showed that VF yielded a more rapid improvement in skill performance.
 

Using the Good Behavior Game to Reduce Disruptive Behavior in Dance Classrooms

SHREEYA DESHMUKH (University of Central Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Group contingencies are one of the most effective behavioral procedures in reducing classroom disruptions. One type of group contingency is an interdependent group contingency called the Good Behavior Game (GBG). Researchers have found the GBG to be effective in reducing classroom disruptions, increasing appropriate social behavior in a physical education class, and increasing the number of steps taken during recess. In this study, the researchers evaluated to effectiveness of the GBG to reduce disruptive behaviors in three dance classes at a local dance studio. In each class, the students were divided into two teams. The team with the least amount of disruptive behavior won the game and earned small prizes. Data collectors recorded data on the percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior using momentary time sampling with 20-s intervals. Using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across classes, researchers demonstrated an immediate decrease in the percentage of intervals with disruptive behavior across the three classes. Social validity from the students indicated that they enjoyed the GBG and earning prizes for their behavior. Future directions and implications for clinical applications in Applied Behavior Analysis and sports will be discussed. Keywords: good behavior game, dance, disruptive behavior

 
An Evaluation of Reinforcement Thinning Using Deposit Contracts to Increase Physical Activity
MADELINE MCCULLEN (University of South Florida), Heather Zerger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Due to the health risks associated with a sedentary lifestyle, behavioral interventions such as contingency management and deposit contracts have been used to increase physical activity. Although these interventions have been effective, researchers have depicted the lack of maintenance of the target behavior. One way to address the maintenance of behavior, such as physical activity, is with reinforcement thinning. The current study evaluated the effects of self-tailored deposit contracts and reinforcement thinning on daily step count with sedentary adults using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Researchers and participants designed a self-tailored deposit contract by identifying a step goal and a predetermined amount of money to earn back contingent on meeting their goal daily, every three days, and once per week. Results showed an increase in step count in intervention across all phases as well as maintenance effects. These results suggest that sedentary adult’s daily step count can be maintained at an increased level with the implementation of self-tailored deposit contracts and reinforcement thinning.
 
Evaluating Goal Setting, Self-Monitoring, and Feedback to Increase Physical Activity in Older Adults
SOFIA O'LEARY (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida), Emma Jean Walker (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Adequate levels of physical activity in older adulthood are associated with many positive health outcomes which support healthy aging. However, most older adults do not meet the current physical activity recommendations associated with healthy aging. Generally, inadequate physical activity is associated with a variety of health risk factors, for example, overweight and obesity, cardiovascular disease, Type 2 diabetes, and certain types of cancer. Although older adults share these same risk factors for inadequate levels of physical activity as adults, there are additional risk factors that are unique to this population that may negatively impact health aging. For example, older adulthood is correlated with decreased bone and muscle mass, as well as changes in gait, which for some, drastically increases the risk of accidental falls, which can be permanently disabling or even fatal. Previous applied investigations have demonstrated the utility of package interventions consisting of goal setting, self monitoring, and feedback, in both children and adults. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a package intervention consisting of these components in increase daily step totals in older adults. The results of this investigation, as well as implications and recommendations for physical activity research with older adults, will be discussed
 
 
Symposium #284
CE Offered: BACB
Special Edition Spotlight: Behavior Analysts' Role in Public Policy Advocacy Part II
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (Culturo-Behavior Science Innovation Network & Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Discussant: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts engaged in public policy advocacy do so with the intended purpose of improving socially significant behavior for those we serve. Public policy advocacy has not been a part of most behavior analysts’ formal training. However, some behavior analysts have realized that international, national, state, and local public policy impacts the way applied behavior analytic (ABA) services are delivered and contributes to the betterment of society more generally. Behavior analysts have addressed policies that affect the provision of behavior analytic services and those related to issues that make the world a better place for all people. Across the world, behavior analysts are meeting with legislators to educate them on behavior analytic solutions to societal problems. Incorporating a behavior analytic perspective into policies supports best practices in many areas and can create a more humane, reinforcing environment for all. This symposium highlights four contributions to the special section in Behavior Analysis in Practice on Public Policy Advocacy and sheds light on the public policy advocacy efforts related to the practice of behavior analysis that have occurred across a variety of jurisdictions and settings, and have promoted macro level policy changes that benefit society more generally.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): advocacy, public policy, regulation, service capacity
Target Audience:

The target audience is intermediate. It is helpful for attendees to have competence in foundational knowledge related to behavior analytic concepts, principles, and theory

Learning Objectives: 1. state how local, state, and provincial advocacy affect national and macro level issues.
2. describe how to begin public policy initiatives.
3. provide at least two examples of how to effectively advocate.
 
Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico: Efforts and Challenges in Public Policy, Advocacy, and Autism Intervention
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Instituto de Investigaciones Psicológicas, Universidad Veracruzana), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava (Biomedical Research Center at Universidad Veracruzana, Xalapa, Veracruz, México), Maria Guerra (Monterrey, Nuevo León, México Juan Francisco Lozano-Ramirez- Tecnológico de Monterrey; Escuela de Medicina y Ciencias de la Salud, Monterrey, Nuevo León, México ), Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Ana Paula Martinez (Kommati, Monterrey, Nuevo León, México; University of Kansas, Lawrence, KC, USA), Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a long tradition in Mexican academic institutions, yet Applied Behavior Analysis remains underdeveloped in public policies related to health care, education, and welfare. This presentation will assess the current state of Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico, including its practice, recognition, regulation, and integration into public policies. An overview of the healthcare and education systems will be provided, highlighting how Applied Behavior Analysis services should be incorporated. A specific focus will be on the management of developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder, where Applied Behavior Analysis has been historically used. Recent advancements in Mexican legislation regarding the protection of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder, and their right to effective treatment, will be discussed. Additionally, efforts to create a professional association recognizing Applied Behavior Analysis's effectiveness in designing empirically validated interventions will be covered. The potential impact of Applied Behavior Analysis on public policy in health and education will be highlighted. Finally, challenges and recommendations for expanding the reach of Applied Behavior Analysis in Mexico will be presented and shared.
 

CANCELLED: Behavioural Economic Analysis of Demand for Regulation of Behaviour Analysts in Ontario to Inform Public Policy

ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Promise O Tewogbola (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

We applied behavioral economic methods to assess the effects of regulatory cost on demand for the opportunity to practice behavior analysis in Ontario using a hypothetical purchase task. The government of Ontario passed legislation to expand the psychology regulatory body to include behavior analysts. This is an important step in public protection policy, the professionalization of the practice of applied behavior analysis (ABA), and standards of practice in the province. This study aimed to inform part of the process using an operant demand framework because fees are required to operate regulatory bodies, which implies that professionals interested in becoming regulated health professionals must pay initial and ongoing fees. Demand was analyzed using the exponentiated model of demand. Participants included 60 practitioners, who indicated they were board certified behavior analysts and Ontario residents. The findings indicated that participants’ mean Pmax value (the price at which consumption becomes elastic) was $624.65 at the aggregate level. These results may indicate Ontario behavior analysts’ perceptions of the acceptability of varying costs associated with regulation. Further, the study demonstrates the applied utility of behavioral economic methods to assess demand for commodities within behavior analysis.

 

Science Over Cynicism: The Race to Preserve Best-Practice Applied Behavior Analysis Through Expanded Awareness, Advocacy, and Enforcement of the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act

JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract:

Widespread insurance funding of applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a medically necessary mental health benefit in the treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has placed behavior analysts in the role of health care providers. Behavior analysts who work with insurance and/or Medicaid have increasingly encountered payor guidelines that interfere with their efforts to implement treatment plans that reflect generally accepted standards of care. When these arbitrary limits are integrated into ABA practices, payors–not science–are shaping ABA. Many common payor guidelines, such as location exclusions, caregiver participation requirements, and age and hour limits, violate the federal Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act (MHPAEA). For the first time since MHPAEA became law, federal agencies are scrutinizing payor guidelines and practices through the lens of MHPAEA and working to increase compliance. In this new climate of MHPAEA enforcement, behavior analysts are uniquely positioned to identify, reject, and report improper guidelines that constrain their ABA practices and promote best practices to optimize patient outcomes. This review of MHPAEA in the context of ABA highlights common violations and current advocacy and aims to equip behavior analysts with the tools to free their practices from improper limits.

 
The Right to Effective Behavioral Treatment Revisited: Ethical Expectations for Behavior Analysts Today
AMANDA N. KELLY (Unumb Center for Neurodevelopment / Behaviorbabe)
Abstract: In this presentation, Dr. Kelly will discuss the article, "The Right to Effective Behavioral Treatment Revisited: Ethical Expectations for Behavior Analysts Today” recently published in the special section on Public Policy Advocacy in Behavior Analysis and Practice. This presentation revisits the foundational work of Van Houten and colleagues from 1988, exploring how the original principles of effective behavior intervention are still relevant in today’s evolving landscape. Dr. Kelly will examine how these ethical expectations explored by Van Houten and colleagues continue to safeguard the rights and welfare of clients and caregivers, emphasizing the importance of reaffirming these commitments in modern practice. By addressing current challenges and barriers, this presentation seeks to ignite meaningful dialogue within the field, encouraging behavior analysts to critically assess and enhance their application of these rights. Ultimately, this talk serves as a call to action, inviting collaboration and innovation to ensure ethical, effective, and client-centered behavior services.
 
 
Symposium #285
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Basic and Applied Research on Extinction Bursts and Resurgence
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence E-H
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.I am both a licensed psychologist (NJ 35SI00626400) and BCBA-D (1-08-4742)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of alternative (DRA) behavior is an effective intervention for decreasing problem behavior. However, DRA with extinction can produce extinction-induced adverse side effects, such as extinction bursts and resurgence. Extinction bursts involve an increase in the frequency of a target response at the start of extinction for that response. Resurgence is an increase in a previously extinguished target response when reinforcement conditions for the alternative response worsen. The studies in this symposium evaluated predictions of the temporally weighted matching law, which may account for both extinction bursts and resurgence (Shahan, 2022). First, Avellaneda and colleagues investigated extinction bursts following changes in magnitude of alternative reinforcement with rats. Kishel and colleagues evaluated extinction bursts following magnitude manipulations among children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Next, Calabrese and colleagues evaluated extinction bursts following rate manipulations of alternative reinforcement in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Finally, Thuman and colleagues conducted a retrospective analysis of extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior during terminal probes for schedule thinning in applications of functional communication training. The symposium will close with a discussion by Dr. Dorothea Lerman.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): extinction burst, matching law, resurgence, translational research
Target Audience: This symposium is for graduate students, practitioners, and researchers who have at least a basic understanding of the processes of differential reinforcement and extinction.
Learning Objectives: 1. describe the most common definition of the extinction burst
2. list three parameters of reinforcement that can influence the probability of an extinction burst
3. describe at least one similarity and one difference between the extinction burst and resurgence
 
The Extinction Burst: Effects of Alternative Reinforcement Magnitude
(Basic Research)
MATIAS ALEJANDRO AVELLANEDA (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: An extinction burst is a transitory increase in an operant behavior soon after it is placed on extinction. A recent quantitative model based on the matching law posits that the extinction burst is the result of the elimination of competition from reinforcement-related behavior that accompanies the transition to extinction. Consistent with this suggestion, reviews of clinical cases suggest the extinction burst might be mitigated by the availability of alternative sources of reinforcement during the transition to extinction, but there has been no basic research on this question. In this experiment, lever pressing of rats was reinforced with one food pellet during baseline before a within-session transition to extinction. For one group, no alternative reinforcement was available during extinction. For two other groups, an alternative lever was provided and produced either one or six pellet reinforcers. The extinction burst was only observed for the group without alternative reinforcement. Furthermore, target lever pressing was lower during extinction for the 6-pellet group than for the 1-pellet group. The data were well described by the model, providing support to the competition-based approach in accounting for the extinction burst.
 
Effects of Magnitude of Reinforcement on Extinction Bursts of Destructive Behavior During Treatment
(Basic Research)
CATHERINE KISHEL (Rutgers University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Abstract: This study is part of a larger collaborative research project that examines the effects of various parameters of reinforcement (i.e., reinforcer rate, magnitude, quality, and combinations thereof) on the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts of target responding during treatments implemented with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. The present study examined changes in reinforcer magnitude in the clinic for individuals referred for the treatment of destructive behavior. We examined extinction bursts of destructive behavior and relative treatment effects when treatment procedures arranged extinction for destructive behavior and (a) no change in the magnitude of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, (b) a drop in the magnitude of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, or (c) extinction for alternative responding. Preliminary results from the clinic suggest that reinforcer magnitude affects treatment efficacy when treatment procedures arrange differential reinforcement and extinction for target responding. Analysis of these early findings will be discussed in context of the present study and with respect to the larger aims of the collaborative project.
 
Effects of Rate of Reinforcement on Extinction Bursts of Destructive Behavior During Treatment
(Applied Research)
TRICIA LYNN CALABRESE (Rutgers University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Abstract: This study is part of a larger collaborative research project that examines the effects of various parameters of reinforcement (i.e., reinforcer rate, magnitude, quality, and combinations thereof) on the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts of target responding during treatments implemented with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. The present study examined changes in reinforcer rate in the clinic for individuals referred for the treatment of destructive behavior. We examined extinction bursts of destructive behavior and relative treatment effects when treatment procedures arranged extinction for destructive behavior and (a) no change in the rate of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, (b) a drop in the rate of alternative reinforcement relative to baseline, or (c) extinction for alternative responding. Preliminary results from the clinic suggest that reinforcer rate affects treatment efficacy when treatment procedures arrange differential reinforcement and extinction for target responding. Analysis of these early findings will be discussed in context of the present study and with respect to the larger aims of the collaborative project.
 

Extinction Bursts and Resurgence during Schedule Thinning With the Terminal Schedule Probe Method

(Applied Research)
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Schedule thinning with compound schedules of reinforcement (e.g., multiple schedules) is effective for reducing reinforcement density during treatment of severe problem behavior. Extinction programmed within the compound schedules may induce transient increases in behavior. When an alternative behavior (i.e., functional communication response [FCR]) is trained and then contacts extinction during schedule thinning, increases in target behavior (i.e., severe problem behavior) may be considered resurgence; whereas increases in alternative behavior may be considered an extinction burst. Transient increases in alternative or target behavior may be problematic and lead to treatment integrity errors. Contemporary quantitative formulations suggest that resurgence and extinction bursts may result from the same principles governing choice (Shahan, 2022), therefore, a better understanding of these processes may inform treatment for severe problem behavior. In the current retrospective analysis, we examined the prevalence of extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior during terminal schedule probes (Strohmeier et al., 2024) for 69 consecutively encountered participants. Within session data analysis indicated extinction bursts of alternative behavior and resurgence of target behavior for some participants, but neither were uniformly present. We describe the characteristics and report the prevalence of each process and discuss clinical implications for schedule thinning.

 
 
Symposium #287
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research on Group Contingencies in Education
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Ray Joslyn, Ph.D.
Abstract: Some current research on group contingencies focuses on examining procedural variations and novel approaches to improve effectiveness, contextual fit, and social validity. Working toward these goals may increase teacher adoption of group contingencies and improve implementation rates. Researchers in this symposium will discuss studies that have furthered these research directions in education. The first presenter will discuss the effects of a group contingency arrangement of synchronous reinforcement on disruptive behavior in elementary school classrooms. The second presenter will discuss a study that examines student and teacher preference for group contingency arrangements (i.e., Good Behavior Game) with and without feedback. The third presenter will discuss a study examining teacher-led procedural modifications of the Good Behavior Game to improve social validity and intervention maintenance. The final presenter will discuss a study examining the effectiveness of a dependent group contingency on disruption in alternative elementary education. The researchers and discussant will also provide some directions for future research and implications for clinical practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): education, goodbehavior game, group contingencies
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysis researchers and practitioners, teachers, and other school personnel. Audience members should have a basic understanding of the principles of behavior
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe current research directions on group contingencies.
2. Describe procedural variations to group contingencies that may improve effectiveness or social validity.
3. Discuss the role of teacher preferences in designing and modifying group contingencies in education.
 
Effects of a Group Contingency Arrangement of Synchronous Reinforcement on Disruptive Behavior in Elementary Classes
GABRIELA GOMES (Louisiana State University), Elizabeth Kay Linton (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Synchronous schedules of reinforcement are a type of schedule of covarion in which the onset and offset of the response are aligned with the onset and offset of the reinforcer. In this study, we used multiple baseline across classes and reversal designs to determine the effects of a synchronous reinforcement schedule, arranged as a group contingency, on disruptive classroom behavior and time spent following rules during independent work periods in three elementary classrooms: 2 first grade and 1 fourth grade. Additionally, we compared the effects of a synchronous reinforcement schedule with a continuous noncontingent schedule in the fourth-grade classroom. The synchronous schedule was effective in decreasing disruptive classroom behavior and increasing students’ time spent following rules across all classes. Furthermore, the effect in the fourth-grade classroom could not be attributed to access to the reinforcing stimulus alone, as the noncontingent delivery of those stimuli did not produce changes in behavior relative to baseline. Students in the 2 first-grade classes reported preferring the synchronous reinforcement condition over baseline. Students in the fourth-grade class reported preferring the noncontingent access condition over baseline and synchronous reinforcement.
 
Efficacy and Social Validity of the Good Behavior Game With and Without Feedback
MILAD NAJAFICHAGHABOURI (Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State University), Emily Slater (Utah State University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective class-wide intervention that has been shown to improve various student outcomes across different settings and student populations (Bowman-Perrottee et al., 2016; Groves et al., 2023). Teachers have previously reported concerns about one component of the game, delivering feedback following instances of rule violations (Joslyn & Vollmer, 2020, Joslyn et al., 2019; Najafichaghabouri et al., accepted). Previous research shows that GBG may still be effective when feedback is omitted or only one type of feedback is delivered (e.g., Chotto et al., 2024; Wiskow et al., 2019). However, to date no studies have directly compared the GBG with and without feedback and assessed implementer preference for the different variations of the intervention. The current study we implemented the GBG with four elementary classrooms, and assessed implementer and student preference the GBG under different feedback conditions. Results showed that both interventions were similarly effective in reducing disruption in all four classrooms. Implementer preference for the intervention was mixed across classrooms, but students always preferred the GBG with both visual and vocal feedback. Students and teachers both reported overall positive social validity of the intervention.
 

Teacher-Led Procedural Modification of the Good Behavior Game

CIARA RODRIGUEZ (West Virginia University), Amina Boukhris (West Virginia University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a well-established classroom management intervention that utilizes group contingencies to improve student behavior. Despite its robust nature and consistent effectiveness, teachers have reported that elements of the procedure present implementation barriers, reducing the likelihood that they will maintain implementation. Although researchers have examined numerous procedural variations to the GBG, they are typically selected by the researchers without meaningful input from teachers. In the current study, researchers examined the decisions that teachers make to modify the GBG to best fit their preferences. Following a “business as usual” baseline, teachers were trained to implement the traditional arrangement of the GBG and implemented it until we saw consistent reductions in disruptive behavior. Then, researchers conducted qualitative interviews with the teachers to learn about their perceived implementation barriers and elements of the game they wanted to change. The researchers then helped the teachers modify the procedure and implement it. This process was repeated until the teachers were satisfied with the procedures and reported that they were happy with the intervention. Qualitative and follow-up data indicated that the teachers preferred the modified version over the traditional version and continued to implement the modified version over time.

 
Effectiveness of a Dependent Group Contingency in Elementary Alternative Education
KARA SAMAJ (Monongalia County Schools), Marisela Alicia Aguilar (West Virginia University), Ray Joslyn (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Group contingencies have an extensive literature base indicating their effectiveness in alternative education, with interdependent and dependent group contingencies being the most common. Although there have been many demonstrations of interdependent and dependent group contingencies in alternative education, a recent literature review (Groves et al., 2023) indicated that there has not been a published evaluation of a dependent group contingency in alternative education. This represents a considerable gap in the literature because of the numerous potential benefits of dependent group contingencies in alternative education. In the current study, researchers evaluated a dependent group contingency arrangement referred to as the “Hero Game” in an elementary alternative education classroom. The classroom teacher implemented the game by tracking each student’s disruptive behavior during the game, drawing a random name at the end of the game, and delivering rewards to the whole class if the selected student met the criterion. The Hero Game produced marked reductions in disruptive behavior and the students never lost the game.
 
 
Paper Session #288
Supervision
Self-Assessment Accuracy in Behavior Analytic Contexts
Sunday, May 25, 2025
3:30 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Alan Kinsella (The Manhattan Childrens Center; Endicott College)
 

Self-Assessment Accuracy in Behavior Analytic Contexts

Domain: Applied Research
ALAN KINSELLA (The Manhattan Childrens Center; Endicott College)
 
Abstract:

An accurate self-assessment repertoire is crucial for maintaining high standards of practice, or a scope of competence, among behavior analysts. However, procedural means to achieve this remain underexplored. Medical communities have investigated these effects and largely found that accuracy in self-assessment is poor, with an inverse relation between ratings of adequacy and experience. Regular self-assessment strengthened by feedback from standardized rubrics or expert raters is key to maintaining ethical practice and engaging in self-guided learning. Drawing on foundational values and BACB ethical standards, this study extended research from medical communities to assess self-assessment accuracy and confidence among ABA graduate students with three skills: mock exams, mock caregiver interviews, and discrete trial training with actual clients. These represented a range of familiar and unfamiliar activities for ABA professionals. Where deficits in self-assessment accuracy were found, behavior analytic tactics related to feedback and reference tools were implemented to close the gap. Several participants met criteria across the skill types for intervention, and the intervention quickly improved self-assessment across all participants. Implications for fostering a more defined scope of competence and the durability of these findings as they relate to confidence levels are discussed to inform future research on this topic.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #291
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating and Learning From Rewards: Insights From Dopamine
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Maria G. Valdovinos, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PATRICIA JANAK (Johns Hopkins University)
Abstract:

The experience of a reward, such as the ingestion of food, is accompanied by dynamic patterns of neuronal activity across many brain regions. For example, reward ingestion is often accompanied by brief increases in spike activity of dopamine neurons, as well as other neural populations in the basal ganglia. I will discuss animal laboratory studies that illustrate the important role of behavioral approaches in revealing the functions of this reward-elicited activity with a focus on reward signals that promote future reward seeking behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate - should have understanding of reinforcement and familiarity with general related brain activity.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify reward signals that promote future reward seeking behavior.
2. Describe activity of dopamine neurons in response to reinforcer delivery.
3. Recognize patterns of neuronal activity across brain regions associated with reinforcement.
 
PATRICIA JANAK (Johns Hopkins University)

Patricia Janak is a Bloomberg Distinguished Professor at Johns Hopkins University, with appointments in the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences in the Krieger School of Arts and Sciences and the Department of Neuroscience in the School of Medicine. Dr. Janak earned her Ph.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, and conducted postdoctoral research at the Wake Forest University School of Medicine and the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institutes of Health. From 1999 to 2014, Dr. Janak was faculty at the University of California, San Francisco, where she was the Howard J. Weinberger, M.D., Endowed Chair in Addiction Research at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Janak has served as Program Chair and Secretary for the Society for Neuroscience and is editor-in-chief for the journal, Psychopharmacology. Dr. Janak studies neural processes of reward learning, both under normal conditions and in animal models relevant to substance use disorders.  Janak and her laboratory members have made critical discoveries regarding the neurochemical and neuroanatomical bases of alcohol intake and relapse. Current work focuses on circuit level analysis of striatal systems and dopamine error signals during learning and decision making.

 
 
Symposium #292
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Brains, Frames, and Climate Change: Applications of Relational Frame Theory (RFT)
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 158 AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Courtney Posey (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
CE Instructor: Zhihui Yi, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium integrates behavioral and neurophysiological research to provide novel insights into how relational responding and psychological flexibility can influence pro-environmental behaviors and emotional resilience. First, we examine the neurophysiological underpinnings of derived relational responding using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). By investigating how different relational frames activate brain networks, this research provides critical insights into the neurological correlates of relational frame theory (RFT). Data from neurotypical and autistic participants reveal distinct activation patterns, shedding light on the neural mechanisms involved in relational learning and offering implications for advancing linguistic and cognitive training approaches. The second study in this series expands upon advanced language strategies by exploring the role of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in promoting climate action and reducing climate-related anxiety in marginalized groups, specifically youth and disabled individuals. This research highlights the importance of increased psychological flexibility in addressing broader social issues like climate change through individual behavior changes, as evidenced by increased pro-environmental purchasing behaviors following relational training. This symposium offers insight into the advancement of behavioral science through neurophysiology and applications in both individual and societal change.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ACT, Climate change, Neurophysiology, RFT
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts should have familiarity with RFT and ACT, including a basic understanding of principles and processes. In addition, familiarity with fMRI and basic consumer research may be of benefit.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe preliminary findings on neurophysiological differences in relational frame processing between neurotypical and autistic participants, advancing understanding of neurological correlates in relational training.
2. describe how neuroimaging, specifically fMRI, reveals distinct neural activation patterns associated with derived relational responding and direct reinforcement histories, with a focus on frontal, parietal, and hippocampal regions.
3. explain how mindfulness and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interventions can reduce climate anxiety and encourage pro-environmental behaviors among disproportionately affected populations.
4. describe how psychological flexibility influences climate anxiety and supports pro-environmental behaviors, especially in marginalized groups such as youth and disabled individuals.
 
Diversity submission Neurophysiological Evidence of Derived Relational Responding
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago University of Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago Endicott College)
Abstract: There have been ongoing interests in using neurophysiological measurements to analyze neuroactivities related to stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory (RFT; Barnes-Holmes et al., 2005; Vahey et al., 2017). One such measurement is functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI). Existing fMRI research suggests different activation patterns in the frontal and parietal networks between derived relational responding and responses with a history of direct reinforcement, yet there seem to be differences in certain area’s involvement, such as the hippocampal area (Ogawa et al., 2010; Schlund et al., 2008). The current study extends previous work on RFT and fMRI by including relational frames other than coordination, refining the behavior task used, and by including a preliminary cohort of autistic participants. A group of neurotypical and autistic participants completed a series of relational framing tasks involving arbitrary stimuli using a match-to-sample (MTS) paradigm inside a fMRI scanner. Implications on relational training and its neurological correlates will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission ACTing on the Climate Crisis
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago University of Chicago), Claire M Zuch (University of Illinois Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: We are rapidly nearing a climate point of no return (PNR), where the cost of restoring Earth’s climate will far surpass current global and domestic production capacities. While addressing the climate crisis necessitates multi-level interventions, progress can still be made by increasing pro-environmental behaviors at the individual level. From a contextual behavioral perspective, broader social issues like climate change and climate anxiety can be understood through the lens of psychological flexibility. The current studies focus on the relationship between climate change, climate anxiety, and psychological flexibility, with an emphasis on two marginalized groups disproportionately affected by climate change: youth and disabled individuals. Although climate change impacts a wide range of vulnerable populations—including low-income communities, Indigenous populations, older adults, and racial and ethnic minorities—these studies center on youth and disabled individuals. First, we explore the relationship between psychological flexibility and climate or eco-anxiety, examining the potential for mindfulness-based interventions to reduce distress and foster pro-environmental behavior. Next, we present research utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to enhance psychological flexibility and promote climate action within these disproportionately impacted groups. The implications of applying a contemporary behavioral framework to understanding climate anxiety and pro-environmental behavior change are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #293
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Service Delivery: Program Modification Training for Assent-Based and Trauma-Informed Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Carolyn Crysdale (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Bendush, M.A.
Abstract:

Assent and trauma-informed practices are essential to addressing the unique needs of our clients. Practitioners often understand the importance of such practices but they may still struggle with their application during the course of service delivery. Therefore, helping practitioners navigate the conditions under which it is relevant to program for assent and trauma-informed practices during service delivery is integral for supporting both service providers (practitioners and direct care providers) and clients. This symposium includes a collection of three different applications of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to train service providers to implement assent-based and trauma-informed interventions in response to distress and behaviors that may interfere with learning. Specifically addressed are skills including identifying assent and assent withdrawal, collecting data on these behaviors, problem-solving how to address assent withdrawal during instruction, and assessment and treatment risk-benefit considerations from a trauma-informed practice lens. All trainings aimed to teach practitioners how to objectively assess and make individualized modifications to existing programs to better meet the needs of their clients. In addition, social validity measures across clients, caregivers, and service providers will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Assent, Behavioral-Skills Training, Protocol Modification, Trauma-Informed Practice
Target Audience:

Attendees should be familiar with the components of behavioral skills training (BST) Attendees should have knowledge of general program/protocol components (i.e. SD, target response, error correction, reinforcement, generalization, maintenance, etc)

Learning Objectives: 1. (1) Participants will be able to identify different applications of behavioral skills training for assent and trauma informed practice
2. (2) Participants will be able to evaluate current protocols for modification
3. (3) Based on needed modifications, participants will be able to list possible modifications that align with an assent informed or trauma informed practice
 
Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Staff to Follow an Assent-Based Intervention
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College)
Abstract: In this study, Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was used to train public school staff working with students with multiple disabilities to implement assent-based interventions during Discrete Trial Teaching (DTT). Skills taught involved how to identify student assent and assent withdrawal behaviors, verify assent, respond to assent withdrawal, maintain assent behavior, and collect data on assent and assent withdrawal behaviors. BST was delivered in person with video-recorded supplementation. Inter Observer Agreement data with both the experimenter and independent observers was performed on staff data collection and treatment integrity on staff implementation of the prescribed assent-based intervention plan. Procedural integrity was performed on the experimenter’s training delivery by independent observers. Results of the study indicate a functional relationship between BST and accuracy in data collection and implementation of assent-based interventions. Social validity feedback from staff members indicated a positive response to BST and implementing assent-based intervention. Data will be shared on treatment integrity, interobserver agreement, and results from a pre and post-questionnaire conducted with staff evaluating skills learned during training.
 

Teaching Practitioners to Identify and Modify Skill Acquisition Protocols to Account for Assent Behaviors

KATHERINE RHOADES (Endicott College), Stephanie Bendush (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The field of applied behavior analysis is progressing from conceptualizations of assent, assent withdrawal, and dissent, to the practical implications of modifying interventions and programs.This study evaluates the effectiveness of a computer-based module training program to teach clinicians concepts of assent, identifying assent within protocols, and identifying opportunities to embed assent within the protocol then making corresponding modifications. The goal of this research is to provide empirical support for different strategies clinicians can use in their daily practices to increase their use of assent-informed protocols and interventions. Assent provision and withdrawal behavior is idiosyncratic and will rely on numerous contextual variables that may be difficult to anticipate when generating a training program. Therefore, the aim of this training is to teach the application of different concepts within assent to the protocol modification process, while teaching to generalization. By creating a computer-based program with a behavioral skills training format, our goal is to create an evidence-based training that can be broadly distributed, therefore making assent-informed protocol modification more accessible to a wider population.

 
The Utility of Training Behavioral Practitioners in Trauma-informed Practices
GABRIELLE MORGAN (Bay Path University), Candice Colón (LEARN Behavioral), Megan Romero (Total Spectrum)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities (DD) are over 3 times more likely to experience maltreatment or other potentially traumatic events than the general population. According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB, 2020), Board Certified Behavior Analysts work primarily with individuals with DD, but many do not receive explicit training on how to take the trauma experiences of their clients and their families into account when developing or implementing behavior treatment plans. This study investigated the efficacy of a training package to teach behavioral practitioners to assess and modify their programs to include trauma-informed practices. The training package included live training with embedded behavioral skills training, didactic components, rationale, and follow-up check-ins with trainees. Before and after the training, an open-ended questionnaire regarding current BCBA practices and confidence in implementing trauma-informed practices was conducted, a rubric regarding the practitioners’ incorporation of trauma-informed practices was scored based on the current treatment plan and skill acquisition programs and a caregiver and behavior therapist questionnaire on the acceptability of the current program were provided. In addition, data on the client’s interfering behavior and skills targeted for acquisition were also reviewed before and after the training to assess client acceptability.
 
 
Symposium #295
CE Offered: BACB
Involving Classroom Teachers in School-Based Interventions
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 145 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lynette Kamachi Johnson (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Lynette Kamachi Johnson, M.A.
Abstract:

Teachers today face with a multitude of challenges, but disruptive student behavior should not be one of them. This symposium explores behavioral techniques to reduce disruptive student behavior in classroom settings. The first study evaluated the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Secondary (PTR-SEC) with three students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) and other disabilities. A multiple baseline design across participants showed that PTR-SEC was efficacious in improving the students’ behaviors, decreasing problem behaviors and increasing replacement behaviors. The second study examined the effectiveness of and preference for teacher-implemented accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement with three children. Results indicate that both schedules of reinforcement decreased interfering behavior, and participants preferred the distributed arrangement. The third study investigated the incorporation of function-based intervention into self-monitoring and its impact on the behavior of three middle school students with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline design across participants evaluated the effects of the function-based self-monitoring procedure. Results showed increases in functional communicative responses and improvement in classroom behavior for all three participating students. Collectively, these findings demonstrate the effectiveness of low-cost behavior techniques to reduce disruptive student behavior for teachers in school settings. Implications for involving classroom teachers in school-based interventions will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, function-based, school-based, self-monitoring
Target Audience:

1. Familiarity with principles of function-based interventions 2. Interest in and some experience working with teachers 3. Some familiarity with differential reinforcement, preference assessments, and functional communication

Learning Objectives: 1. (a) compare the effectiveness of various behavior techniques for involving classroom teachers in school-based interventions, and decrease disruptive student behaviors
2. (b) describe the differences between accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement
3. (c) describe the steps involved in designing and implementing function-based self-monitoring procedures
 

Evaluating the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Secondary (PTR-SEC) Model for Middle School Students With Disabilities Requiring Individualized Behavior Supports

LYNETTE KAMACHI JOHNSON (University of South Florida), Paris N Thie (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Madeline Risse (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) is a manualized, team-based, function-based intervention designed to prevent problem behavior from occurring (prevent), teach functional replacement behaviors or skills (teach), and promote the replacement and other desired behaviors (reinforce). The current study extends the literature on the PTR intervention model by evaluating the PTR model for middle school students in a public middle school setting. The PTR Secondary (PTR-SEC) model was evaluated with three students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) and other disabilities, involving their classroom teachers. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the behavioral outcomes of the students as they participated in the four steps of teaming and goal setting, assessment, intervention, and evaluation. Results showed that PTR-SEC was effective in improving all three students' behaviors, decreasing target problem behaviors and increasing replacement behaviors. The correspondence between the direct observation data collected by the research team and the Individualized Behavior Rating Scale Tool (IBRST) data collected by the teachers was relatively high for all students, indicating high usability and feasibility of the IBRST by classroom teachers. A strength of this study was the high teacher social validity scores, reflecting their approval of the PTR-SEC intervention and effectiveness in improving behavior.

 
Teacher-Implemented Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement in the Classroom Setting
KIMBERLY R. FORD (University of South Florida), Jessica Benevides (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Natalie Mandel (Bancroft)
Abstract: Challenging behavior can negatively impact a teacher’s implementation of classroom management strategies which can be detrimental to student outcomes and increase the risk for teacher burnout. Evidence-based strategies such as differential reinforcement have been shown to be effective at reducing challenging behavior. Moreover, accumulated and distributed reinforcer arrangements using tokens have been shown to both reduce challenging behavior and increase task engagement. However, research to date has not yet evaluated the impact of accumulated and distributed reinforcer arrangements implemented by teachers within the natural classroom environment. The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of and preference for teacher-implemented accumulated and distributed schedules of reinforcement in a classroom setting. This study included three children, ages 11 to 12 years old, and their teachers. Results indicate that both schedules of reinforcement decreased interfering behavior in the classroom setting and two out of three participants preferred the distributed arrangement over the accumulated.
 

Function-Based Self-Monitoring to Improve Communication and Behavior in Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

MADELYN R MERCADO (Comprehensive Behavioral Consulting), Lanease Maria Ganey (Behavioral Progression), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring is a widely used evidence-based practice in the school setting, shown to be effective in improving both student behavior and teacher performance. However, to date, few studies have investigated the use of self-monitoring to address the functions of problem behavior. To further investigate the incorporation of function-based intervention into self-monitoring and its impact on improving student behavior, this study aimed to examine the effects of a function- based self-monitoring procedure on functional communicative response and problem behavior in three middle school students with autism spectrum disorder. The study procedures included a functional behavior assessment, preference assessment, functional communication training, and teaching self-monitoring procedures. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed to evaluate the effects of a function-based self-monitoring procedure. Data collection is currently ongoing. The results showed increases in functional communicative responses and improvement in classroom behavior for all three participating students. Concurrently, their task engagement levels improved while problem behaviors decreased, demonstrating a promising effect on enhancing the students' overall classroom conduct.

 
 
Panel #296
CE Offered: BACB
Are We Teaching Behavior Analysts Behavior Analysis Using Behavior Analysis?
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Christine Hoffner Barthold, Ph.D.
Chair: A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
AMANDA RENEE RANDALL (22801)
BARBARA J. KAMINSKI (Green Box ABA, PLLC)
Abstract:

There are close to 700 Verified Course Sequences listed on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Website. The charge of such sequences is to prepare preservice behavior analysts to participate in supervised fieldwork experiences and sit for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™ Exam. At conferences, behavior analysis listserv, and on social media, there is much informal discussion about the methods of instruction as well as the quality of preparation programs. Many of these discussions surround what to teach. However, these discussions rarely include suggestions for how to teach, integrating instruction into a changing higher education infrastructure, or most importantly the empirical evidence to support their assertions. How does what we teach and how we teach it align with students’ prior learning histories, expectations and aspirations? During this panel discussion, we will examine the state of the evidence for teaching preservice behavior analysts, discuss gaps in the literature, and brainstorm ways to fill those gaps using the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL).

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Faculty and staff teaching behavior analysis courses to preservice behavior analysts in either Accredited Programs or Verified Course Sequences

Learning Objectives: 1. Define the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning
2. Discuss the state of the evidence regarding teaching behavior analysts
3. Describe at least one area of future inquiry for teaching preservice behavior analysts
Keyword(s): Higher Education, preservice education, Scholarship, VCS
 
 
Invited Paper Session #297
CE Offered: BACB
The Threat of Misinformation and Disinformation in Autism Supports to the Applied Behavior Analysis Profession
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 146 A
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alec M Bernstein (Children's Mercy Hospital; University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SUNGWOO KAHNG (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Misinformation and disinformation present significant threats to the integrity and public perception of applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions to support autistic individuals. These challenges can undermine evidence-based practices, erode trust in professionals, and contribute to the proliferation of pseudoscientific alternatives. This presentation will explore the multifaceted impact of misinformation and disinformation on the field of ABA, including their influence on policy, funding, and the dissemination of effective interventions. Using recent examples, the talk will examine how false narratives about ABA circulate on social media and other platforms, often amplifying misconceptions about the therapy’s goals, methods, and outcomes. Strategies for combating these issues will be discussed, including the importance of coordinated, clear, transparent communication with stakeholders, proactive public engagement, and interdisciplinary collaboration. Additionally, this presentation will highlight the role of behavior analysts in promoting media literacy and advocating for science-based practices. By fostering critical thinking and equipping practitioners with tools to address misinformation, the field can better safeguard its reputation and continue providing effective, ethical care to individuals with autism. This call to action aims to empower ABA professionals to actively counter disinformation while championing the scientific foundation of their work.
Instruction Level: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the Impact of Misinformation and Disinformation
2. Develop Strategies to Address False Narratives
3. Promote Media Literacy and Professional Advocacy
 
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Rutgers University)
Dr. SungWoo Kahng is the Chair of the Department of Applied Psychology, Director of Academic Programs in Autism and ABA, and a Professor at Rutgers University. Previously, he was an associate professor at the University of Missouri (MU), where he also served as Chair of the Department of Health Psychology, Founding Director of the MU Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Director of the Applied Behavioral Intervention Service at the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders. Dr. Kahng has held faculty positions in the Department of Behavioral Psychology and worked as a senior behavior analyst on the Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Additionally, he was an associate professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Kahng earned his Bachelor of Arts in psychology from Kalamazoo College and his Ph.D. in behavior analysis from the University of Florida. He has served as an Associate Editor and on the Board of Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is currently on the Board of Editors for Behavioral Intervention and the Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders. A New Jersey Licensed Behavior Analyst and Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Dr. Kahng is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, a member of the Scientific Council of the Organization for Autism Research, a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and on the Board of Trustees for AutismMVP Foundation. He has been the President of the Board of Directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, the Applied Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and a Past President of the New Jersey Association for Behavior Analysis. Dr. Kahng received the 2003 B.F. Skinner New Researcher Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. His research and clinical work focus on assessing and treating complex problem behaviors in individuals with developmental disabilities. His broader research interests include employment and college supports for adults with autism spectrum disorder, as well as obesity and aging. Dr. Kahng has mentored numerous undergraduate, master’s, and predoctoral students, as well as postdoctoral fellows, and has co-authored over 100 peer-reviewed articles and chapters.
 
 
Symposium #298
CE Offered: BACB
Compassionate Interventions for Animal Learners: Exploring the Meaning and Practice of Goldiamond’s Constructional Approach
Sunday, May 25, 2025
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 159 AB
Area: AAB/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Greg Stikeleather (Behavioral Teaching Solutions)
Discussant: Lucero Neri-Hernandez (Children’s Health)
CE Instructor: Lucero Neri-Hernandez, M.S.
Abstract:

In this session, we will explore compassion within the framework of Goldiamond's (1974; Layng et al., 2022) constructional approach to behavior change. According to Scallan and Rosales-Ruiz (2023) and Abdel-Jalil, et al. (2023) compassion involves identifying suffering, showing empathy, and taking action to prevent or alleviate suffering. Goldiamond's constructional approach focuses on establishing behavioral repertoires rather than reducing undesired responses. This approach forms the basis for developing compassionate interventions. Practitioners can create compassionate learning environments by understanding the underlying functions of undesired behaviors, offering learners genuine choice, and providing ongoing opportunities for learners to express assent. During this session, we will examine practical examples with animal learners to illustrate how to identify and address superimposed contingencies, incorporate genuine choice effectively, and use devices to indicate assent clearly. Additionally, we will discuss how these strategies are employed to identify, prevent, and alleviate suffering, ultimately leading to compassionate behavior interventions. This session aims to equip practitioners with the tools and knowledge needed to implement compassionate behavior interventions that prioritize animal welfare and well-being. By embracing Goldiamond's constructional approach, we can move toward a more compassionate approach to behavior interventions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): assent, compassion, constructional approach, genuine choice
Target Audience:

BCBAs Practitioners Animal Trainers Instructors

Learning Objectives: 1. Define critical features of compassion
2. Differentiate between examples of genuine choice and apparent choice
3. Identify and address superimposed contingencies
4. List examples of salient measurable indicators of assent
5. Connect assent, genuine choice, and understanding of critical consequences to compassionate learning environments
 

The Constructional Approach: A Framework for Compassionate Behavior Change

(Theory)
CAMERON MONTGOMERY SCALLAN (Western Michigan University), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Behavior-change practitioners are often hired to address a client’s unwanted behaviors. These behaviors can be distressing to caregivers but may also indicate the client’s suffering. In such cases, practitioners have an opportunity to respond with compassion. Practitioners may use various strategies to alleviate suffering, but their choices will affect the client’s experiences during and after services. This presentation will set the foundation for the symposium by introducing the critical features of compassion and examining them through the lens of the constructional and pathological approaches to behavior change (Goldiamond, 1974/2002). Next, we will show how the guiding questions of the constructional approach can support practitioners in delivering services to their learners, whether animal or human. Following the constructional approach enables practitioners to develop personalized programs that (1) align with the learner’s critical reinforcers, (2) find starting points that ensure early success, (3) guide learners through programs that promote confidence, and (4) help them access natural communities of reinforcement to sustain lasting change. While the constructional approach alleviates suffering, it also goes beyond compassion by fostering conditions that allow the learner to thrive.

 

Promoting Compassion Through Genuine Choice in Animal Training

(Theory)
BARBARA HEIDENREICH (Animal Training Fundamentals)
Abstract:

Traditionally, practitioners have viewed coercion through the lens of aversive control. However, positive reinforcement can also be coercive when the animal has only one way to access desired outcomes. It is especially coercive when those outcomes are highly valued and withheld to potentiate their value. For a choice to be considered genuine, there must be a set of alternative contingencies that provide access to critical consequences (Abdel-Jalil, et al., 2023; Goldiamond, 1976; Linnehan, et. al., 2023). Animals must have more than the opportunity to walk away (and get nothing) from a training session (Heidenreich & Layng, 2024). They must also be able to access the same reinforcing outcomes when engaging in other behaviors. Genuine choice provides information about contingencies impacting behavior and an opportunity to mitigate undesired emotional behavior such as distress, anxiety, and frustration. This has been defined as a critical feature of compassion (Scallan & Rosales-Ruiz, 2023). This presentation will provide many examples of how to shape and maintain desired goal behaviors while reinforcing other behaviors, resulting in the same desired outcomes. This is also accomplished without limiting access to reinforcers. Practitioners can provide genuine choice and compassionate interventions by learning to incorporate increased degrees of freedom.

 

Beyond Superimposition: A Compassionate Framework for Animal Behavior Interventions

(Theory)
ANNETTE MICHELLE PEDERSEN (Copenhagen Zoo)
Abstract:

Practitioners often rely upon shaping alternative, desired behaviors in traditional approaches to addressing undesired animal behavior. This is frequently observed in interventions utilizing differential reinforcement procedures. This strategy can overlook the critical task of identifying the function of the disturbing behavior and the reinforcing consequences that maintain it. Essentially, practitioners often superimpose a new behavior, hoping it will overshadow the undesired behavior while failing to address the underlying maintaining consequences. This presentation will illuminate the concept of superimposition and its fallout when applying behavior interventions. Superimposition can result in undesired emotional behavior and the associated emotions, often labeled as fear, aggression, conflict, or anxiety. Practical examples will be provided that illustrate superimposition, followed by strategies to address undesired behaviors' underlying functions. This presentation will also compare systematic desensitization and negative reinforcement procedures to address fear responses. This knowledge is pivotal for practitioners seeking more effective, compassionate, and lasting solutions to behavior interventions emphasizing learner well-being.

 

Ascending Towards Assent in Animal Husbandry

(Theory)
FRANK TALBOT (Wolf Park)
Abstract:

Training for husbandry procedures is a fundamental responsibility for caretakers of animals in managed care. Husbandry behaviors are often defined as facilitating animals' day-to-day and medical care. This may include foundation behaviors such as targeting and stationing and more complex behaviors such as injection training. As practitioners move towards more compassionate care for learners, they strive to offer them genuine choice over when, how, and what they are being trained to do and by whom, and they seek to do so with the learner's genuine assent (Linnehan et al., 2023). This presentation documents an ongoing journey to give learners more control via genuine choice and assent in their husbandry training. It will highlight beneficial general practices and suggest ways to increase degrees of freedom in applied settings. It will also showcase some inexpensive and relatively easy-to-build tools to facilitate ongoing communication for canine and caprine learners during husbandry procedures, which might be easily adapted to other species with similar morphology

 
 
Symposium #299
CE Offered: BACB
The Effects of the Establishment of Observational Cusps on Language, Learning, and Social Behavior
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Longano, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In three separate studies, the effects of procedures to establish social developmental cusps and to increase social repertoires were investigated with preschool students with and without disabiltieis. Two of the experiments tested the effects of a series of peer focused tasks on the acquisition of social listener reinforcement and on peer interactions. The outcomes included increases in verbal operants, including conversational exchanges and approvals to peers, as well the establishment of collaborative behavior. In the third study, the effects of yoked contingency intervention were tested on the acquisition of observational learning and incidental bidirectional naming. Findings showed increases in learning new operants as a function of observation, increases in peer verbal exchanges, and increases in incidental language acquisition across all three preschool participants. The data compiled from these studies suggest that the establishment of a certain set of social contingencies, direct or observed, can set the occasion for language development and for individuals to be part of a verbal community.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, observational learning, social behavior
Target Audience:

Basic understanding of the following: principles of behavior, verbal behavior, emergent behaviors, Incidental bidirectional naming, and observational learning.

Learning Objectives: 1. define and measure observationl learning
2. define verbal developmental cusps related to language acquisition
3. identify procedures and effective tactics to increase speaker repertoires
 

Building Friendship Foundations: Increasing Preschooler’s Appropriate Communication and Inducing Observational Learning Cusps Through a Social Listener Reinforcement Treatment Package

Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), LILIAN MORALES (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

While many studies have examined the components of listener and speaker interactions and their role in incidental naming, fewer have explored how children develop an interest in engaging in conversations and mutual learning with peers. In this study, we investigated the impact of a social listener reinforcement treatment package on children’s conversational units with peers, observational learning, empathetic responses, and incidental bidirectional naming. The intervention consisted of a structured treatment package that required participants to engage in speaker-listener exchanges and collaborate through a yoked contingency. This included activities such as “I Spy,” BINGO, collaborative construction tasks, peer tutoring sessions, and a direct empathy intervention. Using a multiple probe design across three preschool participants with disabilities, we observed a significant increase in conversational units and peer approvals post-intervention, indicating a shift in preference for peer engagement. These positive outcomes were evident in both intervention settings and across classroom activities, demonstrating the potential for promoting appropriate peer interactions and collaborative learning in educational environments.

 

The Effects of Reinforcement for Collaboration in Preschoolers With Disabilities

REBECCA MILLER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Katherine Loomis (Fred S. Keller)
Abstract:

Collaboration is a required skill for individuals to engage in, from childhood and throughout adulthood. In education, collaboration occurs when two or more children work together to achieve a shared goal. Research has demonstrated importance of collaboration in group assignments, college projects, and across various jobs in the workforce. However, there is a need to investigate at what age collaboration can be established and any significance of the skill. Darcy (2017) investigated effects of reinforcement for collaboration in elementary aged student’s rate of learning and verbal behavior and proposed it to be a verbal behavior developmental cusp. The current study aims to establish reinforcement for collaboration in preschoolers with disabilities, and measure changes in speed of learning, collaborative behaviors, vocal verbal operants, and joint attention with peers. The results demonstrated that all participants increased their instances of collaborative behaviors and vocal verbal operants when working on a puzzle with a peer. All participants also demonstrated slight increases in joint attention from peers. Lastly, two participants learned faster in the collaborative learning condition following intervention.

 

The Acquisition of Observational Learning Cusps and Incidental Language as a Function of an Interdependent Contingency Intervention

Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Lilian Morales (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of an interdependent (peer-yoked) contingency on children’s demonstration of the cusps of Observational Learning (OL) and Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BiN), as well as the emission of conversational exchanges with peers. The intervention consisted of the use of a peer-yoked contingency during a performance (mastered) task. Participants were 3 preschool children with and without language delays who did not demonstrate incidental learning through observation or peers and who were not observed to engage in conversational exchanges with their peers. Using a multiple probe design, we measured children’s responses to OL probes, Inc-BiN probes, and instances of conversational exchanges with peers prior to and following intervention. Results demonstrated increases in correct responses following opportunities to observe peers engaged in learning (OL), increases in incidental acquisition of operants through peer observation (Inc-BiN), and increases in speaker-listener exchanges with peers following the intervention. These outcomes were observed both in the intervention setting and across classroom activities for all 3 participants including during 3-week maintenance probes. The outcomes are discussed in terms of promoting appropriate peer interactions and learning from peers during school instruction.

 
 
Symposium #300
CE Offered: BACB
Systematic Methods for Teaching and Generalizing the Use of Speech-Generating Devices (SGDs)
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Capitol & Congress
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Neal (The Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas)
CE Instructor: Rebecca Hotchkiss, Ph.D.
Abstract: It is clear the ability for all individuals to successfully communicate with others in their verbal community is critical. Yet most often the verbal community relies on spoken language communication, which excludes those with minimal or no vocal-verbal repertories. Therefore, to reduce social isolation and promote inclusion for these individuals, alternative forms of functional communication are being established. The use of speech-generating devices (SGD) has become increasingly popular to support this need, but research on how to systematically teach their use is has not kept up. The present symposium will explore two studies evaluating methods to systematically teach the use of SGDs to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Results focus on the generalization of the learned repertoires to other environments, allowing participants to engage successfully in their natural verbal community. Further directions for research will be discussed relative to direct effectiveness of the interventions, and their implications on systematic instruction for SGD use and communication repertoires.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Manding, PECS, SGD
Target Audience: The target audience are those working with individuals without vocal-verbal communication repertoires with the goal of teaching the use of speech-generating devices. The audience should have basic understanding of mand training and motivating operations to increase efficacy of this procedures. The target audience should also have knowledge of verbal behavior and methods of teaching it without relying on spoken communication.
Learning Objectives: 1. implement systematic methods to teach individuals to utilize a SGD
2. increase generalization of communication repertoires acquired with a SGD
3. determine how prerequisite skills can impact the success of teaching an individual to use a SGD
 
Teaching Traveling to Speech Generating Device: A Replication & Extension
KENNEDY CLOE (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Megan Dale (Southern Illinois University), Karli Anne Wright (Southern Illinois University), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Communication using speech-generating devices (SGD) for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is becoming increasingly more common (Lorah & Griffen, 2023). An expanding body of research has highlighted the importance of these devices for individuals with limited vocal-verbal behavior. However, most modalities do not incorporate systematic methods to promote generalization. In one example, Lorah and Griffen (2023) systematically taught children to travel to their SGD, bring it to the listener, and mand. Being able to travel to the device is a socially significant skill, as sometimes the individual may be in a noisy environment, may not always carry the device, or they require charging. This study aimed to expand the current research on interventions used to teach children to travel to their SGD and provide clinicians with a systematic procedure to teach traveling. The current study successfully taught two children with minimal vocal-verbal behavior to travel to their SGD using a concurrent multiple-probe design across three distances. Caregivers also were taught to conduct traveling trials with their children to promote treatment gains and found the procedures to be socially acceptable.
 

Increasing Mand Frequency & Variation With Speech-Generating Devices Through a Modified Picture Exchange Communication System Procedure

KAYLA CURRAN (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center), Jennifer Neal (The Evergreen Center), Oliver Wendt (Purdue University)
Abstract:

It is critical for all individuals to have a functional communication method. While there are different tools and effective teaching methods to establish communication repertoires for non-vocal individuals (Bondy & Frost, 2001; Shillingsburg et al., 2019), few have focused on systematic teaching procedures to induce verbal behavior repertoires. The focus of this study is to evaluate efficacy of adapting the initial three phases of the PECS (Picture Exchange Communication System) protocol (Bondy & Frost, 2001) for use through an SGD (Speech Generating Device). Three adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were initially unsuccessful in utilizing an SGD to emit mands in a contrived environment or to engage in spontaneous verbal behavior in the natural environment. Following the intervention, all participants demonstrated an increase in both frequency and variation of target mands. A modified maintenance probe showed two of the three participants maintained their frequency and variation of target mands. Results also persisted when extinction was introduced following 10 cumulative target mands for a single preferred item. Outcomes are discussed relative to the direct effectiveness of the intervention and the potential impact of prerequisite skills on the outcomes.

 
 
Panel #301
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Neurodiversity Affirming Practices
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Liberty M
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D.Holds a doctorate and meets either the coursework or college teaching option for fulfilling BCBA eligibility requirements
Chair: Lauren Lestremau Allen (SUNY Empire State University)
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
YEV VEVERKA (University of Washington)
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract:

In many recent conferences focusing on Applied Behavioral Analysis much attention has been given to how the field can provide Neurodiversity-affirming practices. Publications in mainstream journals also have provided guidelines on this topic. As with all new recommendations a great deal of discussion is required to convert general guidelines into realistic practice. Members of this panel will discuss how to support affirming practices in a variety of clinical and educational settings that stay true to our science. We will discuss how professional language usage influences the application of the principles of application and how to look at whether one’s actual practice is aligned with states guidelines. Topics will include some misconceptions about what is required to be “ABA” and look at recent concerns about various strategies to promote verbal behavior and language development. We will also discuss how these complex issues can be discussed with family members of different populations we support.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

All levels

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe three neurodiversity-affirming practices
2. Describe one misconception about language training in autism
3. Describe two discussion strategies to introduce these issues to parents and other family members
Keyword(s): Neurodiversity-affirming practice, Service models
 
 
Invited Paper Session #302
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Translating Mentalism: Mind as a Metaphor for Functional Relations
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 1-5
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez (Universidad de Los Andes, Colombia)
CE Instructor: Amanda M Muñoz-Martinez, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: EMILY SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract:

Behaviorism is often contrasted with mentalism, which purports that behavior is attributable to the mind or “mental activity.” In this way, mentalism includes the attribution of behavior to constructs found within the person like personality, mood, diagnosis, will, or the Self (among others) - a perspective which dominates mental health treatment. Behaviorism is distinct, however, in viewing behavior in terms of context-behavior interactions. One conceptualization of context-behavior interactions is as functional relations, or relationships where participants convolve (i.e., co-evolve), bidirectionally, with neither serving as cause nor effect.This approach centers the functional relationship as the primary unit of analysis, with distinctions among individual factors secondary to further analytic purposes. The functional relationship is a powerful construct, honoring the complexity of our subject matter without foregoing an actionable foundation for analysis. One application of the construct of functional relationship might be as a referent for translating mentalism. We will explore the idea that treating the mind (along with personality, mood, the Self or other mentalist constructs) as a metaphor for functional relations could allow for improved discourse with non-behavioral mental health practitioners and effective integration of non-behavioral data and wisdom relevant to mental health. Examples and challenges will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts interested in mental health

Learning Objectives: 1. contrast mentalism and behaviorism
2. describe a functional relation
3. translate one mental health construct into behavioral terms
 
EMILY SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)

Dr. Emily K. Sandoz (she/they) is the Director of the University Honors Program, the Emma Louise LeBlanc Burguieres/BORSF Endowed Professor of Social Sciences, and Full Professor in the Psychology Department at the University of Louisiana at Lafayette. Emily is also the Director of the Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group, which supports collaborative contributions from students and professionals from all over the world. They have co-authored three books on acceptance and commitment therapy for struggles with eating and body image, along with chapters and journal articles on contextual behavioral science, social justice, clinical behavioral processes, and psychological flexibility. Emily has led more than 100 training workshops for professionals around the world, and serves as a peer-reviewed ACT trainer. They also practice as a Clinical Psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, focusing on clinical behavior analysis.

 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Applications in Compassionate Communication Research: Improving Relationship Dynamics
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 A
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In the field of behavior analysis, compassion has emerged as a critical aspect of ethical and socially valid interactions. The introduction of a core principle related to compassion to the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts further supports the research and application of compassionate interactions in the context of client care, supervision, and coursework (BACB 2020). Initial research related to the interpersonal skills of behavior analysts suggests that compassion practices is an area of growth for the field (Taylor et al., 2019). Additionally, behavior analytic coursework and supervision do not often target these skills explicitly (LeBlanc et al., 2019). Research related to the training of compassionate interactions between pre-service clinicians and families, the training of compassionate interactions between faculty and students via email correspondence, and students’ perspectives regarding components of supportive communication will be reviewed. These studies support in furthering our understanding of how to define and teach interpersonal skills and increase positive relational dynamics.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Audience should have a concrete understanding of the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts, and preliminary research supporting the need for improvement in the area of compassion within the field.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify components associated with compassionate responding across stakeholders
2. Describe methods of training to improve compassionate communication responses
3. Identify components of supportive communication as identified in student-instructor interactions
 
The Impact of a Training Program on Compassionate Communication of Faculty
MEGAN MAGRAUTH (William J. White Educational and Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Jessica Rohrer (Endicott College)
Abstract: Most of the previous and current research being done on compassionate care concentrates on the relationship between the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA)and the caregiver or on training future behavior analysts. Taylor et al. (2019) piloted a survey of 95 caregivers whose dependent(s) have or had behavior analytic services. The participants responded favorably to statements about their behavior analyst such as, “The behavior analyst explains the rationale for his or her treatment decisions and procedures” (p. 657). Conversely, a higher level of disagreement was reported for statements such as, “The behavior analyst compromises with me when we do not agree” (p. 657). Other studies focus on training future behavior analysts to be more compassionate in their service delivery (Rohrer & Weiss, 2022). In their study, they trained students of behavior analysis to engage in compassionate care towards clients and caregivers via an online training procedure. The purpose of the current study was to determine if an online training that includes lectures and discussion would increase current BCBAs, who are also faculty, compassionate responding to student concerns and emails. Results, implications for practice, and areas of further investigation will be discussed.
 
Understanding Components of Supportive Instructor Communication
JESSICA ROHRER (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), Megan Magrauth (William J. White Educational and Behavioral Consulting, Inc., Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Compassionate interactions have garnered attention recently in the field of behavior analysis. Preliminary research suggests that empathic and compassionate approaches can improve outcomes across a variety of interpersonal interactions (Beach et al., 2006; Beck, 2002; Bonvicini et al., 2009; Hojat et al., 2011; Horst et al., 2000). Relatedly, supervisory relationships may also benefit from increased compassion, resulting in mitigating burnout among ABA professionals (Austin & Fiske, 2023). Professors in online programs, serving in a supervisory-type role, can have an important impact on student experiences. Following student feedback suggesting that some instructor-student interactions may have lacked compassion, lead instructors in an online masters program developed an assessment to evaluate student perspectives regarding supportive and compassionate communication with their instructors. This assessment was administered to masters students in an online behavior analysis program regarding their experience with instructor communication via email. Students were asked to rank instructor email replies to various common inquiries or requests, ranking them from most to least supportive. Results and implications of these findings will be discussed.
 
Teaching Aspiring Behavior Analysts to Deliver Compassionate Care
SERENA ROSE GARZA (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Patrick Mallory (Baylor University), Renming Liu (Baylor University), Kelsey Marie Sparks (Baylor Univerisity), Emily Paige Exline (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Given the need to improve compassionate responding in behavior analysts (Taylor et al., 2019), this study examined the effectiveness of video modeling in teaching compassionate collaborative care skills to aspiring behavior analysts. Five graduate students in applied behavior analysis participated in a multiple baseline design study where they role-played progress report meetings with caregivers. The dependent variable measured eight specific compassionate care behaviors, including use of jargon-free language, soliciting questions, and maintaining appropriate body posture. During intervention, participants viewed an 8-min video model demonstrating target behaviors before sessions. Results indicated that video modeling alone was effective for three participants, while two required additional performance feedback to reach mastery criteria. These findings suggest that video modeling, potentially supplemented with performance feedback, can be an effective tool for teaching compassionate collaborative care skills to pre-service behavior analysts. This research addresses a critical gap in behavior analyst training programs and provides practical implications for improving client-provider relationships in applied behavior analysis.
 
 
Symposium #305
CE Offered: BACB
Fostering Essential Social Skills: Strategies for Assessment and Intervention
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Independence D
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jenna Budge (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Jenna Budge, Ed.D.
Abstract: Communication and social skills are critical in accessing educational success and meaningful social participation. However, developing and maintaining these skills can be particularly challenging for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. This symposium illustrates recent research aimed at assessing and teaching various significant social skills across the lifespan. The first presentation introduces a concise assessment tool designed to identify areas for growth in conversational skills and guide individualized interventions for improving small talk. The second presentation evaluates social interactions using the Good Behavior Game in an elementary special education classroom. The third study leverages or highlights the use of Behavioral Skills Training and Interactive Computer Training to teach cooperative and competitive play skills, such as responding to frustration and determining appropriate opportunities to engage in banter or make positive affirming statements. The final presentation evaluates the combination of Behavioral Skills Training and video modeling to improve verbal initiation and reciprocal conversation in young adults with autism. Finally, Dr. Karen Toussaint, an expert in developing efficient instructional techniques, will discuss the implications of these findings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, conversation skills, social skills, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills would include an understanding of group contingencies and their applications, as well as knowledge of the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) such as reinforcement, extinction, and rule-governed behavior. Attendees should also be familiar with key methodologies like single-case experimental designs and data analysis to critically evaluate intervention outcomes. Attendees should be prepared to assess and identify potential barriers to social interaction that might influence the effectiveness of the assessments and interventions.
Learning Objectives: 1. Evaluate the effectiveness of combined behavioral skills training (BST) and video modeling (VM) in enhancing specific social communication skills among young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD)
2. Describe how the developed assessment tool can be used to evaluate and enhance conversation skills in adolescents and adults with ASD.
3. Participants will learn to evaluate the efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and Interactive Computer Training (ICT) in teaching complex play skills, assess individual play preferences using concurrent chains preference assessments, and apply strategies to promote the generalization of these social skills across novel play partners
4. - Attendees will be able to describe the impacts of the Good Behavior Game on student’s social interactions.
 
A Multifaceted Approach to Assess Conversational Skills
FARIS R KRONFLI (University of Florida), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Effective conversation skills are vital for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to navigate social interactions successfully and foster meaningful relationships. However, many individuals with ASD face challenges in developing, maintaining, and generalizing these skills. This study aimed to create a streamlined and efficient assessment tool to evaluate small talk among individuals with ASD. Nine participants diagnosed with ASD participated in the study, with assessment sessions conducted online. Questions were presented at varying intervals to evoke natural conversation responses from the participants. The assessment was effective in identifying areas of potential improvement in conversational abilities, specifically evaluating novel vocalizations, affirming vocalizations, questions answered, and questions asked. The findings offer valuable insights for practitioners, guiding the development of individualized and naturalistic interventions to enhance conversation skills in adolescents and adults with ASD. The use of this assessment tool can lead to more effective strategies that improve social communication and engagement in everyday situations.
 

Evaluating Social Interactions as a Byproduct of the Good Behavior Game Within an Elementary Small Group Classroom

EMMA WALTON (Utah State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University), Emma Preston (Utah State), Kaitlin Bundock (University of Utah)
Abstract:

Children with autism tend to exhibit significantly fewer social interaction behaviors compared to their neurotypical peers. Much of the research addressing this challenge focuses on early intervention strategies and services like Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Good Behavior Game (GBG), an interdependent group contingency, has been widely used to improve academic, social, and appropriate behaviors across various settings. This study examined the effects of the GBG on the social interactions of elementary students in special education, without directly targeting peer interactions through the game's rules. Unlike previous studies that demonstrated positive outcomes, the findings of this study showed null results, indicating that the GBG did not significantly influence the social interactions of three elementary students during unstructured activities like calendar time or free play. These findings highlight the need for further investigation into the conditions under which the GBG may or may not impact social behaviors in similar educational contexts.

 

To Banter or Not: Establishing Audience Control Across Play Partners

TRESSA LYN FORREST (Marquette University), Jesey Marie Gopez (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) and video models have been shown to be efficacious intervention components in teaching play skills to autistic children (Pisman & Luczynski, 2020; Sancho et al., 2010). Interactive computer training (ICT) may enhance these intervention components through active responding opportunities (Zhang et al., 2006) and may yield efficiency in teaching complex play skills. A growing body of research has focused on teaching individuals to play cooperatively or engage in good sportsmanship behaviors (e.g., consoling losses or congratulating wins), however these skills may not match a wide range of play preferences (e.g., playing competitively or engaging in banter) (Trespalacios et al., 2011). In the present study we used a concurrent chains preference assessment to identify preference for cooperative or competitive play styles. The participant showed a preference for competitive play (e.g., engaging in banter, playing to win). We evaluated and found ICT and BST to be efficacious in teaching participants to respond to indices of frustration from their play partner, determine the appropriate times to make positive affirming statements, how to appropriately win and lose games, and skills for engaging in appropriate banter. The generalization of skills were assessed and maintained across novel play partners.

 

Using Behavioral Skills Training With Video Modeling to Promote Social Communication Skills to Young Adults

YU YAN (Rutgers University), Courtney Kenney (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Nicole Podlog (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Social communication deficits in young adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) persist beyond adolescence and pose significant challenges in various life domains. While behavioral skills training (BST) and video modeling (VM) have been shown to have positive effects in children and youth with ASD, there is limited research on evidence-based practices for young adults with ASD. In this study, we investigated the effectiveness of a combined BST and VM intervention for promoting social communication skills in three young adults with ASD. Additionally, we examined the extent of generalization of the acquired skills to novel contexts. The results demonstrated significant improvements in verbal initiation skills for two participants, one of whom also generalized the skills to novel conversation topics. The third participant demonstrated prerequisite verbal initiation during the pre-training test. For reciprocal conversation skill, all three participants demonstrated mastery relatively quickly during training. Two out of three participants maintained the response during the post-training test and one of those participants generalized the response to novel conversation topics. These findings emphasized the immediate positive impact of the combined intervention on social communication outcomes for young adults with ASD and underscored the presence of individual differences in the intervention outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #306
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Training Individuals to Conduct Treatment for Feeding Difficulties
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M4 Level, Archives
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Denise Pichardo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Melanie H. Bachmeyer-Lee, Ph.D.
Abstract: Interventions focused on the principles of applied behavior analysis are highly effective at addressing pediatric feeding difficulties and teaching caregivers to implement those behavioral strategies. Involving caregivers is critically important to achieve generality and maintenance over time. Studies in this symposium will highlight the use of empirically identified strategies to teach caregivers and staff to implement behavioral feeding interventions and explore a decision-making model for working with children with feeding difficulties. Presenters will discuss (a) how to address challenges associated with generalizing feeding interventions to the home setting while minimizing treatment degradation, (b) behavioral skills training (BST) while exploring the direct effects of immediate versus delayed feedback and video modeling when training caregivers, (c) preferences for feedback on acquiring mastery of treatment protocols frequently conducted during behavior analytic services and, (d) using a decision-making model to treat feeding problems. Ultimately, these presentations will address the importance of caregiver training once an effective treatment has been identified as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders and ways to enhance training procedures for caregivers and staff. Important directions for practical and impactful behavior-analytic treatment decisions and caregiver training will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): caregiver training, feedback, feeding difficulties, treatment adherence
Target Audience: N/A
Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss the existing research on caregiver training procedures and pediatric feeding disorders
2. Identify ways to improve caregiver integrity when implementing ABA based meal recommendations
3. Discuss the importance of assessing feedback preference when training individuals to implement feeding protocols
 

Evaluation of Mealtime Barriers During Caregiver-Implemented Feeding Interventions

SARAH D. HANEY MCDEVITT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Denise Pichardo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that behavioral skills training is effective for training caregivers of children with feeding disorders to implement ABA-based feeding interventions with high integrity (Alaimo et al., 2017; Bachmeyer et al., 2020). Less is known about how caregiver treatment integrity generalizes outside of the clinical setting. Caregivers may have challenges with generalizing their skills to the home as the training context (e.g., clinic) may not include stimuli necessary for caregiver skill generalization. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate ways to improve caregiver integrity in the presence of mealtime barriers relevant to their home mealtime setting (e.g., eating while implementing treatment, attending to siblings during meals). We trained three caregivers of children admitted to an intensive feeding program to implement ABA-based feeding interventions in the absence and presence of caregiver-identified mealtime barriers relevant to their home mealtime setting. Treatment integrity decreased for two of three caregivers in the presence of the mealtime barriers but increased to high levels following additional feedback. One caregiver required no additional training when the mealtime barrier was introduced. We discuss these results in terms of considerations for improving generalization of caregiver treatment integrity outside of the clinical setting.

 
An Evaluation of Selected and Non-Selected Feedback Packages on Performance
RUAIRI DEVEREUX (Western Michigan University), Nicole C Demchuk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Researchers have broadly applied performance feedback within Organizational Behavior Management. However, the specifics regarding the most effective type of feedback still require careful investigation. The current study evaluated how assessing preferences for a selected feedback package containing different forms of source, timing, and content would affect performance on acquiring mastery of treatment protocols frequently conducted during behavior analytic services. The experimenters trained participants on three clinical protocols and provided their preferred feedback package. For the preferred feedback package, participants selected the source, timing, and content of feedback. Participants also received training with a non-selected feedback package on a fourth clinical protocol. Both participants demonstrated improvement post-baseline after exposure to their preferred feedback package. One participant also demonstrated improvement post-baseline after exposure to the non-selected feedback package. Social acceptability results indicated a preference for the selected feedback package over the non-selected feedback package. Results suggest that supervisors should continue to assess feedback preferences that are organizationally feasible.
 

Using a Decision-Making Model to Treat Feeding Problems in Children With Poor Oral Intake

JESSICA NOELLE ABONITALLA PASCUAL (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz; Stanford University School of Medicine), Ashley Andersen-Weber (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

Children who display feeding problems may engage in inappropriate mealtime behaviors to avoid eating. It has been hypothesized that these behaviors are often maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape. Therefore, escape extinction has been a viable treatment that has been shown to be effective. However, with escape extinction comes side effects. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to develop a decision-making model to treat feeding problems by first conducting an antecedent assessment that would help determine a starting point for an antecedent based treatment. Thereafter, if the antecedent-based treatment was not effective, the model progresses to different levels of escape extinction, starting with the least intrusive procedure first. Two patients, one who was 100% tube dependent at the start of treatment and one who was 100% liquid dependent, participated in the study. Different treatments for each child were developed based on the results of the antecedent assessment. Acceptance increased and inappropriate mealtime behaviors decreased for both patients. Furthermore, we were able to decrease dependence on tube and bottle feedings because of their individual assessment and treatment plan and avoid more intrusive escape extinction procedures. These data are discussed in relation to antecedent-based intervention and trauma-informed care

 
An Evaluation of Video Modeling and Feedback Types for Caregivers Learning How to Implement Pediatric Feeding Protocols
NICOLE PERRINO (University of Florida, Florida Autism Center), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Angie Van Arsdale (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Caregiver training is an integral part of behavior analytic feeding intervention as they ultimately become the main source of support for the long-term maintenance of their child’s outcomes with feeding. Fortunately, behavioral skills training (BST) has substantial empirical support as a method to teach caregivers how to feed their child according to a specific protocol (Mueller et al., 2003). While multi-component treatment packages have been effective (Seiverling et al., 2013), components like the use of videos have been less explored (Clark et al., 2020). In addition, we know that feedback is an effective component of BST for increasing caregiver performance. However, currently, the direct effects of immediate and delayed feedback on caregiver performance are mixed (Aclan & Taylor, 2017; Bachmeyer-Lee et al., 2020). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to use video modeling, and when necessary, compare the relative effectiveness of immediate and delayed feedback when teaching caregivers pediatric feeding protocols.
 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Key Considerations in Conditional Discrimination Training and Equivalence Class Formation
Sunday, May 25, 2025
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 7-10
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The main purpose of the present symposium is to present how different variables could influence emergent relations like stimulus equivalence. The first paper by ARNTZEN and Røraas Strand presents an experiment studying test order as a variable that can influence the forming of equivalence classes and the correspondence between MTS and sorting tests. The main findings show a high correspondence between test formats. In the second paper, Carvalho, Sabino, Bernardy, and TOMANARI present an experiment focusing on the efficiency of simple simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in stimulus control. The main findings indicate that simultaneous discrimination procedures enhance discriminative learning, which can be valuable in both applied and experimental settings. The third paper by FIELDS analyzes one of the four parameters (Fields & Verhave, 1987) that could influence responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence, that is, the distribution of singles on equivalence class formation. The last paper by VAIDYA explores facilitation and retardation effects in reaction times by the mechanisms of class conflict and class cohesion. It will offering a behavioral interpretation reaction times in complex cognitive tasks.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, stimulus equivalence, variables
Target Audience:

Attendees must know about the basics regarding the formation of equivalence classes.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn how test order can affect the formation of equivalence classes and recognize the high correspondence between MTS (Matching-to-Sample) and sorting tests.
2. Attendees will gain insight into the effectiveness of simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in improving discriminative learning and how these methods apply in both experimental and applied contexts.
3. Attendees will explore one of the four parameters that influence equivalence class formation, particularly the role of single presentations in forming these classes.
4. Attendees will know of how class conflict and cohesion mechanisms influence reaction times, offering a behavioral perspective on complex cognitive tasks.
 
Test Order and Equivalence Class Formation
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anita Røraas Strand (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: The experiment examined whether test order is a variable that can influence forming equivalence classes and if participants showed immediate or delayed emergence in the matching-to-sample (MTS) test. Thrity-two participants were randomly assigned to four experimental groups using a linear series training structure. After the conditional discrimination training, participants in Group 1 were presented with baseline and symmetry trials in two blocks. Group 2 was presented with baseline and transitivity trials. Group 3 was exposed to baseline and equivalence trials in two blocks. Two blocks with complete tests for all three groups followed the test conditions described above. Group 4 was only exposed to the whole test. All groups had a double sorting test at the end. The results showed that five participants responded with immediate emergence. Two participants showed delayed emergence in the MTS test, and three more showed delayed emergence in the sorting tests. The reaction time data showed an increase from baseline trials in training to test and a more significant increase for transitivity and equivalence trials than symmetry trials. An increase in reaction time as an effect of the number of nodes can be seen for some relations, but not for all.
 
Simultaneous and Successive Discrimination Procedures in Stimulus Control: A Parametric Study
Pedro H. Carvalho (Universidade de São Paulo), Isabelli Sabino (Universidade de São Paulo), João Lucas Bernardy Cardoso (University of São Paulo), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: Simultaneous and Successive Discrimination Procedures in Stimulus Control: A Parametric StudyThis study compared the efficiency of simple simultaneous and successive discrimination procedures in stimulus control. 15 adult participants were divided into three groups and exposed to both procedures in a computerized task. Group 1 had 8 successive and 16 simultaneous trials, Group 2 had 16 of each, and Group 3 had 32 successive and 16 simultaneous trials. Results showed that the estimated marginal mean (EMM) of the difference in the area under the discriminative index curve was 2.4125 for G1, 0.4903 for G2, and -0.0875 for G3. The EMM of latency variance for successive trials decreased across groups (G1: 2.08, G2: 1.37, G3: 1.06), while for simultaneous trials it increased slightly (G1: 1.32, G2: 1.38, G3: 1.43). The findings suggest that simultaneous discrimination procedures optimize discriminative learning, yielding higher accuracy in less time, which can inform decision-making in applied and experimental contexts. Successive Discrimination; Simultaneous Discrimination; Humans.
 

Distribution of Singles, Nodal Density, and the Structure of Equivalence Classes

LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The structure of any equivalence class is defined by four parameters (a) number of class members, (b) the number of nodes in a class, (c) training directionality, and (d) the distribution of singles attached by training to a node. To date, many studies have shown that variation in the values of the first three parameters influences the likelihood of class formation and/or the relatedness of stimuli in a class. To date, the effects of the fourth, the distribution of singles, on equivalence-based performances have received minimal attention. The only exception is Nedelcu, Fields, and Arntzen (2015). This presentation will consider the fourth parameter in detail, review the findings presented by Nedelcu, et al (2015), indicate how some other published studies might also reflect the effects of density of singles on class formation, suggest how singles density can account for the enhancement of class formation by meaningful stimuli, and finally, suggest some new studies that might show additional effects of density of singles on equivalence class formation.

 

Toward a Behavioral Interpretation of Category-Based Facilitation and Retardation of Reaction Times

MANISH VAIDYA (IBSTR)
Abstract:

This paper will explore facilitation and retardation effects in reaction times through the lens of Sidman's concept of stimulus equivalence. In experimental psychology, phenomena such as semantic priming and the Stroop effect demonstrate how reaction times can be either accelerated or delayed based on the relations among stimuli. Facilitation effects occur when stimuli are from the same category or class, enhancing processing speed, while retardation effects are observed when stimuli are from different categories, leading to slower reaction times. Sidman’s framework offers a fruitful context for understanding these effects. This paper will suggest that Sidman’s formulation gives rise to two organizing principles – class conflict and class cohesion – that might help facilitate our understanding of the reaction time data coming from studies in cognitive psychology. By examining the ways in which equivalence class formation influences facilitation and retardation, this exploration aims to determine whether and to what extent data reported in the cognitive literature are interpretable in terms of class cohesion and class conflict. By framing these reaction time effects in the context of stimulus equivalence, this research will provide new insights into how learned associations between stimuli can organize responses often taken as evidence of cognitive processes, offering a behavioral interpretation of category-based facilitation and retardation in complex cognitive tasks.

 
 
Symposium #308
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Applications of Equivalence Relations and Relational Frame Theory: From Basic Lab to Applied Practice
Sunday, May 25, 2025
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Marriott Marquis, M2 Level, Marquis Salon 12-13
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Center)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Posey, M.A.
Abstract: This symposium highlights a series of studies exploring the power of stimulus equivalence and relational frame theory (RFT) in the practical application of behavior intervention. A novel chaining procedure is explored which enhances stimulus recognition accuracy through equivalence training. Findings from two studies suggests equivalence training can be effectively applied to teach complex stimuli. The second presentation focuses on the transformation of valenced stimulus functions. This study reveals how positively and negatively valenced stimuli can be utilized to alter the stimulus function of neutral stimuli, providing critical insights into how emotions shape behavioral patterns. These findings have implications for clinical interventions targeting emotional regulation in a behavior intervention package. Finally, we explore the longitudinal outcomes of the practical application of equivalence and derived relational responding in an early intervention clinic utilizing the PEAK curriculum. The PEAK curriculum applies equivalence and derived relational responding to improve outcomes in the acquisition of complex language and cognition. Data from 60 participants indicate notable developmental gains across multiple domains. Together, these studies showcase how the application of stimulus equivalence and RFT can be utilized to affect socially significant outcomes.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): longitudinal outcomes, relational responding, RFT, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience: Advanced practitioners with a knowledge of basic stimulus equivalence relations and relational frame theory and how these apply to clinical practice.
Learning Objectives: 1. describe how equivalence training can enhance recognition accuracy for novel stimuli and explain the implications of this training for improving cognitive tasks involving complex stimulus sets.
2. explain the process of how emotional valence can transform the functions of neutral stimuli and discuss the potential applications of this process in clinical settings, particularly in teaching emotional regulation
3. evaluate the long-term developmental outcomes of children undergoing PEAK intervention and discuss strategies for setting realistic treatment goals and managing expectations in early intervention programs for autism.
 
Evaluating the Impact of Equivalence Training on Stimulus Recognition Accuracy: A Novel Chaining Procedure Study
MEAGAN GRASLEY (Endicott College, Kids on the Move), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: A novel chaining procedure was employed across two experiments to assess the effects of equivalence training on stimulus recognition. Each study consisted of 60 participants recruited from an online experiment site who were randomly assigned to three groups. In baseline, participants were instructed to identify the correct stimulus in each row of a 4x6 grid. Rows 1, 2, 3, and 6 featured numbers, while rows 4 and 5 included Mandarin Chinese characters. The same four stimuli appeared in each of the six rows throughout the study, but they were randomly rotated in each trial set. Feedback was provided after each response. Groups 1 and 2 underwent match-to-sample equivalence training in a linear series format for the Mandarin Chinese characters. Group 3 did not receive equivalence training. The baseline phase was then repeated. One-way ANOVAs revealed that response accuracy for Groups 1, 2, and 3 did not differ significantly during the initial baseline. Accuracy significantly differed from the control group during the second baseline phase (p = 0.0031 and 0.0301). These results suggest that the equivalence training procedure enhanced accurate selection.
 
The Transformation of Valenced Stimulus Functions
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Posey (Emergent Learning Center)
Abstract: The transformation of stimulus emotive stimulus functions provides insights into the behavioral processes underlying clinically important phenomena. The current study assessed how valenced stimuli influence the emergence of derived relational responses. Ten participants completed the Affective Slider, a digital tool for measuring valence and arousal, to rate three valenced stimuli—positive, neutral, and negative—along with six arbitrary stimuli. They were then trained on three coordinated relational networks, each comprising one node and three members. After confirming network-consistent responses, the Affective Slider was administered again to evaluate if the valenced stimulus functions transformed the arbitrary stimuli. Results showed that all participants achieved network-consistent responding, and the positively and negatively valenced stimuli successfully altered the valenced (p < 0.0001, p < 0.0001) and arousal (p < 0.0001, p < 0.0001) functions of the arbitrary stimuli. Notably, there was no significant difference between pre-test and post-training scores for the neutrally valenced stimulus function (p = 0.5785, p = 0.7231).
 

Are We “Bridging the Gap?”: Longitudinal Outcomes of PEAK Intervention in an Early Intervention Clinic

CHRISTOPHER M. FURLOW (Canopy Children's Solutions), Jordan Belisle (Dynamic Behavior Science), Robyn Brewer (Canopy Children’s Solutions), Mary Nicole Nicole Thomason (Canopy Children's Solutions), Emmory Bridges (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Early Intervention programs are designed to address a variety of skill deficits, perhaps most notably communication and language skills. Studies on this treatment model have reported significant gains for many children with autism. Practitioners are frequently tasked with person-centered planning, providing treatment dosage recommendations, and describing considerations that inform continuity of care. Normative data from Yi et al. (in prep) and complexity data from Belisle et al. (in prep) can be used to evaluate extended treatment gains and to predict longer term treatment outcomes that assist practitioners with these requirements. The purpose of PEAK intervention is to gradually "bridge the gap" between current performance and age-typical performance, to the greatest extent possible, and with the time available. Data from 60 participants undergoing PEAK training for 2-6 years were compared against typical developmental norms for the PEAK-DT and PEAK-G modules. Results showed increased performance relative to anticipated control outcomes in all cases; however, a gap in performance is likely to persist even with intensive intervention. The results of this study will be discussed in the context of informing crucial decision making for behavior analysts, parents and families, advocates, and providers when discussing client care and extended treatment programs.

 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Analyzing Efficacy of Components of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling on Student and Teacher Outcomes
Sunday, May 25, 2025
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center, Street Level, 147 B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Susan Buttigieg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) is acybernetic system which takes into account the behaviors and outcomes of all ofits parts (students, caregivers, teachers, mentors/supervisors, and administrators)(Singer-Dudek, Keohane, & Matthews, 2021). In this system, the student and theirprogress drives the decision-making of the remaining stakeholders. In this system,performance of all participants is measured, monitored, and supported tomaximize outcomes. Some cornerstones of the CABAS system are the learn unit(Albers and Greer,1991; Bahadourianet al. 2006; Greer, 2002), the TeacherPerformance Rate Accuracy (TPRA) (Ross et al.,2005; Singer-Dudek et al., 2010)and the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR) (Greer et.al.2023). In three studies, we demonstrate how these tools can be used to maximizestudent and teacher outcomes. In one study, we used the TPRA as a teachertraining tool and measured correct delivery of learn unit components. In anotherstudy, we tested the efficiency of Google Gemini Pro 002 on identification ofinstructional trial components. Finally, we tested the convergent and divergentvalidity of the ELCAR curriculum with Preschool Language Scales and ChildhoodAutism Rating Scale-2.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Artificial Intelligence, CABAS, Learn unit, Teacher training
Target Audience:

Intermediate- BACB holders, BACB supervisors, BACB consultants in school settings Prerequisite skills include holding BACB certification

Learning Objectives: 1. The attendee will describe the components of the TPRA and give examples of an incorrect response for each component, and how to correct it.
2. The attendee will explain why the TPRA is an integral part of the CABAS system and list a potential benefit of adding something similar to their practice.
3. The attendee will describe the three components of the learn unit and a correct and incorrect example of each.
 
Testing the Effects of Artificial Intelligence Measuring the Three-Term Contingency
Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University), Robin Nuzzolo (Fred S Keller School, NY), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), MICHAEL GAO (Alpaca Health), Bao Van (Duke University, Alpaca Health)
Abstract: Artificial intelligence (AI), the development of computer systems capable of performing tasks traditionally requiring human input, is becoming increasingly integrated into our daily lives. Although AI is still a relatively new topic within the behavior analytic community, it is gaining attention for its potential applications. This study explores the use of AI in data collection for instructional presentations across three educational programs: following vocal directions, gross motor imitation, and matching identical colors. Researchers videotaped a teacher working with a 5-year-old female in a one-to-one setting, within a quiet room with minimal distractions. The videos were then analyzed using Google Gemini Pro 002, a large language model (LLM), using multi-modal prompts, zero-shot prompting, and chain-of-thought prompting techniques. The AI-generated data on the accuracy of antecedents and student behavior were compared to human data collection. The preliminary results revealed mixed levels of interobserver agreement (33-87%, x= 66) for these particular educational programs. After feedback from two certified behavior analysts was used to prompt AI using more specific language, calibration increased (45-100%, x= 79%). The study is ongoing and results are discussed in terms of collaboration to consistently achieve a minimum of 80% calibration for each component (antecedent, behavior, consequence, data, and potential applications of AI to the field of behavior analysis.
 
Convergent and Divergent Validity of the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR)
JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The study investigated the psychometric characteristics of the Early Learner Curriculum and Achievement Record (ELCAR, Greer et al., 2020), a criterion-referenced curriculum and assessment tool for children’s development in language, academic, social and physical repertoires. The ELCAR is both an assessment tool and curriculum and is a comprehensive analytic tool used in the CABAS school system. We recruited 54 preschoolers (30 boys and 24 girls) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and other developmental delays and compared their ELCAR scores to other traditional psychometric measures. The ELCAR demonstrated convergent validity with the Preschool Language Scales (PLS-5). The results show moderate to strong positive correlations between the ELCAR total and sub-domain score and PLS-5 auditory and expressive scores. The ELCAR also demonstrated divergent validity with the Childhood Autism Rating Scale-2 (CARS2-ST). Results are broken down by ELCAR domain (e.g. listener, speaker) as well as child demographic (age, classroom ratio). Results indicate moderate to strong correlations between the ELCAR and the PLS-5 and CARS-2.
 
The Effects of the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale (TPRA) on the Presentation of Intact Learn Units for Newly Hired Teaching Assistants
ROBIN NUZZOLO (Fred S Keller School, NY), R. Douglas Greer (Professor Emeritus Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), Susan Buttigieg (Columbia University), Jessica Pino (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is an evidence-based and effective method of instruction which can have enormous effects on a learner's repertoire. The potential progress of the learner is directly tied to the efficacy and efficiency of the instructor. Many school and home-based settings implementing behavior analysis rely on teaching assistants (TAs) and behavior technicians (RBTs) to deliver the majority of behavior analytic instruction to learners. We sought out to test the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale (TPRA; Ingham & Greer, 1991; Ross et al., 2005) as a teacher training tool with new TAs who had no prior experience delivering ABA instruction and its effects on accuracy of teacher presentation of learn units (antecedents, behaviors, and consequences). During baseline, the supervisors modeled the presentation of target program with a student, then observed the trainee’s delivery of instruction of the same program with the same student without any feedback. The supervisors then observed the trainees in situ and used the TPRA, which provided specific feedback on the teacher delivery of learn units and modeling when necessary during intervention. Data demonstrated that 1-4 instances of the TPRA with trainer feedback were sufficient in bringing the trainees’ instruction to criterion level across a variety of programs. The results are discussed in terms of effective TA/RBT training, potential for distance training, and comparison to other interventions such as video recording and read-and-do.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}